<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="uptodate" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="uptodate" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a">
<title>Redacta: Accions</title>
<heading>Accions</heading>
<para>
El botó "Cancel·lar Missatge" interromp el missatge en progrés i el retorna a la safata d'entrada o la darrera carpeta que estava visualizant.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Identitat</title>
<heading>Identitat</heading>
<para>
<para>
Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-from">
+ <title>Message Composition: From</title>
+ <heading>From</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Per a</title>
<heading>Per a</heading>
<para>
Introdueixi l'adreça de correu vàlida del destinatari del missatge. Per a introduir diversos destinataris, separeu les adreces mitjançant comes. L'ús de qualsevol altre signe de puntuació per separar diverses adreces de correu provocarà un error.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Cc</title>
<heading>Cc</heading>
<para>
Les còpies s'acostumen a enviar a destinataris que no tenen perquè ser els destinataris directes del missatge, però que precisen rebre'ls com informació, generalment per què estan indirectament interessats en l'assumpte del correu. Tots els destinataris "Per a" i "Cc" poden veure la llista completa d'ambdós tipus de destinataris.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del misstge: Bcc</title>
<heading>Bcc</heading>
<para>
Lae còpies ocultes s'acostumen a enviar a destinataris que poden necessitar llegir el que s'hagi escrit SENSE que la resta de destinataris sàpiguen que també han rebut el missatge. Així "Ocult" significa significa que la identitat d'aquests destinataris se'ls oculta la resta de destinataris de correu. Només el remitent i els destinataris "Bcc" sabran que han rebut una còpia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Assumpte</title>
<heading>Assumpte</heading>
<para>
A més a més, si "Respon" o "Reenvia" un missatge, la línia de l'assumpte es còpia en el nou missatge de forma que es converteix en una valuosa forma d'identificar quins missatges s'agrupen per formar una "seqüencia" d'una conversa per correu. Com a suggerència, si una resposta o missatge reenviat conté idees noves, pot ser convenient alterar lleugerament la línia de "Assumpte" de forma que els destinataris puguin seguir la progressió de la "seqüencia".
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Opcions</title>
<heading>Opcions</heading>
<para>
Pot ser que no desitgi enmagatzemanr tots i cadascun dels missatges de correu que envia ja que podria tenir problemes amb el ràpid esgotament de l'espai assignat en disc, sobretot a l'enviar adjunts de gran grandària. Una bústia que hagi esgotat l'espai assignat en disc no podrà rebre correu nou.
</warn>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67" state="changed">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Adjunts</title>
<heading>Adjunts</heading>
<para>
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Prioritat</title>
<heading>Prioritat</heading>
<para>
això estableix la capçalera "X-Priority" del missatge a enviar. L'etiqueta "X-Priority" és un tipus de "pseudo estàndard" que la majoria dels clients de correu accepten (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Qualsevol client de correu que no la gestioni simplement la ignorarà.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
<title>Redacció del missatge: Guardar adjunts</title>
<para>
Determina si els adjunts del missatge es guardaran amb el mateix en la carpeta de correu enviat. Si se selecciona "Si", es guardaran les dades dels adjunts. Si se selecciona "No", les dades dels adjunts s'eliminaran del missatge després d'enviar-lo als destinataris. Seleccionar "No" li ajudarà a conservar l'espai de disc a l'eliminar la informació dels adjunts (potencialment gran) dels missatges emmagatzemats.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments cannot be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32" state="changed">
- <title>Cerca de missatges</title>
- <heading>Criteri de cerca</heading>
- <para>
- Pot cercer missatges en les carpetes mitjançant criteris de cerca.
- </para>
- <para>
- Pas 1: Introdueixi text en els camps que desitgi afegir al criteri de cerca.
- </para>
- <para>
- Paso 2: Elegeixi la(es) bandera(es) de missatges que desitgi afegir al criteri.
- </para>
- <para>
- Pas 3: Elegeixi la(es) carpeta(es) en la(s) que desitgi cercar.
- </para>
- <para>
- Pas 4: Premi "Cercar".
- </para>
- <para>
- Si algun missatge compleix el criteri de recerca, els assumptes d'aquests missatges es mostraran en la vista de "Resultats de la recerca"
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
<title>Gestió de carpetes: Opcions</title>
<heading>Opcions de carpetes</heading>
<para>
Aquesta opció importarà a la carpeta de la seva elecció un arxiu de format mbox. Seleccioni 1 (uneixi) carpeta a la qual importar els missatges i trii aquesta opció. Se li mostrarà una plana que li demanarà que indiqui l'arxiu mbox que desitgi importar.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Aplicar</title>
<heading>Aplica regles de filtratge</heading>
<para>
Premi la icona "Aplicar filtres" juntament al nom de la bústia d'ENTRADA en la vista de bústies per filtrar tots els missatges conforme a les regles específicades.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Modificar les regles de filtratge</title>
<heading>Modificar les regles de filtratge</heading>
<para>
Premi "Modificar les regles de filtratge" per a passar a la plana en la que pot afegir, eliminar i modificar el conjunt de regles de fitratge.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Modificar la llista negra</title>
<heading>Modificar la llista negra</heading>
<para>
Premit "Modificar la llista negra" per passar a la pàgina en la que pot afegir, eliminar i modificar la llista d'adreces de correu de les que SEMPRE rebutjaran els enviats .
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Modificar la llista blanca</title>
<heading>Modificar la llista blanca</heading>
<para>
Premi "Modificar la llista blanca" per a passar a la pàgina en la que pot afegir, eliminar, i modificar la llista d'adreces de correu de las que SEMPRE acceptarà els enviats.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Filtrar a l'iniciar</title>
<heading>Aplicar regles de filtratge a l'iniciar sessió?</heading>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció per aplicar sempre els filtres a l'iniciar sessió a IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Filtrar al refrescar</title>
<heading>Aplicar regles de filtratge al visualitzar la carpeta d'ENTRADA?</heading>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció per aplicar sempre els filtres que vegi la carpeta d'Entrada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtres: Filtrar qualsevol bústia</title>
<heading>Aplicar regles de filtratge a qualsevol bústia?</heading>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció si desitja aplicar les regles de filtrat a qualsevol bústia. Normalment les regles de filtrat s'apliquen només al correu nou que arriba a la carpeta d'ENTRADA. Si s'activa aquesta opció, apareixerà una icona a totes les pàgines de bústies que li permetrà aplicar les regles de filtrat als missatges de la bústia actual. OBSERVACIÓ: Filtrar altres bústies diferents a la d'ENTRADA pot produir resultats estranys (p.e. el filtre pot fer que s'enviï una còpia a la mateixa bústia dels missatges a enviar) i/o no desitjats (p.e. pot ocasionar que es traslladin o eliminin missatges si s'han afegit noves regles de filtrat després que un missatge ja s'havia enviat a la bústia actual).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Adjuntar clau pública</title>
<heading>Adjuntar clau pública</heading>
<para>
Si se selecciona, s'adjuntarà al missatge una còpia de la clau PGP pública, si existeix. Es pot configurar el comportament per omissió mitjançant la pantalla d'opcions PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Analitzar text del cos</title>
<heading>Analitzar text del cos</heading>
<para>
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="feb178fb6351e6775fb75fc9729ea567" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="feb178fb6351e6775fb75fc9729ea567" state="changed">
<title>Redacció: Opcions de xifrat</title>
<heading>Sense xifrar</heading>
<para>
<para>
This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
+ <title>Message Composition: Encryption Options</title>
+ <heading>No Encryption</heading>
+ <para>
+ Send the message with no encryption (cleartext).
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and the recipients personal public key, and then send it. You MUST have the public key of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the public key for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the public key is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using PGP and your personal private key. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your private key during this session you will be prompted for it. The recipient must have a copy of your public key to digitally verify your signature.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "PGP Encrypt Message" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and a passphrase, and then send it. You will be prompted for the passphrase that should be used for the encryption. Give the passphrase to the recipient through a secure channel e.g. personally, by phone, etc. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output with a passphrase. See the "PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using S/MIME and the recipients certificate, and then send it. You MUST have the certificate of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the certificate for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the certificate is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using S/MIME and your certificate. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your certificate during this session you will be prompted for it.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Introducció</title>
<heading>Que és PGP?</heading>
<para>
Si se selecciona aquesta opció, podrà crear/veure la seva clau PGP personal, afegir/eliminar claus públiques d'altres persones, llegir correu xifrat, comprovar correu signat digitalment i xifrar/signar el correu que enviï.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Opcions - Adjuntar clau pública</title>
<heading>Opcions - Adjuntar clau pública</heading>
<para>
Si Si se selecciona, per omissió s'adjuntarà als missatges una còpia de la seva clau PGP pública si la té.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar clau públiques</title>
<heading>Introducció</heading>
<para>
Elimina la clau pública de la llibreta d'adreces.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claus públiques - Importar</title>
<heading>Importar claus públiques</heading>
<para>
Aquest botó obrirà una finestra en la qual pot importar de forma manual una clau PGP pública. La clau es pot enganxar en un camp de text o, si es troba en un arxiu en l'ordinador local, pot importar-la. Si la clau és vàlida s'inserirà en la llibreta d'adreces i la finestra es tancarà; si no és vàlida es mostrarà un missatge d'error explicant la raó.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claus personals</title>
<heading>Introducció</heading>
<para>
La clau privada és necessària per a desxifrar qualsevol missatge xifrat mitjançant la seva clau pública. A més la clau privada és necessària si vol signar digitalment un missatge. La clau privada es protegirà mitjançant una frase clau creada al generar les claus pel que, per a realitzar qualsevol activitat que precisi la clau privada, IMP li demanarà la frase clau. Només haurà d'introduir-la una vegada per sessió - IMP l'emmagatzemarà fins que surti de la sessió (Pel que asseguri's de sortir de la sessió!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Clau pública</title>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
Mostra diversos detalls sobre la clau PGP pública.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Clau privada</title>
<heading>Introdueixi la frase clau</heading>
<para>
Mostra diversos detalls sobre la clau PGP Privada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claus personals - Eliminar</title>
<heading>Eliminar claus personals</heading>
<para>
Aquest botí eliminarà les claus personals pública/privada de les preferències de IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personals - Nom</title>
<heading>El seu nom</heading>
<para>
És el nom que desitja que s'inclogui en les seves claus personals. És un camp necessari.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personals - Comentari</title>
<heading>Comentari</heading>
<para>
Un comentari que desitji que s'afegeixi en les seves claus personals. És un camp opcional.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personals - Correu electrònic</title>
<heading>Correu electrònic</heading>
<para>
L'adreça de correu que vol associar a les seves claus personals. És un camp necessari.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personals - Mida de la clau</title>
<heading>Mida de la clau</heading>
<para>
La mida, en bytes, de la clau generada. Com més gran sigui el valor, major serà la protecció (i també major serà el temps de generació i de xifrat). 1024 bytes és la opció per omissió - aquest valor oferix una protección excel·lent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personales - Frase clau</title>
<heading>Frase clau</heading>
<para>
La frase clau utilitzada per a protegir/xifrar el seu clau personal privada. Hauria de tenir ALMENYS 6 caràcters, NO hauria de ser igual a la seva contrasenya d'accés, NO ha de basar-se en una paraula inclosa en el diccionari i hauria de contenir tant nombres com lletres. Haurà d'introduir la frase clau dues vegades a fi de verificar-la. És un camp necessari.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claus personals - Accions</title>
<heading>Crear claus</heading>
<para>
Importa unes claus personals pública/privada. Aquest botó obre una finestra en la qual pot importar de forma manual les seves claus personals pública/privada existents. Les claus es poden enganxar en un camp de text o, si estan disponibles en un arxiu en l'ordinador local, pot importar-les des del mateix. Si les claus són vàlides s'inseriran en les preferències i la finestra es tancarà; si no són vàlides es mostrarà un missatge d'error indicant la raó.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Introducción</title>
<heading>¿Qué es S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
Si se selecciona aquesta opción, podrá importar les seves claus personals S/MIME, llegir correu xifrat, comprovar correu signat digitalment i xifrar/signar el correu que envíi.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Claus personals</title>
<heading>Introducció</heading>
<para>
Si desitja signar digitalment o xifrar els missatges, ha de disposar de les seves pròpies claus S/MIME pública/privada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Importar certificats personals</title>
<heading>Importar certificats personals</heading>
<para>
Importa els certificats personals des d'un arxiu de format PKCS #12. A l'exportar una clau des d'un navegador (p.i. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o a l'exportar un certificat emmagatzemat pel sistema Operatiu (p.i. Windows XP) se sol generar un arxiu de tipus PKCS #12. Si les claus són vàlides, s'inserirán en les preferències i es tancará la finestra; si no són válidas es mostrará un missatge d'error explicant la raó.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Eliminar certificats personals</title>
<heading>Eliminar certificats personals</heading>
<para>
Elimina els seus certificats personales de las preferències. No podrà tornar a signar missatges en S/MIME ni veure cap missatge xifrat en S/MIME que li envíi.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Gestionar claus públiques</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Gestionar claus públiques</heading>
<para>
Elimina de l'emmagatzematge la clau pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clau pública d'un usuari li impedirá enviar-li missatges xifrats a dita usuària.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
<title>Impressió</title>
<heading>Imprimir un missatge</heading>
<para>
Per a imprimir un missatge que està visualitzant, premi qualsevol dels vincles "Imprimir" de la part superior o inferior del missatge. El missatge s'obrirà en una nova finestra amb un format preparat per a la impressió. Depenent del navegador i sistema operatiu que està utilitzant, pot obrir-se el quadre de diàleg d'impressió. Si no s'obre, desplegui el menú "Arxiu" del navegador i seleccioni "Imprimir" per a obrir el quadre d'impressió.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
<title>Ordenació i seqüències</title>
<heading>Ordenació d'entrades</heading>
<para>
Per a agrupar els missatges per seqüències (assumptes), de manera que cada missatge s'agrupi amb totes les seves respostes, premi el vincle %[Seqüència] de la capçalera de la columna assumpte. Per a tornar a la ordenació normal per assumptes, premi el vincle %[Assumpte] de la capçalera de la columna assumpte.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
<title>Mensajes Multipart/Alternative</title>
<para>
Els remitents envien en ocasions missatges de tipus "multipart/alternative". Aquests missatges tenen diverses parts, totes mostrant EL MATEIX CONTINGUT però en FORMATS DIFERENTS. L'agent de correu mostrarà la darrera part de la llista que pugui visualitzar-se correctament en línea en el navegador, si hi ha. La resta dels formats aparèixerán sota el epígrafe "Parts alternatives d'aquesta secció" i es podran visualitzar o descarregar de forma separada. És important tenir en compte que totes les parts alternatives tenen EL MATEIX CONTINGUT que la part mostrada - simplement están en formats diferents (p.e. text enfront d'HTML).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
<title>referències: Manteniment: Renombrar la carpeta sent-mail mensualment </title>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció si vol renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al començament de cada mes. La carpeta es renombrarà (amb un nom que contingui el mes i l'any) i es crearà una nova carpeta sent-mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar carpetes sent-mail mensualment</title>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció si vol eliminar les carpetes sent-mail antigues al començament de cada mes. Pot ser d'utilitat, per exemple, si té un límit d'espai de disc assignat.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar carpetes sent-mail mensualment - # carpetes conservades</title>
<para>
Si está esborrant mensualment les carpetes sent-mail antigues, quants mesos de correu antic vol conservar? Qualsevol carpeta más antiga que aquest número de mesos s'eliminarà.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar adjunts vinculats mensualment </title>
<para>
Activi aquesta opció si desitja eliminar adjunts vinculats antics al començament de cada mes. Pot ser d'utilitat, per exemple, si té un límit d'espai de disc assignat.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Eliminar adjunts vinculats mensualment - # mesos conservats
</title>
<para>
Si està eliminant mensualment els adjunts vinculats antics, quants mesos d'adjunts antics desitja conservar? Qualsevol adjunt más antic que aquest número de mesos s'eliminarà.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Mantenimient: Buidar paperera</title>
<para>
Desitja buidar la paperera sovint
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Interval de buidatge de la paperera </title>
<para>
Si està buidant la paperera, amb quina freqüència fer-ho?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Manteniment: Conservació de buidatge de la paperera </title>
<para>
Si está buidant la paperera, antiguitat mínima dels missatges a eliminar?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Redacció del missatge: Text d'assignació</title>
<para>
Aquí es pot introduir la frase que vol que aparegui abans de qualsevol text citat en la resposta que envíi.
<para> %% : El caràcter '%'</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Sol·licitar justificants de recepció </title>
<para>
"Sol·licitar justificants de recepció" envia als destinataris del missatge la petició que li informin quan obrin el missatge. No tots els clients suporten / tenen en compte això.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
<title>Preferències: Enviar NCM</title>
<para>
"Enviar NCM si ho sol·licita el remitent" envia una Notificació de Consulta del Missatge (també coneguda com una confirmació de lectura) quan llegeixi un missatge en el qual l'usuari ha sol·licitat rebre una notificació que ho ha llegit. En la majoria dels casos això es realitzarà de forma automàtica sense preguntar-li. En alguns casos aïllats pot haver de decidir enviar la notificació prement un vincle.
</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Sol·licitar confirmació del enviament</title>
<para>
"Sol·licitar confirmació de l'enviament" envia una sol·licitud al servidor del destinatari que li informi quan hagi distribuït el missatge a la bústia de destinació. No significa que el missatge hagi estat llegit, simplement que ha arribat a una bústia en alguna part. No tots els servidors de correu suporten això.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Substitució de imatges HTML</title>
<para>
En el cas de missatges HTML mostrats en línia, caldria bloquejar totes les etiquetes d'imatges fins que decideixi explícitament veure-les? Tingui en compte que si està visualitzant un adjunt HTML les imatges es veuran sempre.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Sustitució de imatges HTML/Mostrar si a Llibreta d'adreces</title>
<para>
Si s'estan bloquejant les imatges dels missatges HTML en línia, caldria mostrar-les automàticament si el remitent apareix en la llibreta d'adreces?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Pàgina d'inici de la bústia</title>
<para>
Decideix quina pàgina del llistat de la bústia es mostrarà quan accedeixi a la bústia per primera vegada. Tingui en compte que les opcions de missatges "sense llegir" no funcionen amb l'opció d'ordenació per "Seqüència" - en aquest cas se li enviarà a l'última pàgina.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferències: Guardar adjunts de missatges enviats</title>
<para>
Si s'està guardant un missatge en una carpeta sent-mail, decideix si es guarden tots les dades d'adjunts. Es disposa de les opcions següents:
</para>
<para>* "Mai guardar adjunts" - MAI consultar l'emmagatzematge dels adjunts en la finestra de redacció; els adjunts no es guardaran MAI amb el missatge.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="uptodate" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="uptodate" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3">
<title>Carpetes Virtuals: Entrada virtual</title>
<para>
L'Entrada virtual és una búsqueda emmagatzemada que evita la necessitat de buscar manualment en cada bústia els missatges marcats com nous. En el seu lloc, es busquen automàticament els nous missatges en totes les bústies subscrites actualment i els resultats es mostren en una única bústia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="uptodate" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="uptodate" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d">
<title>Carpetes Virtuals: Paperera virtual</title>
<para>
La Paperera virtual és una búsqueda emmagatzemada que evita la necessitat de disposar d'una carpeta Paperera independent. En lloc de traslladar els missatges a una carpeta paperera centralitzada, simplement es marquen com esborrats en la carpeta en la qual es trobin. Si 'Mostrar els missatges eliminats' está desactivat, això es traduïx que aquests missatges no apareixen en la vista de la bústia. Quan un usuari prem la Paperera virtual, es busquen els missatges marcats com esborrats en *totes* les bústies i es mostren en una única bústia.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Úkony</title>
<heading>Úkony</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Od</title>
<heading>"Od"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Komu</title>
<heading>"Komu"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Kopie</title>
<heading>"Kopie"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Skrytá Kopie</title>
<heading>"Skrytá Kopie"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Předmět</title>
<heading>"Předmět"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Možnosti</title>
<heading>"Možnosti"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Přílohy</title>
<heading>"Přílohy"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="unknown">
<title>Vytvoření Zprávy: Priorita</title>
<heading>"Priorita"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Vyhledávání Zprávy</title>
- <heading>Vyhledávací Kritéria</heading>
- <para>
- Vyhledávání zpráv ve Vašich schránkách lze provést několika různýmy způsoby vyhledávání.
- </para>
- <para>Krok 1: Vložte text do políček, které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií.
- </para>
- <para>Krok 2: Vyberte typ(y) zprávy, které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií.
- </para>
- <para>Krok 3: Vyberte schránku(y) které si přejete zahrnout do vyhledávacích kritérií.
- </para>
- <para>Krok 4: Klikněte "Vyhledat".
- </para>
- <para>
- Pokud nějaká ze zpráv odpovídá vyhladávacím kritériím, pak předmět této zprávy bude zobrazen ve "Výsledcích Vyhledávání".
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Správa Schránek</title>
<heading>Možnosti scránky</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filtry: Použití</title>
<heading>Používání Filtrovacích Pravidel</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Přiložit Veřejný Klíč</title>
<heading>Přiložit Veřejný Klíč</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vyhledávání v Textu Zprávy</title>
<heading>Vyhledávání v Textu Zprávy</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Přehled</title>
<heading>Co je PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Možnosti - Přiložit Veřejný Klíč</title>
<heading>Možnosti - Přiložit Veřejný Klíč</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů</title>
<heading>Přehled</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů - Import</title>
<heading>Import Veřejných Klíčů</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Veřejných Klíčů</title>
<heading>Přehled</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Veřejný Klíč</title>
<heading>Zobrazení</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Osobní Klíč</title>
<heading>Vložit heslo</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Správa Osobních Klíčů - Vymazání</title>
<heading>Vymazat Osobní Klíče</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Jméno</title>
<heading>Jméno</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Poznámka</title>
<heading>Poznámka</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Emailová Adresa</title>
<heading>Emailová Adresa</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Délka Klíče</title>
<heading>Délka Klíče</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Heslo</title>
<heading>Název</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="unknown">
<title>PGP: Vytvoření Osobního Klíče - Akce</title>
<heading>Vytvoření Klíčů</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="unknown">
<title>S/MIME: Přehled</title>
<heading>Co je S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="unknown">
<title>S/MIME: Osobní Klíče</title>
<heading>Přehled</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="unknown">
<title>Tisk</title>
<heading>Tisknout Zprávu</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="unknown">
<title>Třídění a Souvislosti</title>
<heading>Typy Třídění</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Handlinger</title>
<heading>Handlinger</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Fra</title>
<heading>"Fra"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Til</title>
<heading>"Til"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Kopi til (Cc:)</title>
<heading>"Kopi til (Cc:)"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Skjult kopi til (Bcc:)</title>
<heading>"Skjult kopi"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Emne</title>
<heading>"Emne"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Indstillinger</title>
<heading>"Indstillinger"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Ny meddelelse: Vedhæftelsesliste</title>
<heading>"Vedhæftelsesliste"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Søgning</title>
- <heading>Søgekriterier</heading>
- <para>
- Ingen hjælpetekst til rådighed.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Foldernavigator</title>
<heading>Håndtering af foldere</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filterregler: Udfør</title>
<heading>Udfør filterregler</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
</para>
</entry>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
+</entry>
+-->
+
<entry id="compose-buttons" state="uptodate" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a">
<title>Neue Nachricht: Aktionen</title>
<heading>Aktionen</heading>
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="9eeec8178d39bd61ecbd74d175179587">
<title>PGP: Öffentliche Schlüssel Beim Beantworten Überprüfen</title>
<heading>Öffentliche Schlüssel Beim Beantworten Überprüfen</heading>
<para>
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="changed" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9">
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="uptodate" md5="a34111d84fa4ddc3cf19a18fd4765337">
<title>Einstellungen: Lesebestätigung schicken</title>
<para>
Mit "Lesebestätigung schicken" wird eine Message Disposition
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="changed" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea">
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="uptodate" md5="8d1eb1fb6f3c10802d20630a5f5ad132">
<title>Einstellungen: Löschen von Spam</title>
<para>
Sie können eine von drei Aktionen auswählen, die ausgeführt werden
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="uptodate" md5="4b971b84ed993e6a6fff8d45a50d03c5">
<title>Einstellungen: Behandlung von Kein Spam</title>
<para>
Sie können eine von zwei Aktionen auswählen, die ausgeführt werden
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Ενέργειες</title>
<heading>Ενέργειες</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Αποστολέας</title>
<heading>"Αποστολέας"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Παραλήπτης</title>
<heading>"Παραλήπτης"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Κοινοποίηση</title>
<heading>Κοινοποίηση</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Κρυφή Κοινοποίηση</title>
<heading>Κρυφή Κοινοποίηση</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Θέμα</title>
<heading>"θέμα"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Επιλογές</title>
<heading>Επιλογές</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Σύνθεση Μηνύματος: Συνημμένα</title>
<heading>Συνημμένα</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Αναζήτηση Μηνυμάτων</title>
- <heading>Κριτήρια Επιλογής</heading>
- <para>
- Για να βρείτε ένα μήνυμα θα πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε κάποιο από τα πεδία "Από", "Προς", "Θέμα" ή "Κείμενο Μηνύματος" με το χαρακτηριστικό που έχει το μήνυμα που ψάχνετε.
- </para>
- <para>
- Κατόπιν επιλέγετε αν θα πρέπει να ισχύουν τα κριτήρια ΚΑΙ στα τέσσερα πεδία (επιλογή: "Όλα τα πεδία") ή αν θα ισχύουν τα κριτήρια οπουδήποτε πεδίου από τα τέσσερα (επιλογή "Οποιοδήποτε Πεδίο").
- </para>
- <para>
- Μετά πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατηγορία των μηνυμάτων που θέλετε να ψάξετε. Αν είναι νέα μηνύματα ή αν θέλετε να βρείτε κάποιο από τα μηνύματα που έχετε απαντήσει.
- </para>
- <para>
- Τέλος μπορείτε να επιλέξετε και σε ποιους καταλόγους θέλετε να γίνει η αναζήτηση μαρκάροντας το πεδίο πριν από τον κάθε κατάλογο.
- </para>
- <para>
- Τώρα θα πατήσετε το πλήκτρο "Αναζήτηση" για να ξεκινήσει η αναζήτηση των μηνυμάτων. Μόλις ολοκληρωθεί θα εμφανιστεί μία σελίδα στην οποία θα υπάρχουν τα μηνύματα που ταιριάζουν στα κριτήρια επιλογής σας.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Διαχείριση Φακέλων</title>
<heading>Επιλογή Φακέλου</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Φίλτρα: Εφαρμογή</title>
<heading>Εφαρμογή Όλων των Κανόνων</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df" state="uptodate">
- <title>Teclado: Navegación</title>
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Teclado: Navegación</title>
<para>
- Puede usar el teclado para desplazarse entre mensajes del listado del buzón; al mensaje anterior o al siguiente mientras lee un mensaje; y entre páginas del listado del buzón.
+ Puede usar el teclado para desplazarse entre mensajes del listado del buzón; al mensaje anterior o al siguiente mientras lee un mensaje; y entre páginas del listado del buzón.
</para>
- <heading>Navegación de teclado de listado de mensajes</heading>
+ <heading>Navegación de teclado de listado de mensajes</heading>
<para>
- Puede utilizar el teclado para seleccionar y ver mensajes en el listado de mensajes. Para desplazarse entre los mensajes, utilice las teclas de flecha Arriba y Abajo mientras mantiene presionada la tecla Control (Ctrl). Si pulsa la la tecla de flecha Arriba empezará en la parte inferior de la página (último mensaje mostrado) y si pulsa Abajo empezará en la parte superior de la página (primer mensaje mostrado).
+ Puede utilizar el teclado para seleccionar y ver mensajes en el listado de mensajes. Para desplazarse entre los mensajes, utilice las teclas de flecha Arriba y Abajo mientras mantiene presionada la tecla Control (Ctrl). Si pulsa la la tecla de flecha Arriba empezará en la parte inferior de la página (último mensaje mostrado) y si pulsa Abajo empezará en la parte superior de la página (primer mensaje mostrado).
</para>
<para>
- El mensaje actual se realza exactamente como si hubiera desplazado el ratón sobre él. Mientras se desplaza arriba y abajo a lo largo del listado del buzón, puede pulsar la tecla espaciadora para seleccionar o anular la selección de un mensaje, y puede pulsar la tecla Retorno para ver el mensaje actual.
+ El mensaje actual se realza exactamente como si hubiera desplazado el ratón sobre él. Mientras se desplaza arriba y abajo a lo largo del listado del buzón, puede pulsar la tecla espaciadora para seleccionar o anular la selección de un mensaje, y puede pulsar la tecla Retorno para ver el mensaje actual.
</para>
- <heading>Listado de mensajes: Página anterior/siguiente</heading>
+ <heading>Listado de mensajes: Página anterior/siguiente</heading>
<para>
- Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a las páginas de mensajes anterior o siguiente de su buzón, respectivamente.
+ Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a las páginas de mensajes anterior o siguiente de su buzón, respectivamente.
</para>
<heading>Vista de mensajes: Mensaje anterior/siguiente</heading>
<para>
Utilice las teclas de flecha Izquierda y Derecha del teclado para ir a los mensajes anterior o siguiente, respectivamente.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" md5="54e9d9dcf21964f5f81bc6c23e48cdea" state="uptodate">
- <title>Reenvío de correo</title>
- <para>Al reenviar un correo, se dispone de varias opciones.</para>
-
- <heading>Reenvío desde el listado del buzón</heading>
- <para>En el listado del buzón, puede reenviar varios mensajes a la vez. Cada uno de los mensajes que seleccione se enviará, en toda su integridad, a sus destinatarios. Verá en la ventana de redacción cada mensaje como un adjunto. A su recepción el/los destinatario(s) verá(n) cada mensaje como un correo incluido dentro del mensaje.</para>
-
- <heading>Reenvío desde la vista de mensajes</heading>
- <para>Al reenviar mensajes individuales en la vista de mensajes, puede optar por una de tres opciones distintas:</para>
- <para><b>1. Mensaje completo</b>: Esta opción adjuntará el mensaje completo en el nuevo mensaje. El área de redacción no contendrá ningún texto del mensaje reenviado. Es igual que reenviar un único mensaje desde el listado del buzón excepto en que la línea Asunto: se rellenará de forma automática.</para>
- <para><b>2. Sólo el texto del cuerpo</b>: Si sólo desea enviar el cuerpo del mensaje, seleccione esta opción. En el reenvío no se incluirá ningún adjunto del mensaje original. El texto aparecerá en el área de redacción y podrá modificarlo si lo desea o añadir sus propios comentarios.</para>
- <para><b>3. Texto del cuerpo con adjuntos</b>: Utilice esta opción para reenviar los adjuntos de un mensaje junto el texto del cuerpo como se describió en #2 Sólo el texto del cuerpo. El cuerpo del texto se incluirá en el área de redacción para que puede modificarlo y todos los adjuntos del mensaje original se copiarán al reenvío.</para>
-
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Acciones</title>
+
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
+</entry>
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Acciones</title>
<heading>Acciones</heading>
<para>
- "Enviar mensaje" manda el mensaje al/los destinatario(s) previsto(s). Asegúrese de que desea enviarlo ya que esta acción es irreversible.
+ "Enviar mensaje" manda el mensaje al/los destinatario(s) previsto(s). Asegúrese de que desea enviarlo ya que esta acción es irreversible.
</para>
<para>
- "Guardar borrador" coloca un mensaje inacabado en una carpeta llamada "Borradores" accesible mediante el menú desplegable de carpetas de la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla. Puede terminar el mensaje con posterioridad cambiando a la carpeta "Borradores", pulsando el mensaje guardado para abrirlo y haciendo click en "Reanudar". Asegúrese de añadir un asunto al mensaje antes de guardarlo como borrador de forma que pueda identificarlo fácilmente dentro de la carpeta de Borradores.
+ "Guardar borrador" coloca un mensaje inacabado en una carpeta llamada "Borradores" accesible mediante el menú desplegable de carpetas de la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla. Puede terminar el mensaje con posterioridad cambiando a la carpeta "Borradores", pulsando el mensaje guardado para abrirlo y haciendo click en "Reanudar". Asegúrese de añadir un asunto al mensaje antes de guardarlo como borrador de forma que pueda identificarlo fácilmente dentro de la carpeta de Borradores.
</para>
<tip>
- Dependiendo de la instalación, puede cambiar en las preferencias si, tras guardar un mensaje como borrador, volverá a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando o si seguirá en el mismo mensaje.
+ Dependiendo de la instalación, puede cambiar en las preferencias si, tras guardar un mensaje como borrador, volverá a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando o si seguirá en el mismo mensaje.
</tip>
<para>
- "Cancelar mensaje" interrumpe la redacción del mensaje y le devuelve a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando
+ "Cancelar mensaje" interrumpe la redacción del mensaje y le devuelve a la última carpeta que estaba visualizando
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" md5="6b2272c5440c753e783d000db88fea07" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Identidad</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" md5="6b2272c5440c753e783d000db88fea07" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Identidad</title>
<heading>Identidad</heading>
<para>
- Elija la identidad mediante la que envía el correo de una lista desplegable de las identidades introducidas en <qt>Opciones->Información personal</qt>.
+ Elija la identidad mediante la que envía el correo de una lista desplegable de las identidades introducidas en <qt>Opciones->Información personal</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" md5="4395043c22323cc80d50709c5d20637e" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Remitente</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-from" md5="4395043c22323cc80d50709c5d20637e" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Remitente</title>
<heading>Remitente</heading>
<para>
- Introduzca la dirección de correo desde la que quiere enviar este mensaje.
+ Introduzca la dirección de correo desde la que quiere enviar este mensaje.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Para</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Para</title>
<heading>Para</heading>
<para>
- Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
+ Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Cc</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Cc</title>
<heading>Cc</heading>
<para>
- Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
+ Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
</para>
<para>
- Las copias se suelen enviar a destinatarios que no tienen por qué ser los destinatarios directos del mensaje, pero que precisen recibirlo como información, generalmente por que estén indirectamente interesados en el asunto del correo. Todos los destinatarios "Para:" y "Cc:" pueden ver la lista completa de ambos tipos de destinatarios.
+ Las copias se suelen enviar a destinatarios que no tienen por qué ser los destinatarios directos del mensaje, pero que precisen recibirlo como información, generalmente por que estén indirectamente interesados en el asunto del correo. Todos los destinatarios "Para:" y "Cc:" pueden ver la lista completa de ambos tipos de destinatarios.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Bcc</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Bcc</title>
<heading>Bcc</heading>
<para>
- Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional oculto del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
+ Introduzca la dirección de correo válida del destinatario adicional oculto del mensaje. Para introducir varios destinatarios, separe las direcciones mediante comas. El uso de cualquier otro signo de puntuación para separar varias direcciones de correo provocará un error.
</para>
<para>
- Las copias ocultas se suelen enviar a destinatarios que puedan necesitar leer lo que se haya escrito SIN que el resto de los destinatarios sepan que también han recibido el mensaje. Así "oculta" significa que la identidad de estos destinatarios se les oculta al resto de los destinatarios del correo. Sólo el remitente y los destinatarios "Bcc" sabrán que han recibido una copia.
+ Las copias ocultas se suelen enviar a destinatarios que puedan necesitar leer lo que se haya escrito SIN que el resto de los destinatarios sepan que también han recibido el mensaje. Así "oculta" significa que la identidad de estos destinatarios se les oculta al resto de los destinatarios del correo. Sólo el remitente y los destinatarios "Bcc" sabrán que han recibido una copia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Asunto</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Asunto</title>
<heading>Asunto</heading>
<para>
- Introduzca el asunto del mensaje. Es conveniente que sea corto, simple y descriptivo. La línea de asunto es la manera más sencilla de recordar el contenido de un mensaje por lo que es muy importante en la organización del correo y en la posterior localización de los mensajes importantes.
+ Introduzca el asunto del mensaje. Es conveniente que sea corto, simple y descriptivo. La línea de asunto es la manera más sencilla de recordar el contenido de un mensaje por lo que es muy importante en la organización del correo y en la posterior localización de los mensajes importantes.
</para>
<para>
- Además, si "Responde" o "Reenvía" un mensaje, la línea de asunto se copia en el nuevo mensaje de forma que se convierte en una valiosa manera de identificar qué mensajes se agrupan para formar una "secuencia" de una conversación por correo. Como sugerencia, si una respuesta o mensaje reenviado contiene ideas nuevas, puede ser conveniente alterar ligeramente la línea de "Asunto" de forma que los destinatarios puedan seguir la progresión de la "secuencia".
+ Además, si "Responde" o "Reenvía" un mensaje, la línea de asunto se copia en el nuevo mensaje de forma que se convierte en una valiosa manera de identificar qué mensajes se agrupan para formar una "secuencia" de una conversación por correo. Como sugerencia, si una respuesta o mensaje reenviado contiene ideas nuevas, puede ser conveniente alterar ligeramente la línea de "Asunto" de forma que los destinatarios puedan seguir la progresión de la "secuencia".
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" md5="c2c878070445af81407da5bfc4083ea3" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Codificación</title>
- <heading>Codificación (Conjunto de caracteres)</heading>
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" md5="c2c878070445af81407da5bfc4083ea3" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Codificación</title>
+ <heading>Codificación (Conjunto de caracteres)</heading>
<para>
- Selecciona el conjunto de caracteres con el que se enviará el mensaje.
+ Selecciona el conjunto de caracteres con el que se enviará el mensaje.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Opciones</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Opciones</title>
<heading>Opciones</heading>
<para>
Estas opciones le ayudan a preparar el mensaje.
</para>
<para>
- Pulse "Corrección ortográfica" para comprobar la ortografía.
+ Pulse "Corrección ortográfica" para comprobar la ortografía.
</para>
<para>
- Pulse "Adjuntos" para ir a la parte inferior de la página donde puede adjuntar archivos al mensaje.
+ Pulse "Adjuntos" para ir a la parte inferior de la página donde puede adjuntar archivos al mensaje.
</para>
<para>
- Si el administrador ha habilitado la conservación del correo enviado, podrá activar la casilla junto a "Guardar una copia" para conservar una copia del mensaje que va a enviar. La carpeta de destino será la carpeta por omisión o aquella que haya seleccionado para este propósito en "Opciones->Información personal->Identidades". Si el administrador ha habilitado la selección de destino del correo enviado, podrá elegir una carpeta de una lista desplegable junto a esta opción.
+ Si el administrador ha habilitado la conservación del correo enviado, podrá activar la casilla junto a "Guardar una copia" para conservar una copia del mensaje que va a enviar. La carpeta de destino será la carpeta por omisión o aquella que haya seleccionado para este propósito en "Opciones->Información personal->Identidades". Si el administrador ha habilitado la selección de destino del correo enviado, podrá elegir una carpeta de una lista desplegable junto a esta opción.
</para>
<para>
- Almacenar copias de los correos importantes que envíe puede resultar útil para mantenerse al tanto de lo que se ha dicho. Puede, no obstante, "activar" esta opción por omisión para su identidad en "Opciones->Información personal->Modificar identidad". En las opciones también se pueden establecer tareas de mantenimiento que vacíen o renombren estas carpetas de forma periódica.
+ Almacenar copias de los correos importantes que envíe puede resultar útil para mantenerse al tanto de lo que se ha dicho. Puede, no obstante, "activar" esta opción por omisión para su identidad en "Opciones->Información personal->Modificar identidad". En las opciones también se pueden establecer tareas de mantenimiento que vacíen o renombren estas carpetas de forma periódica.
</para>
<warn>
- Puede que no desee almacenar todos y cada uno de los correos que envíe puesto que podría tener problemas con el rápido agotamiento del espacio asignado en disco, sobre todo al enviar adjuntos de gran tamaño. Un buzón que haya agotado el espacio asignado en disco no podrá recibir correo nuevo.
+ Puede que no desee almacenar todos y cada uno de los correos que envíe puesto que podría tener problemas con el rápido agotamiento del espacio asignado en disco, sobre todo al enviar adjuntos de gran tamaño. Un buzón que haya agotado el espacio asignado en disco no podrá recibir correo nuevo.
</warn>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67" state="changed">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Adjuntos</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67" state="changed">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Adjuntos</title>
<heading>Adjuntos</heading>
<para>
- Esta sección muestra un listado de archivos ya adjuntados al mensaje.
+ Esta sección muestra un listado de archivos ya adjuntados al mensaje.
</para>
<heading>Eliminar archivo(s) adjunto(s)</heading>
<para>
Para borrar archivo(s) adjunto(s):
</para>
<para>
- Paso 1: Active la(s) casilla(s) "¿Eliminar?" del/los archivo(s) adjunto(s) que desea eliminar.
+ Paso 1: Active la(s) casilla(s) "¿Eliminar?" del/los archivo(s) adjunto(s) que desea eliminar.
</para>
<para>
- Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
+ Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
</para>
- <heading>Cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos</heading>
+ <heading>Cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos</heading>
<para>
- Para cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos:
+ Para cambiar la disposición de los adjuntos:
</para>
<para>
- Paso 1: Cambie la disposición de cada adjunto al valor deseado: "En línea" o "Adjunto".
+ Paso 1: Cambie la disposición de cada adjunto al valor deseado: "En línea" o "Adjunto".
</para>
<para>
- Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
+ Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
</para>
- <heading>Cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos</heading>
+ <heading>Cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos</heading>
<para>
- Para cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos (el texto que verá el destinatario describiendo el adjunto):
+ Para cambiar la descripción de los adjuntos (el texto que verá el destinatario describiendo el adjunto):
</para>
<para>
- Paso 1: Introduzca una descripción en el campo de Descripción.
+ Paso 1: Introduzca una descripción en el campo de Descripción.
</para>
<para>
- Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
+ Paso 2: Pulse "Actualizar" para ver inmediatamente los cambios, o éstos se ejecutarán automáticamente cuando se envíe el mensaje.
</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-attachments">
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Prioridad</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Prioridad</title>
<heading>Prioridad</heading>
<para>
- Ésto establece la cabecera "X-Priority" del mensaje a enviar. La etiqueta "X-Priority" es un tipo de "pseudo estándar" que la mayoría de los clientes de correo aceptan (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Cualquier cliente de correo que no la gestione simplemente la ignorará.
+ Ésto establece la cabecera "X-Priority" del mensaje a enviar. La etiqueta "X-Priority" es un tipo de "pseudo estándar" que la mayoría de los clientes de correo aceptan (Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, Outlook). Cualquier cliente de correo que no la gestione simplemente la ignorará.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Guardar adjuntos</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Guardar adjuntos</title>
<para>
- Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se guardarán con el mismo en la carpeta de correo enviado. Si se selecciona "Sí", se guardarán los datos de los adjuntos. Si se selecciona "No", los datos de los adjuntos se eliminarán del mensaje tras enviarlo a los destinatarios. Seleccionar "No" le ayudará a conservar el espacio de disco al eliminar la información de los adjuntos (potencialmente grande) de los mensajes almacenados.
+ Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se guardarán con el mismo en la carpeta de correo enviado. Si se selecciona "Sí", se guardarán los datos de los adjuntos. Si se selecciona "No", los datos de los adjuntos se eliminarán del mensaje tras enviarlo a los destinatarios. Seleccionar "No" le ayudará a conservar el espacio de disco al eliminar la información de los adjuntos (potencialmente grande) de los mensajes almacenados.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" md5="63b3841c95aed31b5372f0fa770ee382" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción del mensaje: Vincular adjuntos</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" md5="63b3841c95aed31b5372f0fa770ee382" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción del mensaje: Vincular adjuntos</title>
<para>
- Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se enviarán como una parte del mensaje de correo o si dichos adjuntos se dejarán en el servidor local. Si los adjuntos se vinculan, se le proporcionará al/los destinatario(s) del mensaje un vínculo web mediante el que podrá(n) descargar el/los adjunto(s). Vincular adjuntos tiene la ventaja de reducir enormemente el tamaño de los mensajes enviados. Por el contrario tiene la desventaja de que no se puede garantizar que el contenido de los adjuntos esté disponible en el futuro ya que los datos adjuntos no están incluidos dentro del mensaje de correo.
+ Determina si los adjuntos del mensaje se enviarán como una parte del mensaje de correo o si dichos adjuntos se dejarán en el servidor local. Si los adjuntos se vinculan, se le proporcionará al/los destinatario(s) del mensaje un vínculo web mediante el que podrá(n) descargar el/los adjunto(s). Vincular adjuntos tiene la ventaja de reducir enormemente el tamaño de los mensajes enviados. Por el contrario tiene la desventaja de que no se puede garantizar que el contenido de los adjuntos esté disponible en el futuro ya que los datos adjuntos no están incluidos dentro del mensaje de correo.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32" state="changed">
- <title>Búsqueda de mensajes</title>
- <heading>Criterio de búsqueda</heading>
- <para>
- Puede buscar mensajes en las carpetas mediante distintos criterios de búsqueda.
- </para>
- <para>
- Paso 1: Introduzca texto en los campos que desee añadir al criterio de búsqueda.
- </para>
- <para>
- Paso 2: Elija la(s) bandera(s) de mensajes que desee añadir al criterio.
- </para>
- <para>
- Paso 3: Elija la(s) carpeta(s) en la(s) que desee buscar.
- </para>
- <para>
- Paso 4: Pulse "Enviar".
- </para>
- <para>
- Si algún mensaje cumple el criterio de búsqueda, los asuntos de esos mensajes se mostrarán en la vista de "Resultados de la búsqueda".
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
<title>Carpetas: Acciones</title>
<para>
- Puede seleccionar carpetas mediante las casillas de selección de la izquierda. Una vez lo haya hecho, elija la opción que desee realizar en las carpetas mediante la lista desplegable de la izquierda.
+ Puede seleccionar carpetas mediante las casillas de selección de la izquierda. Una vez lo haya hecho, elija la opción que desee realizar en las carpetas mediante la lista desplegable de la izquierda.
</para>
<heading>Crear</heading>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Renombrar</heading>
<para>
- Cambia el nombre de una carpeta. Para renombrar una carpeta selecciónela en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Renombrar'. Al renombrar todas las subcarpetas se renombrarán de forma automática.
+ Cambia el nombre de una carpeta. Para renombrar una carpeta selecciónela en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Renombrar'. Al renombrar todas las subcarpetas se renombrarán de forma automática.
</para>
<heading>Eliminar</heading>
<para>
- Elimina una carpeta y todos los mensajes que contenga. Para eliminar, seleccione las carpetas a eliminar en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Eliminar'. Al eliminar carpetas con subcarpetas éstas no se eliminarán automáticamente. Para eliminarlas, tendrá que seleccionar todas las subcarpetas de forma manual mediante la columna izquierda.
+ Elimina una carpeta y todos los mensajes que contenga. Para eliminar, seleccione las carpetas a eliminar en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Eliminar'. Al eliminar carpetas con subcarpetas éstas no se eliminarán automáticamente. Para eliminarlas, tendrá que seleccionar todas las subcarpetas de forma manual mediante la columna izquierda.
</para>
<heading>Vaciar</heading>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Purgar</heading>
<para>
- Para eliminar todos los mensajes de una carpeta marcados como eliminados, sin eliminar la carpeta, seleccione las carpetas en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Purgar'. Esta opción sólo aparece si no se usa una Papelera.
+ Para eliminar todos los mensajes de una carpeta marcados como eliminados, sin eliminar la carpeta, seleccione las carpetas en la columna izquierda y pulse 'Purgar'. Esta opción sólo aparece si no se usa una Papelera.
</para>
- <heading>Suscribir/Anular suscripción</heading>
+ <heading>Suscribir/Anular suscripción</heading>
<para>
- Marca una carpeta como suscrita o anula su suscripción. Cuando se ha suscrito a una carpeta, ésta aparecerá en todas las listas desplegables de carpetas. Estas opciones sólo aparecen si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP.
+ Marca una carpeta como suscrita o anula su suscripción. Cuando se ha suscrito a una carpeta, ésta aparecerá en todas las listas desplegables de carpetas. Estas opciones sólo aparecen si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP.
</para>
<para>
- Para suscribirse, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Suscribir'. Para anular las suscripciones, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Anular suscripción'.
+ Para suscribirse, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Suscribir'. Para anular las suscripciones, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Anular suscripción'.
</para>
<heading>Comprobar correo nuevo/No comprobar correo nuevo</heading>
<para>
- Marca una carpeta para comprobar si contiene correo nuevo cuando se está en el navegador de carpetas y en el panel lateral (si está activo).
+ Marca una carpeta para comprobar si contiene correo nuevo cuando se está en el navegador de carpetas y en el panel lateral (si está activo).
</para>
<para>
Para definir esta bandera, seleccione las carpetas a comprobar en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Comprobar correo nuevo'. Para anular esta bandera, seleccione las carpetas que no quiere comprobar en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'No comprobar correo nuevo'.
</para>
- <heading>Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos/Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer</heading>
+ <heading>Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos/Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer</heading>
<para>
- Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos'. Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como sin leer, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer'.
+ Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como leídos, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como leídos'. Para marcar todos los mensajes de una carpeta como sin leer, seleccione las carpetas en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Marcar todos los mensajes como sin leer'.
</para>
<heading>Descargar</heading>
<para>
- Para descargar todos los mensajes de una carpeta en un único archivo (en formato mbox), seleccione la carpeta en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Descargar'. Para descargar el archivo en formato comprimido de tipo ZIP, seleccione en su lugar 'Descargar [formato .zip]'.
+ Para descargar todos los mensajes de una carpeta en un único archivo (en formato mbox), seleccione la carpeta en la columna de la izquierda y pulse 'Descargar'. Para descargar el archivo en formato comprimido de tipo ZIP, seleccione en su lugar 'Descargar [formato .zip]'.
</para>
<heading>Importar mensajes</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción importará archivos de formato mbox o .eml a la carpeta de su elección. Elija una carpeta a la que importar los mensajes mediante la columna de la izquierda y seleccione esta opción. Se le dirigirá a una página en la que se le pedirá el archivo mbox o .eml a importar.
+ Esta opción importará archivos de formato mbox o .eml a la carpeta de su elección. Elija una carpeta a la que importar los mensajes mediante la columna de la izquierda y seleccione esta opción. Se le dirigirá a una página en la que se le pedirá el archivo mbox o .eml a importar.
</para>
- <heading>Actualizar árbol de carpetas</heading>
+ <heading>Actualizar árbol de carpetas</heading>
<para>
- Actualiza la representación gráfica del árbol de carpetas volviendo a consultar al servidor de correo. Normalmente no debería necesitar ésto a menos que esté accediendo al servidor de correo simultáneamente con otro cliente de correo y haya hecho cambios en la estructura de las carpetas mediante éste.
+ Actualiza la representación gráfica del árbol de carpetas volviendo a consultar al servidor de correo. Normalmente no debería necesitar ésto a menos que esté accediendo al servidor de correo simultáneamente con otro cliente de correo y haya hecho cambios en la estructura de las carpetas mediante éste.
</para>
<heading>Mostrar/Ocultar no suscritas</heading>
<para>
- Si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP, muestra/oculta las carpetas no suscritas. Para suscribirse/anular la suscripción a una carpeta, seleccione la casilla junto al nombre de la carpeta y utilice las acciones Suscribir/Anular suscripción del menú desplegable de acciones de carpetas.
+ Si se utiliza la suscripción a carpetas IMAP, muestra/oculta las carpetas no suscritas. Para suscribirse/anular la suscripción a una carpeta, seleccione la casilla junto al nombre de la carpeta y utilice las acciones Suscribir/Anular suscripción del menú desplegable de acciones de carpetas.
</para>
<heading>Expandir todas</heading>
<para>
Collapsa todas las entradas de carpetas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Aplicar</title>
<heading>Aplicar reglas de filtrado</heading>
<para>
- Pulse el icono "Aplicar filtros" junto al nombre del buzón de ENTRADA en la vista de buzones para filtrar todos los mensajes conforme a las reglas especificadas.
+ Pulse el icono "Aplicar filtros" junto al nombre del buzón de ENTRADA en la vista de buzones para filtrar todos los mensajes conforme a las reglas especificadas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Modificar sus reglas de filtrado</title>
<heading>Modificar sus reglas de filtrado</heading>
<para>
- Pulse "Modificar sus reglas de filtrado" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar el conjunto activo de reglas de filtrado.
+ Pulse "Modificar sus reglas de filtrado" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar el conjunto activo de reglas de filtrado.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Modificar su lista negra</title>
<heading>Modificar su lista negra</heading>
<para>
- Pulse "Modificar su lista negra" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a rechazar los envíos.
+ Pulse "Modificar su lista negra" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a rechazar los envíos.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Modificar su lista blanca</title>
<heading>Modificar su lista blanca</heading>
<para>
- Pulse "Modificar su lista blanca" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a aceptar envíos.
+ Pulse "Modificar su lista blanca" para pasar a la página en la que puede añadir, eliminar y modificar la lista de direcciones de correo de las que SIEMPRE va a aceptar envíos.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Filtrar al iniciar</title>
- <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado al iniciar sesión?</heading>
+ <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado al iniciar sesión?</heading>
<para>
- Active esta opción para aplicar siempre los filtros al iniciar sesión en IMP.
+ Active esta opción para aplicar siempre los filtros al iniciar sesión en IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtros: Filtrar al actualizar</title>
- <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado siempre que se muestre la carpeta de ENTRADA?</heading>
+ <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado siempre que se muestre la carpeta de ENTRADA?</heading>
<para>
- Active esta opción para aplicar los filtros siempre que vea la carpeta de Entrada.
+ Active esta opción para aplicar los filtros siempre que vea la carpeta de Entrada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
- <title>Filtros: Filtrar cualquier buzón</title>
- <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón?</heading>
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Filtros: Filtrar cualquier buzón</title>
+ <heading>¿Aplicar reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón?</heading>
<para>
- Active esta opción si desea aplicar las reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón. Normalmente las reglas de filtrado se aplican sólo al correo nuevo que llega a la carpeta de ENTRADA. Si se activa esta opción, aparecerá un icono en todas las páginas de buzones que le permitirá aplicar las reglas de filtrado a los mensajes del buzón actual. OBSERVACIÓN: Filtrar otros buzones distintos del de ENTRADA puede producir resultados extraños (p.e. el filtro puede hacer que se envíe al mismo buzón una copia de los mensajes a enviar) y/o no deseados (p.e. puede ocasionar que se trasladen o eliminen mensajes si se han añadido nuevas reglas de filtrado después de que un mensaje ya se había enviado al buzón actual).
+ Active esta opción si desea aplicar las reglas de filtrado a cualquier buzón. Normalmente las reglas de filtrado se aplican sólo al correo nuevo que llega a la carpeta de ENTRADA. Si se activa esta opción, aparecerá un icono en todas las páginas de buzones que le permitirá aplicar las reglas de filtrado a los mensajes del buzón actual. OBSERVACIÓN: Filtrar otros buzones distintos del de ENTRADA puede producir resultados extraños (p.e. el filtro puede hacer que se envíe al mismo buzón una copia de los mensajes a enviar) y/o no deseados (p.e. puede ocasionar que se trasladen o eliminen mensajes si se han añadido nuevas reglas de filtrado después de que un mensaje ya se había enviado al buzón actual).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Adjuntar clave pública</title>
- <heading>Adjuntar clave pública</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Adjuntar clave pública</title>
+ <heading>Adjuntar clave pública</heading>
<para>
- Si se selecciona, se adjuntará al mensaje una copia de la clave PGP pública, si existe. Se puede configurar el comportamiento por omisión mediante la pantalla de opciones PGP.
+ Si se selecciona, se adjuntará al mensaje una copia de la clave PGP pública, si existe. Se puede configurar el comportamiento por omisión mediante la pantalla de opciones PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Analizar texto del cuerpo</title>
- <heading>¿Buscar datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto/plano?</heading>
+ <heading>¿Buscar datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto/plano?</heading>
<para>
- Si se selecciona, IMP buscará datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto y mostrará los resultados si los encuentra. Observe que ésto puede ralentizar el sistema ya que cada mensaje tiene que comprobarse en su totalidad.
+ Si se selecciona, IMP buscará datos PGP en el cuerpo de los mensajes de texto y mostrará los resultados si los encuentra. Observe que ésto puede ralentizar el sistema ya que cada mensaje tiene que comprobarse en su totalidad.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="78ff9bd91687efb91d2798ca0458b5cb" state="uptodate">
- <title>Redacción: Opciones de cifrado</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="78ff9bd91687efb91d2798ca0458b5cb" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Redacción: Opciones de cifrado</title>
<heading>Sin cifrar</heading>
<para>
- Envía el mensaje sin cifrado (texto plano).
+ Envía el mensaje sin cifrado (texto plano).
</para>
<heading>Cifrar mensaje con PGP</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción cifrará el mensaje mediante PGP y la clave personal pública del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER de la clave pública del destinatario almacenada en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone de la clave pública del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada la clave pública. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
+ Esta opción cifrará el mensaje mediante PGP y la clave personal pública del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER de la clave pública del destinatario almacenada en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone de la clave pública del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada la clave pública. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje con firma PGP</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante PGP y su clave personal privada. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su clave personal privada durante la sesión actual, se le pedirá. El destinatario tiene que tener una copia de su clave pública para verificar digitalmente la firma.
+ Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante PGP y su clave personal privada. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su clave personal privada durante la sesión actual, se le pedirá. El destinatario tiene que tener una copia de su clave pública para verificar digitalmente la firma.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje firmado/cifrado con PGP</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información.
+ Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información.
</para>
<heading>Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante PGP y una frase clave y lo enviará. Se le pedirá la frase clave que se utilizará para el cifrado. Comunique la frase clave al destinatario a travé de un canal seguro, p.e. personalmente, por teléfono, etc. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
+ Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante PGP y una frase clave y lo enviará. Se le pedirá la frase clave que se utilizará para el cifrado. Comunique la frase clave al destinatario a travé de un canal seguro, p.e. personalmente, por teléfono, etc. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje firmado/cifrado con frase clave PGP</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado con una frase clave. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información.
+ Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado con una frase clave. Consulte los apartados "Cifrar mensaje con frase clave PGP" y "Mensaje con firma PGP" para más información.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y el certificado del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER del certificado del destinatario almacenado en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone del certificado del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada el certificado. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
+ Esta opción cifrará el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y el certificado del destinatario y lo enviará. Tiene que DISPONER del certificado del destinatario almacenado en la libreta de direcciones o la opción fallará. Si dispone del certificado del destinatario en la libreta de direcciones y sigue teniendo errores, compruebe que la dirección de correo electrónico del destinatario coincide con la dirección en la que está almacenada el certificado. Los datos cifrados se adjuntarán al mensaje de salida.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje con firma S/MIME</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y su certificado. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su certificado durante la sesión, se le pedirá.
+ Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje actual mediante S/MIME y su certificado. Si aún no había introducido la frase clave de su certificado durante la sesión, se le pedirá.
</para>
<heading>Mensaje firmado/cifrado en S/MIME</heading>
<para>
- Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME" y "Mensaje con firma S/MIME" para más información.
+ Esta opción firmará digitalmente el mensaje en primer lugar y luego cifrará el resultado. Consulte los apartados "Mensaje cifrado en S/MIME" y "Mensaje con firma S/MIME" para más información.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Introducción</title>
- <heading>¿Qué es PGP?</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Introducción</title>
+ <heading>¿Qué es PGP?</heading>
<para>
- PGP es una herramienta para comunicaciones y almacenamiento de datos seguros, especialmente para su uso con el correo electrónico. Se puede utilizar para cifrar datos y para crear firmas digitales. IMP utiliza GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard/Guardián de Privacidad GNU) para proporcionar esta funcionalidad.
+ PGP es una herramienta para comunicaciones y almacenamiento de datos seguros, especialmente para su uso con el correo electrónico. Se puede utilizar para cifrar datos y para crear firmas digitales. IMP utiliza GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard/Guardián de Privacidad GNU) para proporcionar esta funcionalidad.
</para>
- <heading>¿Activar capacidad PGP?</heading>
+ <heading>¿Activar capacidad PGP?</heading>
<para>
- Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá crear/ver sus claves PGP personales, añadir/eliminar claves públicas de otras personas, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe.
+ Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá crear/ver sus claves PGP personales, añadir/eliminar claves públicas de otras personas, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública</title>
- <heading>Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública</title>
+ <heading>Opciones - Adjuntar clave pública</heading>
<para>
- Si se selecciona, por omisión se adjuntará a los mensajes una copia de su clave PGP pública si la tiene.
+ Si se selecciona, por omisión se adjuntará a los mensajes una copia de su clave PGP pública si la tiene.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Gestionar claves públicas</title>
- <heading>Introducción</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Gestionar claves públicas</title>
+ <heading>Introducción</heading>
<para>
- Esta pantalla enumera todos los usuarios actuales de su libreta de direcciones que tienen claves PGP públicas. Esos usuarios son los ÚNICOS a los que puede 1) enviar un mensaje cifrado -O- 2) comprobar la firma digital.
+ Esta pantalla enumera todos los usuarios actuales de su libreta de direcciones que tienen claves PGP públicas. Esos usuarios son los ÚNICOS a los que puede 1) enviar un mensaje cifrado -O- 2) comprobar la firma digital.
</para>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
- Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública.
+ Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública.
</para>
<heading>Detalles</heading>
<para>
- Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública.
+ Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública.
</para>
<heading>Eliminar</heading>
<para>
- Elimina la clave pública de la libreta de direcciones.
+ Elimina la clave pública de la libreta de direcciones.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Gestionar claves públicas - Importar</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Gestionar claves públicas - Importar</title>
<heading>Importar claves</heading>
<para>
- Este botón abrirá una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual una clave PGP pública. La clave se puede pegar en un campo de texto o, si se encuentra en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarla. Si la clave es válida se insertará en la libreta de direcciones y la ventana se cerrará; si no es válida se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón.
+ Este botón abrirá una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual una clave PGP pública. La clave se puede pegar en un campo de texto o, si se encuentra en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarla. Si la clave es válida se insertará en la libreta de direcciones y la ventana se cerrará; si no es válida se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claves personales</title>
- <heading>Introducción</heading>
+ <heading>Introducción</heading>
<para>
- Si desea firmar digitalmente mensajes o permitir que otros le envíen mensajes cifrados, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves PGP pública/privada.
+ Si desea firmar digitalmente mensajes o permitir que otros le envíen mensajes cifrados, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves PGP pública/privada.
</para>
- <heading>La clave pública</heading>
+ <heading>La clave pública</heading>
<para>
- La clave pública tiene que ponerla a disposición de cualquier persona que desee que pueda enviarle mensajes cifrados que sólo USTED podrá descifrar (mediante su clave privada). Además, la clave pública tiene que estar disponible para todo aquel al que quiera enviar un mensaje firmado digitalmente - la clave pública hace falta para comprobar la firma digital.
+ La clave pública tiene que ponerla a disposición de cualquier persona que desee que pueda enviarle mensajes cifrados que sólo USTED podrá descifrar (mediante su clave privada). Además, la clave pública tiene que estar disponible para todo aquel al que quiera enviar un mensaje firmado digitalmente - la clave pública hace falta para comprobar la firma digital.
</para>
<heading>La clave privada</heading>
<para>
- La clave privada hace falta para descifrar cualquier mensaje cifrado mediante su clave pública. Además la clave privada hace falta si quiere firmar digitalmente un mensaje. La clave privada se protegerá mediante una frase clave creada al generar las claves por lo que, para realizar cualquier actividad que precise la clave privada, IMP le pedirá la frase clave. Sólo tendrá que introducirla una vez por sesión - IMP la almacenará hasta que salga de la sesión (Por lo que ¡asegúrese de salir de la sesión!).
+ La clave privada hace falta para descifrar cualquier mensaje cifrado mediante su clave pública. Además la clave privada hace falta si quiere firmar digitalmente un mensaje. La clave privada se protegerá mediante una frase clave creada al generar las claves por lo que, para realizar cualquier actividad que precise la clave privada, IMP le pedirá la frase clave. Sólo tendrá que introducirla una vez por sesión - IMP la almacenará hasta que salga de la sesión (Por lo que ¡asegúrese de salir de la sesión!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave pública</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave pública</title>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
- Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública.
+ Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP pública.
</para>
<heading>Detalles</heading>
<para>
- Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública.
+ Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP pública.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Clave privada</title>
<heading>Introduzca la frase clave</heading>
<para>
- Abre el cuadro de diálogo de frase clave. Si la frase clave introducida es correcta se almacenará hasta que se termine la sesión.
+ Abre el cuadro de diálogo de frase clave. Si la frase clave introducida es correcta se almacenará hasta que se termine la sesión.
</para>
<heading>Olvidar frase clave</heading>
<para>
- Elimina la frase clave almacenada - cualquier uso adicional de la clave privada precisará la reintroducción de la frase clave.
+ Elimina la frase clave almacenada - cualquier uso adicional de la clave privada precisará la reintroducción de la frase clave.
</para>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
- Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP privada. NO ENVÍE ESTA CLAVE A NADIE - esta opción es estrictamente sólo para exportar su clave personal privada de IMP para usarla en otro programa.
+ Abre una ventana para visualizar la clave PGP privada. NO ENVÍE ESTA CLAVE A NADIE - esta opción es estrictamente sólo para exportar su clave personal privada de IMP para usarla en otro programa.
</para>
<heading>Detalles</heading>
<para>
Muestra varios detalles sobre la clave PGP privada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Gestionar claves personales - Eliminar</title>
<heading>Eliminar claves personales</heading>
<para>
- Este botón eliminará las claves personales pública/privada de las preferencias de IMP.
+ Este botón eliminará las claves personales pública/privada de las preferencias de IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Nombre</title>
<heading>Su nombre</heading>
<para>
Es el nombre que desea que se incluya en sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Comentario</title>
<heading>Comentario</heading>
<para>
Un comentario que desee que se incluya en sus claves personales. Es un campo opcional.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Correo electrónico</title>
- <heading>Correo electrónico</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Correo electrónico</title>
+ <heading>Correo electrónico</heading>
<para>
- La dirección de correo que quiere asociar con sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario.
+ La dirección de correo que quiere asociar con sus claves personales. Es un campo necesario.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Tamaño de clave</title>
- <heading>Tamaño de clave</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Tamaño de clave</title>
+ <heading>Tamaño de clave</heading>
<para>
- El tamaño, en bits, de la clave generada. Cuanto mayor sea el valor, mayor será la protección (y también mayor será el tiempo de generación y de cifrado). 1024 bits es la opción por omisión - este valor ofrece una protección excelente.
+ El tamaño, en bits, de la clave generada. Cuanto mayor sea el valor, mayor será la protección (y también mayor será el tiempo de generación y de cifrado). 1024 bits es la opción por omisión - este valor ofrece una protección excelente.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Frase clave</title>
<heading>Frase clave</heading>
<para>
- La frase clave utilizada para proteger/cifrar su clave personal privada. Debería tener AL MENOS 6 caracteres, NO debería ser igual a su contraseña de acceso, NO debe basarse en una palabra incluida en un diccionario y debería contener tanto números como letras. Tendrá que introducir la frase clave dos veces con objeto de verificarla. Es un campo necesario.
+ La frase clave utilizada para proteger/cifrar su clave personal privada. Debería tener AL MENOS 6 caracteres, NO debería ser igual a su contraseña de acceso, NO debe basarse en una palabra incluida en un diccionario y debería contener tanto números como letras. Tendrá que introducir la frase clave dos veces con objeto de verificarla. Es un campo necesario.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Crear claves personales - Acciones</title>
<heading>Crear claves</heading>
<para>
- Crea y almacena sus claves personales pública/privada.
+ Crea y almacena sus claves personales pública/privada.
</para>
<heading>Importar claves</heading>
<para>
- Importa un par de claves personales pública/privada. Este botón abre una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual sus claves personales pública/privada existentes. Las claves se pueden pegar en un campo de texto o, si están disponibles en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarlas desde el mismo. Si las claves son válidas se insertarán en las preferencias y la ventana se cerrará; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error indicando la razón.
+ Importa un par de claves personales pública/privada. Este botón abre una ventana en la que puede importar de forma manual sus claves personales pública/privada existentes. Las claves se pueden pegar en un campo de texto o, si están disponibles en un archivo en el ordenador local, puede importarlas desde el mismo. Si las claves son válidas se insertarán en las preferencias y la ventana se cerrará; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error indicando la razón.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Introducción</title>
- <heading>¿Qué es S/MIME?</heading>
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME: Introducción</title>
+ <heading>¿Qué es S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
- S/MIME es un sistema de claves privada/pública que proporciona firmas digitales, privacidad de mensajes y detección de falsificación de una forma abierta e interoperable. S/MIME puede proporcionar privacidad a los mensajes cifrándolos de forma que sólo el remitente y los destinatarios previstos puedan descifrarlos. Le permite identificar al remitente de un mensaje mediante una firma digital. En conjunto, esta ayuda de cifrado y firma digital proporciona detección de falsificación, permitiendo a los destinatarios determinar si un mensaje se ha modificado después de haber sido enviado.
+ S/MIME es un sistema de claves privada/pública que proporciona firmas digitales, privacidad de mensajes y detección de falsificación de una forma abierta e interoperable. S/MIME puede proporcionar privacidad a los mensajes cifrándolos de forma que sólo el remitente y los destinatarios previstos puedan descifrarlos. Le permite identificar al remitente de un mensaje mediante una firma digital. En conjunto, esta ayuda de cifrado y firma digital proporciona detección de falsificación, permitiendo a los destinatarios determinar si un mensaje se ha modificado después de haber sido enviado.
</para>
- <heading>¿Activar capacidad S/MIME?</heading>
+ <heading>¿Activar capacidad S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
- Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá importar sus claves personales S/MIME, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe.
+ Si se selecciona esta opción, podrá importar sus claves personales S/MIME, leer correo cifrado, comprobar correo firmado digitalmente y cifrar/firmar el correo que envíe.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Claves personales</title>
- <heading>Introducción</heading>
+ <heading>Introducción</heading>
<para>
- Si desea firmar digitalmente o cifrar los mensajes, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves S/MIME pública/privada.
+ Si desea firmar digitalmente o cifrar los mensajes, tiene que disponer de sus propias claves S/MIME pública/privada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Importar certificados personales</title>
<heading>Importar claves</heading>
<para>
- Importa los certificados personales desde un archivo de formato PKCS #12. Al exportar una clave desde un navegador (p.e. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o al exportar un certificado almacenado por el Sistema Operativo (p.e. Windows XP) se suele generar un archivo de tipo PKCS #12. Si las claves son válidas, se insertarán en las preferencias y se cerrará la ventana; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón.
+ Importa los certificados personales desde un archivo de formato PKCS #12. Al exportar una clave desde un navegador (p.e. Internet Explorer, Firefox) o al exportar un certificado almacenado por el Sistema Operativo (p.e. Windows XP) se suele generar un archivo de tipo PKCS #12. Si las claves son válidas, se insertarán en las preferencias y se cerrará la ventana; si no son válidas se mostrará un mensaje de error explicando la razón.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Eliminar certificados personales</title>
<heading>Eliminar certificados personales</heading>
<para>
- Elimina sus certificados personales de las preferencias. No podrá volver a firmar mensajes en S/MIME ni ver ningún mensaje cifrado en S/MIME que se le envíe.
+ Elimina sus certificados personales de las preferencias. No podrá volver a firmar mensajes en S/MIME ni ver ningún mensaje cifrado en S/MIME que se le envíe.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas</title>
- <heading>S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas</heading>
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas</title>
+ <heading>S/MIME: Gestionar claves públicas</heading>
<para>
- Gestiona su listado de claves S/MIME públicas.
+ Gestiona su listado de claves S/MIME públicas.
</para>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
- Ver el texto en bruto de una clave pública.
+ Ver el texto en bruto de una clave pública.
</para>
<heading>Detalles</heading>
<para>
- Ver datos técnicos de una clave pública.
+ Ver datos técnicos de una clave pública.
</para>
<heading>Eliminar</heading>
<para>
- Elimina del almacenamiento la clave pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clave pública de un usuario le impedirá enviarle mensajes cifrados a dicho usuario.
+ Elimina del almacenamiento la clave pública seleccionada. Eliminar la clave pública de un usuario le impedirá enviarle mensajes cifrados a dicho usuario.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
- <title>Impresión</title>
+
+<entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Impresión</title>
<heading>Imprimir un mensaje</heading>
<para>
- Para imprimir un mensaje que esté visualizando, pulse cualquiera de los vínculos "Imprimir" de la parte superior o inferior del mensaje. El mensaje se abrirá en una nueva ventana con un formato preparado para la impresión. Dependiendo del navegador y sistema operativo que esté utilizando, puede abrirse el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. Si no se abre, despliegue el menú "Archivo" del navegador y seleccione "Imprimir" para abrir el cuadro de diálogo de impresión.
+ Para imprimir un mensaje que esté visualizando, pulse cualquiera de los vínculos "Imprimir" de la parte superior o inferior del mensaje. El mensaje se abrirá en una nueva ventana con un formato preparado para la impresión. Dependiendo del navegador y sistema operativo que esté utilizando, puede abrirse el cuadro de diálogo de impresión. Si no se abre, despliegue el menú "Archivo" del navegador y seleccione "Imprimir" para abrir el cuadro de diálogo de impresión.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Ordenación y secuenciación</title>
- <heading>Ordenación de entradas</heading>
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Ordenación y secuenciación</title>
+ <heading>Ordenación de entradas</heading>
<para>
- Al visualizar un listado de mensajes, puede ordenarlo por cualquiera de las columnas pulsando sobre la cabecera de la columna correspondiente. Para conmutar el sentido de la clasificación de las columnas entre ascendente y descendente, pulse el icono de flecha de la cabecera de la columna.
+ Al visualizar un listado de mensajes, puede ordenarlo por cualquiera de las columnas pulsando sobre la cabecera de la columna correspondiente. Para conmutar el sentido de la clasificación de las columnas entre ascendente y descendente, pulse el icono de flecha de la cabecera de la columna.
</para>
- <heading>Secuenciación</heading>
+ <heading>Secuenciación</heading>
<para>
- Para agrupar los mensajes por conversaciones (asuntos), de forma que cada mensaje se agrupe con todas sus respuestas, pulse el vínculo [Conversación] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. Para volver a la ordenación normal por asuntos, pulse el vínculo [Asunto] de la cabecera de la columna asunto.
+ Para agrupar los mensajes por conversaciones (asuntos), de forma que cada mensaje se agrupe con todas sus respuestas, pulse el vínculo [Conversación] de la cabecera de la columna asunto. Para volver a la ordenación normal por asuntos, pulse el vínculo [Asunto] de la cabecera de la columna asunto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
<title>Mensajes Multipart/Alternative</title>
<para>
- Los remitentes envían en ocasiones mensajes de tipo "multipart/alternative". Estos mensajes tienen varias partes, todas mostrando EL MISMO CONTENIDO pero en FORMATOS DISTINTOS. El agente de correo mostrará la última parte de la lista que pueda visualizarse correctamente en línea en el navegador, si la hay. El resto de los formatos aparecerán bajo el epígrafe "Partes alternativas de esta sección" y se podrán visualizar o descargar de forma separada. Es importante tener en cuenta que todas las partes alternativas tienen EL MISMO CONTENIDO que la parte mostrada - simplemente están en formatos distintos (p.e. texto frente a HTML).
+ Los remitentes envían en ocasiones mensajes de tipo "multipart/alternative". Estos mensajes tienen varias partes, todas mostrando EL MISMO CONTENIDO pero en FORMATOS DISTINTOS. El agente de correo mostrará la última parte de la lista que pueda visualizarse correctamente en línea en el navegador, si la hay. El resto de los formatos aparecerán bajo el epígrafe "Partes alternativas de esta sección" y se podrán visualizar o descargar de forma separada. Es importante tener en cuenta que todas las partes alternativas tienen EL MISMO CONTENIDO que la parte mostrada - simplemente están en formatos distintos (p.e. texto frente a HTML).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Renombrar la carpeta sent-mail mensualmente</title>
<para>
- Active esta opción si quiere renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al comienzo de cada mes. La carpeta se renombrará (con un nombre que contenga el mes y el año) y se creará una nueva carpeta sent-mail.
+ Active esta opción si quiere renombrar la carpeta sent-mail al comienzo de cada mes. La carpeta se renombrará (con un nombre que contenga el mes y el año) y se creará una nueva carpeta sent-mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar carpetas sent-mail mensualmente</title>
<para>
- Active esta opción si quiere eliminar las carpetas sent-mail antiguas al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado.
+ Active esta opción si quiere eliminar las carpetas sent-mail antiguas al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar carpetas sent-mail mensualmente - # carpetas conservadas</title>
<para>
- Si está borrando mensualmente las carpetas sent-mail antiguas, ¿cuántos meses de correo antiguo quiere conservar? Cualquier carpeta más antigua que este número de meses se eliminará.
+ Si está borrando mensualmente las carpetas sent-mail antiguas, ¿cuántos meses de correo antiguo quiere conservar? Cualquier carpeta más antigua que este número de meses se eliminará.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" md5="7b37c534aaaec6b43589f15845cf0273" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" md5="7b37c534aaaec6b43589f15845cf0273" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar sent-mail</title>
<para>
Indique si quiere eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" md5="423f3c1b0645cee1bc58e6e22a6d8b68" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" md5="423f3c1b0645cee1bc58e6e22a6d8b68" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado</title>
<para>
- Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuán a menudo deberían vaciarse?
+ Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuán a menudo deberían vaciarse?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" md5="fcba2b7e5da61a7fdda7970f926f8d8a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes enviados a eliminar</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" md5="fcba2b7e5da61a7fdda7970f926f8d8a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes enviados a eliminar</title>
<para>
- Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuál debería ser la antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
+ Si desea eliminar de la(s) carpeta(s) sent-mail los mensajes antiguos, ¿cuál debería ser la antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar adjuntos vinculados mensualmente</title>
<para>
- Active esta opción si desea eliminar adjuntos vinculados antiguos al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado.
+ Active esta opción si desea eliminar adjuntos vinculados antiguos al comienzo de cada mes. Puede ser de utilidad, por ejemplo, si tiene un límite de espacio de disco asignado.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Eliminar adjuntos vinculados mensualmente - # meses conservados</title>
<para>
- Si está eliminando mensualmente los adjuntos vinculados antiguos, ¿cuántos meses de adjuntos antiguos desea conservar? Cualquier adjunto más antiguo que este número de meses se eliminará.
+ Si está eliminando mensualmente los adjuntos vinculados antiguos, ¿cuántos meses de adjuntos antiguos desea conservar? Cualquier adjunto más antiguo que este número de meses se eliminará.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar papelera</title>
<para>
Desea vaciar la papelera a menudo.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado de la papelera</title>
<para>
- Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo?
+ Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes borrados a eliminar</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad de los mensajes borrados a eliminar</title>
<para>
- Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
+ Si está vaciando la papelera, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" md5="9cabaf3500d3316054db045cf5339f5e" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" md5="9cabaf3500d3316054db045cf5339f5e" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Vaciar Spam</title>
<para>
Desea vaciar la carpeta de spam a menudo.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" md5="fe0f7289693d19bd386638e25beeb276" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" md5="fe0f7289693d19bd386638e25beeb276" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Frecuencia de vaciado de Spam</title>
<para>
- Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo?
+ Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿con qué frecuencia hacerlo?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" md5="f4748aba20cf4a9b6ce92822bd185de6" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad del Spam a eliminar</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" md5="f4748aba20cf4a9b6ce92822bd185de6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Mantenimiento: Antigüedad del Spam a eliminar</title>
<para>
- Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
+ Si está vaciando la carpeta de spam, ¿antigüedad mínima de los mensajes a eliminar?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Redacción del mensaje: Texto de cita</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Redacción del mensaje: Texto de cita</title>
<para>
- Aquí se puede introducir la frase que quiere que aparezca antes de cualquier texto citado en la respuesta que envíe.
+ Aquí se puede introducir la frase que quiere que aparezca antes de cualquier texto citado en la respuesta que envíe.
</para>
<para>
- Puede incluir uno o más comodines para insertar información sobre el mensaje al que está respondiendo. Los comodines se componen de un '%' seguido de una única letra. Se dispone de los siguientes:
+ Puede incluir uno o más comodines para insertar información sobre el mensaje al que está respondiendo. Los comodines se componen de un '%' seguido de una única letra. Se dispone de los siguientes:
</para>
- <para> %f : Nombre y dirección de correo del remitente</para>
- <para> %a : Dirección de correo del remitente</para>
+ <para> %f : Nombre y dirección de correo del remitente</para>
+ <para> %a : Dirección de correo del remitente</para>
<para> %p : Nombre del remitente</para>
<para> %r : Fecha y zona horaria en estilo RFC 2822 completo</para>
<para> %d : Fecha como www, dd mmm AAAA</para>
- <para> %x : Fecha en formato local por omisión</para>
- <para> %c : Fecha y hora en formato local por omisión</para>
+ <para> %x : Fecha en formato local por omisión</para>
+ <para> %c : Fecha y hora en formato local por omisión</para>
<para> %m : ID del mensaje</para>
<para> %s : Asunto del mensaje</para>
- <para> %n : Una nueva línea</para>
- <para> %% : El carácter '%'</para>
+ <para> %n : Una nueva línea</para>
+ <para> %% : El carácter '%'</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" md5="4ef4fb2090e703f6f8e03f39ab96e717" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Juego de caracteres por omisión del mensaje</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" md5="4ef4fb2090e703f6f8e03f39ab96e717" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Juego de caracteres por omisión del mensaje</title>
<para>
- Define el juego de caracteres por omisión utilizado para las partes de texto del mensaje que no contengan información explícita del juego de caracteres. Según la RFC 2045 los mensajes sin dicho parámetro se mostrarán mediante el juego de caracteres 'US-ASCII'. Sin embargo algunos agentes de correo ciertamente defectuosos pueden enviar mensajes de texto en juegos de caracteres distintos sin definir los parámetros apropiados en la cabecera del mensaje. Defina este parámetro con la cadena de juego de caracteres por omisión que se usará de forma local. Seleccione "Por omisión" para usar los valores MIME por omisión.
+ Define el juego de caracteres por omisión utilizado para las partes de texto del mensaje que no contengan información explícita del juego de caracteres. Según la RFC 2045 los mensajes sin dicho parámetro se mostrarán mediante el juego de caracteres 'US-ASCII'. Sin embargo algunos agentes de correo ciertamente defectuosos pueden enviar mensajes de texto en juegos de caracteres distintos sin definir los parámetros apropiados en la cabecera del mensaje. Defina este parámetro con la cadena de juego de caracteres por omisión que se usará de forma local. Seleccione "Por omisión" para usar los valores MIME por omisión.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Solicitar acuses de recibo</title>
<para>
- "Solicitar acuses de recibo" envía a los destinatarios del mensaje la petición de que le informen cuando abran el mensaje. No todos los clientes soportan / tienen en cuenta ésto.
+ "Solicitar acuses de recibo" envía a los destinatarios del mensaje la petición de que le informen cuando abran el mensaje. No todos los clientes soportan / tienen en cuenta ésto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
<title>Preferencias: Enviar NCM</title>
<para>
- "Enviar NCM si lo solicita el remitente" envía una Notificación de Consulta del Mensaje (también conocida como una confirmación de lectura) cuando lea un mensaje en el que el usuario ha solicitado recibir una notificación de que lo ha leído. En la mayoría de los casos ésto se realizará de forma automática sin preguntarle. En algunos casos aislados puede tener que decidir enviar la notificación pulsando un vínculo.
+ "Enviar NCM si lo solicita el remitente" envía una Notificación de Consulta del Mensaje (también conocida como una confirmación de lectura) cuando lea un mensaje en el que el usuario ha solicitado recibir una notificación de que lo ha leído. En la mayoría de los casos ésto se realizará de forma automática sin preguntarle. En algunos casos aislados puede tener que decidir enviar la notificación pulsando un vínculo.
</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Solicitar confirmación del envío</title>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Solicitar confirmación del envío</title>
<para>
- "Solicitar confirmación del envío" envía una solicitud al servidor del destinatario de que le informe cuando haya distribuido el mensaje al buzón de destino. No significa que el mensaje haya sido leído, simplemente que ha llegado a un buzón en alguna parte. No todos los servidores de correo soportan ésto.
+ "Solicitar confirmación del envío" envía una solicitud al servidor del destinatario de que le informe cuando haya distribuido el mensaje al buzón de destino. No significa que el mensaje haya sido leído, simplemente que ha llegado a un buzón en alguna parte. No todos los servidores de correo soportan ésto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="changed">
<title>Preferencias: Eliminar Spam tras comunicarlo</title>
<para>
Puede optar por hacer un de estas tres cosas tras comunicar un mensaje como spam o como inofensivo.
</para>
<para>
- En primer lugar, puede decidir no hacer nada - el mensaje se comunicará como spam o como inofensivo pero se mantendrá sin cambios en su buzón.
+ En primer lugar, puede decidir no hacer nada - el mensaje se comunicará como spam o como inofensivo pero se mantendrá sin cambios en su buzón.
</para>
<para>
- En segundo lugar, si se comunica un mensaje como spam, puede optar por eliminarlo inmediatamente. Esta opción carece de efectos al comunicar un mensaje como inofensivo.
+ En segundo lugar, si se comunica un mensaje como spam, puede optar por eliminarlo inmediatamente. Esta opción carece de efectos al comunicar un mensaje como inofensivo.
</para>
<para>
- En tercer lugar, tras comunicar un mensaje como spam, el mensaje se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará a la carpeta de spam. De forma alternativa, si se comunica un mensaje como inofensivo, se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará al buzón de entrada.
+ En tercer lugar, tras comunicar un mensaje como spam, el mensaje se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará a la carpeta de spam. De forma alternativa, si se comunica un mensaje como inofensivo, se eliminará de la carpeta actual y se trasladará al buzón de entrada.
</para>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report">
+ <title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as spam.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as spam but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as spam, you can instead have the message be immediately deleted.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML</title>
<para>
- En el caso de mensajes HTML mostrados en línea, ¿habría que bloquear todas las etiquetas de imágenes hasta que decida explícitamente verlas? Tenga en cuenta que si está visualizando un adjunto HTML las imágenes se verán siempre.
+ En el caso de mensajes HTML mostrados en línea, ¿habría que bloquear todas las etiquetas de imágenes hasta que decida explícitamente verlas? Tenga en cuenta que si está visualizando un adjunto HTML las imágenes se verán siempre.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML/Mostrar si en Direcciones</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Sustitución de imágenes HTML/Mostrar si en Direcciones</title>
<para>
- Si se están bloqueando las imágenes de los mensajes HTML en línea, ¿habría que mostrarlas automáticamente si el remitente aparece en la libreta de direcciones?
+ Si se están bloqueando las imágenes de los mensajes HTML en línea, ¿habría que mostrarlas automáticamente si el remitente aparece en la libreta de direcciones?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
- <title>Preferencias: Página de inicio del buzón</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Preferencias: Página de inicio del buzón</title>
<para>
- Decide qué página del listado del buzón se mostrará cuando acceda a un buzón por primera vez.
+ Decide qué página del listado del buzón se mostrará cuando acceda a un buzón por primera vez.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
<title>Preferencias: Guardar adjuntos de mensajes enviados</title>
<para>
- Si se está guardando un mensaje en una carpeta sent-mail, decide si se guardan todos los datos de adjuntos. Se dispone de las opciones siguientes:
+ Si se está guardando un mensaje en una carpeta sent-mail, decide si se guardan todos los datos de adjuntos. Se dispone de las opciones siguientes:
</para>
- <para>* "Guardar siempre los adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos se guardarán SIEMPRE con el mensaje.</para>
- <para>* "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; SÍ por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión se guardarán los adjuntos.</para>
- <para>* "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; NO por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión los adjuntos no se guardarán.</para>
- <para>* "Nunca guardar adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos no se guardarán NUNCA con el mensaje.</para>
+ <para>* "Guardar siempre los adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos se guardarán SIEMPRE con el mensaje.</para>
+ <para>* "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; SÍ por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión se guardarán los adjuntos.</para>
+ <para>* "Consultar cada vez que se envíe un adjunto; NO por omisión" - Consultar SIEMPRE el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; por omisión los adjuntos no se guardarán.</para>
+ <para>* "Nunca guardar adjuntos" - NUNCA consultar el almacenamiento de los adjuntos en la ventana de redacción; los adjuntos no se guardarán NUNCA con el mensaje.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3" state="uptodate">
- <title>Carpetas: Buzón de entrada Virtual</title>
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Carpetas: Buzón de entrada Virtual</title>
<para>
- El buzón de entrada Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de buscar en cada buzón los mensajes marcados como nuevos. En su lugar se buscan mensajes nuevos en todos los buzones suscritos y los resultados se muestran en un único buzón.
+ El buzón de entrada Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de buscar en cada buzón los mensajes marcados como nuevos. En su lugar se buscan mensajes nuevos en todos los buzones suscritos y los resultados se muestran en un único buzón.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d" state="uptodate">
<title>Carpetas: Papelera Virtual</title>
<para>
- La Papelera Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de una Papelera separada. En vez de trasladar los mensajes a una carpeta papelera centralizada, simplemente se marcan como eliminados en el buzón en el que estén. Si se desactiva 'mostrar mensajes eliminados', esos mensajes no aparecerán en el listado de un buzón. Cuando un usuario pulse la Papelera Virtual, se buscan mensajes marcados como eliminados en *todos* los buzones y se muestran en un único buzón.
+ La Papelera Virtual es una búsqueda almacenada que elimina la necesidad de una Papelera separada. En vez de trasladar los mensajes a una carpeta papelera centralizada, simplemente se marcan como eliminados en el buzón en el que estén. Si se desactiva 'mostrar mensajes eliminados', esos mensajes no aparecerán en el listado de un buzón. Cuando un usuario pulse la Papelera Virtual, se buscan mensajes marcados como eliminados en *todos* los buzones y se muestran en un único buzón.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
<entry id="keyboard-navigation" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df" state="uptodate">
<title>Teklatua: nabigazioa</title>
<para>Teklatua erabil dezakezu postontziko zerrendako mezuen artean mugitzeko, aurreko edo hurrengo mezura joateko mezu bat ikusten ari zaren bitartean, eta postontziko zerrendako orrien artean mugitzeko.</para> <heading>Teklatu bidez nabigatzea mezu-zerrendan</heading> <para>Teklatua erabil dezakezu mezu-zerrendako mezuak hautatzeko eta ikusteko. Mezuen artean mugitzeko, erabili Gora eta Behera gezi-teklak, Kontrol (Ktrl) tekla sakatuta daukazula. Orriaren hasieran hasiko zara (bistaratutako azken mezuan) Gora sakatzen baduzu, eta orriaren amaieran (bistaratutako lehen mezuan) Behera sakatzen baduzu.</para> <para>Uneko mezua nabarmenduta agertuko da, sagua gainean jarrita izango bazenu bezala. Postontziko zerrendan gora eta behera mugitzen ari zaren bitartean, Zuriune-barra saka dezakezu mezua hautatzeko edo desautatzeko, eta Itzuli saka dezakezu mezua ikusteko.</para> <para>Alt tekla sakatuta badaukazu Ktrl teklaren ordez mezu-zerrendan nabigatzen ari zarenean, automatikoki hautatu edo desautatuko dira pasatzen ari zaren mezuak. </para> <heading>Mezu-zerrenda: Aurreko/Hurrengo orria</heading> <para>Erabili Ezkerrera eta Gora teklak, postontziko mezuen aurreko orrira edo hurrengo orria joateko, hurrenez hurren.</para> <heading>Mezu-ikuspegia: Aurreko/Hurrengo mezua</heading> <para>Erabili Ezkerrera eta Gora teklak, aurreko mezura edo hurrengo mezura joateko, hurrenez hurren.</para></entry>
-<!-- <entry id="keyboard-shortcuts"> <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title> <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading> </entry> -->
-
-<entry id="message-forward">
- <title>Mezuak birbidaltzea</title>
- <para>Hainbat aukera dituzu mezuak birbidaltzeko.</para>
-
- <heading>Postontziaren ikuspegitik birbidaltzea</heading> <para>Postontziaren ikuspegian, hainbat mezu birbidal ditzakezu aldi berean. Hautatzen duzun mezu bakoitza osorik bidaliko zaie hartzaileei. Mezu bakoitza eranskin gisa ikusiko duzu mezuak idazteko leihoan. Mezuak jasotzean, mezu bakoitza mezu kapsulatu gisa jasoko dute hartzaileek.</para>
-
- <heading>Mezuen ikuspegitik birbidaltzea</heading> <para>Mezuen ikuspegian banaka bidaltzean mezuak, hiru aukera dituzu:</para> <para><b>1. Mezu osoa</b>: Aukera honek mezu osoa erantsiko dio zure mezuari. Mezua idazteko areak ez du edukiko birbidalitako mezuaren testurik. Postontziaren ikuspegitik mezu bakar bat bidaltzearen berdina da, baina Gaia: lerroa jada ezarrita izango duzu.</para> <para><b>2. Gorputz-testua soilik</b>: Mezuaren gorputza bakarrik birbidali nahi baduzu, erabili aukera hau. Jatorrizko mezuaren eranskinak ez dira sartuko birbidalitako mezuan. Testua mezua idazteko arean agertuko da, eta edita dezakezu, edo zeure iruzkinak gehitu ere bai.</para> <para><b>3. Gorputz-testua eranskinekin</b>: Mezu baten eranskinak mezuarekin batera birbidaltzeko, mezuaren gorputzarekin batera #2 Gorputz-testua soilik aukeran azaldutako moduan, erabili aukera hau. Gorputz-testua mezua idazteko arean jarriko da zuk editatu ahal izateko, eta jatorrizko mezuaren eranskin guztiak birbidaltzeko mezuari kopiatuko zaizkio.</para>
-
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
+-->
<entry id="compose-buttons" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a" state="uptodate">
<title>Mezu-idazketa: Ekintzak</title>
<title>Mezu-idazketa: Estekatu eranskinak</title>
<para>Mezuaren eranskinak bidalitako mezuaren zati gisa bidaliko diren ala eranskin horiek zerbitzari lokal batean gordeko diren zehazten du. Eranskinak estekatuak badira, mezuaren hartzaileak web-esteka bat izango du eta esteka horretatik eranskinak deskargatu ahal izango ditu. Estekatutako eranskinen abantaila hauxe da: bidalitako mezuen tamaina ikaragarri gutxitzen dela. Eranskinak estekatzeak duen desabantaila, berriz, hauxe: eranskinen edukia agian ez dela eskuragarri egongo etorkizunean, eranskineko datuak mezu elektronikoan ez badira gordetzen.</para></entry>
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Mezu-bilaketa</title>
- <heading>Bilatzeko irizpideak</heading> <para>Mezuak bila ditzakezu karpetetan, bilatzeko irizpide desberdinak erabiliz.</para> <para>1. urratsa: Hautatu kontsulta <b>guztiak</b> (AND bilaketa) ala <b>edozein</b> kontsulta (OR bilaketa) parekatu nahi duzun.</para> <para>2. urratsa: Hautatu bilaketa-irizpideetan gehitu nahi dituzun eremuak, eta, beharrezkoa bada, identifikatu eremu horien bilaketa-parametroak.</para> <para>3. urratsa: Aukeratu mezuak zein karpetatan bilatu nahi dituzun.</para> <para>4. urratsa: Sakatu "Bilatu".</para> <para>Zure irizpidearekin bat badatozen mezuak "Bilaketaren emaitza" koadroan azalduko dira.</para></entry>
-
<entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
<title>Karpetak: karpeta-ekintzak</title>
<para>Ezkerreko zutabeko botoiak erabiliz hauta ditzakezu karpetak. Hori egindakoan, hautatu karptan egin nahi duzun ekintza ezkerreko koadroan.</para> <heading>Sortu</heading> <para>Sortu karpeta berri bat, posible bada. Karpeta bat sortzeko oinarrizko mailan, hautatu 'Sortu' ezkerreko zutabean karpetarik hautatu gabe, Azpikarpeta bat sortzeko lehendik dagoen beste karpeta batean, hautatu karpeta ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Sortu'.</para> <heading>Aldatu izena</heading> <para>Aldatu izena karpeta bati. Izena aldatzeko, aldatu izena aldatu nahi diezun karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Aldatu izena' aukeran. Izena aldatzean, automatikoki izena aldatuko zaie azpikarpeta guztiei.</para> <heading>Ezabatu</heading> <para>Ezabatu karpeta bat eta karpetaren barneko mezu guztiak. Ezabatzeko, aldatu ezabatu nahi dituzun karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Ezabatu' aukeran. Umeak dituen karpeta bat ezabatzean, azpikarpetak ez dira automatikoki ezabatuko. Ume horiek kentzeko, ezkerreko zutabean eskuz hautatu behar dituzu ezabatu nahi dituzun karpeta guztiak.</para> <heading>Hustu</heading> <para>Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ezabatzeko, baina karpeta bera ezabatu gabe, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Hustu' aukeran.</para> <heading>Borratu betiko</heading> <para>Ezabatutako gisa markatutako karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ezabatzeko, baina karpeta bera ezabatu gabe, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Borratu betiko' aukeran. Aukera hau erabiltzeko ezinbestekoa da zakarrantzorik ez erabiltzea.</para> <heading>Harpidetu/Harpidetza kendu</heading> <para>Karpeta bat harpidetutako gisa edo harpidetza kendutako gisa markatzen du. Karpeta bat harpidetzen denean, goitibeherako karpeta-zerrenda guztietan agertzen da. Aukera horiek agertzeko ezinbestekoa da IMAP karpeta-harpidetzak erabiltzea.</para> <para>Harpidetzeko, hautatu ezabatzeko karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Harpidetu' aukeran. Harpidetza kentzeko, aldatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Kendu harpidetza' aukeran.</para> <heading>Begiratu mezu berririk dagoen/Ez begiratu mezu berririk dagoen</heading> <para>Mezu berririk dagoen begiratzeko markatzen du karpeta bat karpeta-nabigazioan eta alboko barran (aktibatuta badago).</para> <para>Marka hau ezartzeko, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Begiratu mezu berririk dagoen'. Marka hau kentzeko, hautatu karpetak ezkerreko zutabean eta hautatu 'Ez begiratu mezu berririk dagoen'.</para> <heading>Markatu mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa/Markatu mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa</heading> <para>Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa markatzeko, hautatu ezkerreko zutabeko karpetak eta hautatu 'Markatu mezu guztiak ikusitako gisa'. Karpeta bateko mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa markatzeko, hautatu ezkerreko zutabeko karpetak eta hautatu 'Markatu mezu guztiak ikusi gabeko gisa'.</para> <heading>Deskargatu</heading> <para>Karpeta bateko fitxategi guztiak deskargatzeko fitxategi bakar batean (mbox formatuko fitxategi batean), hautatu karpeta ezkerreko zutabean eta egin klik 'Deskargatu' botoian. Fitxatategia ZIP formatu konprimatuan deskargatzeko, hautatu 'Deskargatu [.zip formatua]'.</para> <heading>Inportatu mezuak</heading> <para>Aukera honek mbox edo eml fitxategiak aukeratu duzun karpetara inportatzen ditu. Aukeratu mezuak inportatzeko karpeta bat ezkerreko zutabean, eta ondoren hautatu aukera hau. Zein mbox edo eml fitxategi inportatu nahi duzun zehazteko orri batera joango zara.</para> <heading>Berreraiki karpeta-zuhaitza</heading> <para>Berreraiki karpeta-zuhaitzaren irudikapen grafikoa, posta-zerbitzarian berriro kontsulta eginez. Normalean ez zenuke hori egin behar, ez bazara ari aldi berean posta-zerbitzaria atzitzen beste posta-bezero batekin eta posta-bezero horrek aldaketak egin baditu karpeta-egituran.</para>
<title>PGP: Eskaneatu testu-gorputzak</title>
<heading>Eskaneatu testu-gorputzak</heading> <para>Hautatzen bada, PGP datuetarako testu-mezu guztien gorputzak eskaneatuko ditu IMPk, eta daturen bat aurkitzen badu, emaitzak bistaratuko ditu. Kontuan izan horrek sistema motelduko duela, testu-mezu guztiak osorik eskaneatu behar baitira PGP datuetarako.</para></entry>
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="78ff9bd91687efb91d2798ca0458b5cb" state="uptodate">
<title>Mezu-idazketa: Enkriptatze-aukerak</title>
<heading>Enkriptatzerik ez</heading> <para>Mezua enkriptatu gabe bidaltzen du (testu osoa).</para> <heading>PGP enkriptatzedun mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, PGP eta hartzaileen gako publiko pertsonala erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Hartzaileen gako publikoa gordeta eduki BEHAR duzu helbide-liburuan; bestela, aukerak honek huts egingo du. Hartzaileen gako publikoa helbide-liburuan badaukazu, baina hala ere erroreak jasotzen badituzu, egiaztatu hartzaileen eremuko posta elektronikoa eta gako publikoan gordeta dagoen helbide elektronikoa bat datozela. Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuan erantsiko dira.</para> <heading>PGP sinaduradun mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek uneko mezua digitalki sinatuko du PGP eta zure gako pribatu pertsonala erabiliz. Oraindik ez baduzu zure gako pribatuaren pasaesaldia sartu saio honetan, pasaesaldia sartu nahi duzun galdetuko dizu. Hartzaileak zure gako publikoaren kopia bat eduki behar du zure sinadura digitalki egiaztatzeko.</para> <heading>PGP bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du. Ikus "PGP enkriptatzedun mezua" eta "PGP sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero.</para> <heading>PGP enkriptatzedun mezua pasaesaldiarekin</heading> <para>Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, PGP eta pasaesaldi bat erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Enkriptatzeko erabili beharreko pasaesaldia zein den galdetuko zaizu. Eman pasaesaldia hartzaileari kanal seguru baten bitartez (pertsonalki, telefonoz, etab.) Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuari erantsiko zaizkio.</para> <heading>PGP bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua pasaesaldiarekin</heading> <para>Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du pasaesaldi batekin. Ikus "PGP enkriptatzedun mezua pasaesaldiarekin" eta "PGP sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero.</para> <heading>S/MIME enkriptatzedun mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek uneko mezua enkriptatuko du, S/MIME eta hartzaileen ziurtagiria erabiliz, eta ondoren, mezua bidaliko du. Hartzaileen ziurtagiria gordeta eduki BEHAR duzu helbide-liburuan; bestela, aukerak honek huts egingo du. Hartzailearen ziurtagiria helbide-liburuan badaukazu, baina hala ere erroreak jasotzen badituzu, egiaztatu hartzaileen eremuko helbide elektronikoa eta ziurtagiria gordetako helbide elektronikoa bat datozela. Enkriptatutako datuak irteerako mezuan erantsiko dira.</para> <heading> S/MIMErekin sinatutako mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek digitalki sinatuko du uneko mezua, S/MIME eta zure ziurtagiria erabiliz. Saioan zehar oraindik ez baduzu zure ziurtagiriaren pasaesaldia sartu, eskatu egingo zaizu.</para> <heading>S/MIME bidez sinatutako/enkriptatutako mezua</heading> <para>Aukera honek mezua digitalki sinatuko du lehendabizi, eta ondoren irteerako emaitza enkriptatuko du. Ikus "S/MIME enkriptatzedun mezua" eta "S/MIME sinaduradun mezua" atalak informazio gehiago nahi izanez gero.</para></entry>
<title>Hobespenak: Eskatu irakurragiriak</title>
<para>"Eskatu irakurragiria?" hautatuz gero, mezuaren hartzaileei eskaera bat bidaltzen zaie, hartzaileek zuri jakinarazteko mezua ireki dutela. Hori ez dute bezero guztiek onartzen/ baliatzen.</para></entry>
-<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
<title>Hobespenak: Bidali irakurragiria</title>
- <para>"Bidali irakurragiria" aukerak irakurragiria bidaltzen du, mezu bat irakurtzen duzunean bidaltzaileak mezua irakurri duzula jakiteko. Kasu askotan, automatikoki egingo da zuri ezer galdetu gabe. Kasu gutxi batzuetan, zuk erabaki beharko duzu jakinarazpena bidaliko duzun ala ez, esteka batean klik eginez.</para></entry>
+ <para>"Bidali irakurragiria" aukerak irakurragiria bidaltzen du, mezu bat irakurtzen duzunean bidaltzaileak mezua irakurri duzula jakiteko. Kasu askotan, automatikoki egingo da zuri ezer galdetu gabe. Kasu gutxi batzuetan, zuk erabaki beharko duzu jakinarazpena bidaliko duzun ala ez, esteka batean klik eginez.</para><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
<title>Hobespenak: Eskatu banaketa-berrespena</title>
<para>"Erakutsi banaketa-berrespena" hautatuz gero, hartzailearen posta-zerbitzariari eskatzen zaio hartzailearen postontzira mezua noiz iritsi den jakinaraztea zuri. Horrek ez du esan nahi hartzaileak mezua ikusi duenik, baizik eta postontzi batean dagoela. Eskaera hau ez dute posta-zerbitzari guztiek onartzen.</para></entry>
-<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="uptodate">
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="changed">
<title>Hobespenak: Ezabatu mezu baztergarriak sailkatu ondoren</title>
- <para>Hiru aukeretako bat egitea hauta dezakezu, mezu bat baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatu ondoren.</para> <para>Lehenengoan, ezer ez egitea erabaki dezakezu - mezua baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatuko da, baina, zure postontzian aldatu gabe geratuko da.</para> <para>Bigarrengoan, mezua baztergarri gisa sailkatuz gero, mezua berehala ezabatuko da. Ezarpen honek ez du eraginik izango mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean.</para> <para>Hirugarrenean, mezu bat baztergarri gisa sailkatzen denean, mezua uneko postontzitik ezabatuko da eta baztergarrien karpetara eramango da. Bestela, mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean, uneko postontzitik ezabatu eta SARRERAKO ONTZIra eramango da.</para></entry>
+ <para>Hiru aukeretako bat egitea hauta dezakezu, mezu bat baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatu ondoren.</para> <para>Lehenengoan, ezer ez egitea erabaki dezakezu - mezua baztergarri edo seguru gisa sailkatuko da, baina, zure postontzian aldatu gabe geratuko da.</para> <para>Bigarrengoan, mezua baztergarri gisa sailkatuz gero, mezua berehala ezabatuko da. Ezarpen honek ez du eraginik izango mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean.</para> <para>Hirugarrenean, mezu bat baztergarri gisa sailkatzen denean, mezua uneko postontzitik ezabatuko da eta baztergarrien karpetara eramango da. Bestela, mezu bat seguru gisa sailkatzen denean, uneko postontzitik ezabatu eta SARRERAKO ONTZIra eramango da.</para><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report">
+ <title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as spam.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as spam but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as spam, you can instead have the message be immediately deleted.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
<title>Hobespenak: Blokeatu HTML irudiak</title>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9" state="changed">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : عمليات</title>
- <heading>عمليات</heading>
- <para>"ارسال پيغام" ، از اين طريق می‌توانيد پيغامهای خود را به گيرند‌گان ارسال نماييد اما می‌بايست قبل از ارسال از آنچه که ارسال می‌گردد اطمينان کافی کسب نماييد زيرا اين عمل برگشت پذير نيست.</para>
- <para>"ذخيره پيش نويس" ، قراردادن پيغامی که ايجاد آن خاتمه نيافته است در پوشه‌ايي به نام "drafts" . لطفاْ قبل از حفظ پيش‌نويس نامی در عنوان آن قرار دهيد تا تکميل آن راحت‌‌تر صورت گيرد. اين پوشه از طريق گزينه‌های گشودنی بازکردن پوشه، موجود در بالای سمت راست صفحه، قابل انتخاب است. شما می‌توانيد با رفتن به اين پوشه و باز کردن پيغام مورد نظر، آنرا تکميل نماييد.</para>
- <tip>بسته به نوع نصب، شما می‌توانيد ترجيح خود را برای بازگشت به آخرين پوشهٔ مشاهده شده و يا مشاهده همان پيغامی که پيش‌نويس آنرا حفظ کرده‌ايد بعد از انجام عمل ذخيره سازی، تعيين نماييد.</tip>
- <para>"انصراف از ارسال پيغام" ارسال پيغام را ملغی نموده و شما را به آخرين پوشه‌ايي که در حال مشاهده آن بوده‌ايد برمی‌گرداند.</para>
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9" state="changed">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : عمليات</title>
+ <heading>عمليات</heading>
+ <para>"ارسال پيغام" ، از اين طريق میتوانيد پيغامهای خود را به گيرندگان ارسال نماييد اما میبايست قبل از ارسال از آنچه که ارسال میگردد اطمينان کافی کسب نماييد زيرا اين عمل برگشت پذير نيست.</para>
+ <para>"ذخيره پيش نويس" ، قراردادن پيغامی که ايجاد آن خاتمه نيافته است در پوشهايي به نام "drafts" . لطفاْ قبل از حفظ پيشنويس نامی در عنوان آن قرار دهيد تا تکميل آن راحتتر صورت گيرد. اين پوشه از طريق گزينههای گشودنی بازکردن پوشه، موجود در بالای سمت راست صفحه، قابل انتخاب است. شما میتوانيد با رفتن به اين پوشه و باز کردن پيغام مورد نظر، آنرا تکميل نماييد.</para>
+ <tip>بسته به نوع نصب، شما میتوانيد ترجيح خود را برای بازگشت به آخرين پوشهٔ مشاهده شده و يا مشاهده همان پيغامی که پيشنويس آنرا حفظ کردهايد بعد از انجام عمل ذخيره سازی، تعيين نماييد.</tip>
+ <para>"انصراف از ارسال پيغام" ارسال پيغام را ملغی نموده و شما را به آخرين پوشهايي که در حال مشاهده آن بودهايد برمیگرداند.</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-buttons">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<para>
"Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-buttons">
+ <title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ "Send Message" transmits your email message to the intended recipient(s). Make sure you do want to send your message as this action is final and cannot be reversed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ "Save Draft" places an unfinished message in a folder called "Drafts" accessible through the folder drop-down box at the top-right of your screen. You can then finish the message later by switching to the "Drafts" folder, clicking on the saved message to open it, and then clicking on "Resume". Be sure to put a subject on the email before you save the draft so that you can easily identify which message you want within the Drafts folder.
+ </para>
+ <tip>
+ Depending on your installation, you can change in your preferences whether you are returned to the last folder you were viewing or back to the same message after saving a message as a draft.
+ </tip>
+ <para>
+ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : فرستنده</title>
- <heading>فرستنده</heading>
- <para>اگر توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه داده شود، شما می‌توانيد برای پر کردن اين فيلد از فهرست گشودنی استفاده کرده و يکی از هويتهايي را که در بخش گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی وارد کرده‌ايد انتخاب نماييد و يا اينکه آدرس خود را در اين فيلد درج نماييد.</para>
+
+<entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : فرستنده</title>
+ <heading>فرستنده</heading>
+ <para>اگر توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه داده شود، شما میتوانيد برای پر کردن اين فيلد از فهرست گشودنی استفاده کرده و يکی از هويتهايي را که در بخش گزينههای اطلاعات شخصی وارد کردهايد انتخاب نماييد و يا اينکه آدرس خود را در اين فيلد درج نماييد.</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-from">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<para>
Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-from">
+ <title>Message Composition: From</title>
+ <heading>From</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : به</title>
+
+<entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : به</title>
<heading>To</heading>
- <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت</title>
- <heading>رونوشت</heading>
- <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی از پيغام به يک گيرنده ديگر، بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
- <para>رونوشت‌ها معمولا به افرادی ارسال مي‌شوند که نيازی به ارسال مستقيم پيغام به آنها نيست، بلکه بايد تنها از ارسال پيغام اطلاع حاصل نمايند. لازم به تذکر است که گيرندگان اصلی و گيرندگان رونوشت با مشاهدهٔ نامه، از يکديگر اطلاع حاصل خواهند نمود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت مخفی</title>
- <heading>رونوشت مخفی</heading>
- <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی مخفی از پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آنها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
- <para>رونوشت‌های مخفی عموماْ به افرادی ارسال مي‌گردد که لازم است از مفاد پيغام اطلاع يابند ولی گيرندگان ديگر پيغام نبايد از دريافت پيغام توسط آنها اطلاع يابند.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : موضوع</title>
- <heading>موضوع</heading>
- <para>در اين فيلد موضوع پيغام درج مي‌گردد. موضوع نامه بايد ساده و کوتاه بوده و معرف بدنهٔ پيغام باشد زيرا در اين صورت دسته‌بندی و يافتن پيغامها به آسانی ممکن خواهد بود.</para>
- <para>همچنين هنگامی که شما پيغام را پاسخ مي‌دهيد و يا به ديگران ارجاع مي‌نماييد، موضوع پيغام عيناْ در پيغام جديد رونوشت مي‌شود، به همين دليل اگر پاسخ و يا ارجاعی حاوی ايدهٔ جديدی باشد بهتر است که موضوع آنرا تغيير دهيد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+ <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت</title>
+ <heading>رونوشت</heading>
+ <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی از پيغام به يک گيرنده ديگر، بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آدرسها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
+ <para>رونوشتها معمولا به افرادی ارسال ميشوند که نيازی به ارسال مستقيم پيغام به آنها نيست، بلکه بايد تنها از ارسال پيغام اطلاع حاصل نمايند. لازم به تذکر است که گيرندگان اصلی و گيرندگان رونوشت با مشاهدهٔ نامه، از يکديگر اطلاع حاصل خواهند نمود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : رونوشت مخفی</title>
+ <heading>رونوشت مخفی</heading>
+ <para>در اين فيلد برای ارسال صحيح رونوشتی مخفی از پيغام به يک گيرنده، شما بايد آدرسهای پست الکترونيکی را به صورت صحيح وارد نماييد. همچنين در صورت وارد کردن بيش از يک آدرس، بايد آنها را با نويسهٔ کاما از يکديگر جدا کنيد.</para>
+ <para>رونوشتهای مخفی عموماْ به افرادی ارسال ميگردد که لازم است از مفاد پيغام اطلاع يابند ولی گيرندگان ديگر پيغام نبايد از دريافت پيغام توسط آنها اطلاع يابند.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : موضوع</title>
+ <heading>موضوع</heading>
+ <para>در اين فيلد موضوع پيغام درج ميگردد. موضوع نامه بايد ساده و کوتاه بوده و معرف بدنهٔ پيغام باشد زيرا در اين صورت دستهبندی و يافتن پيغامها به آسانی ممکن خواهد بود.</para>
+ <para>همچنين هنگامی که شما پيغام را پاسخ ميدهيد و يا به ديگران ارجاع مينماييد، موضوع پيغام عيناْ در پيغام جديد رونوشت ميشود، به همين دليل اگر پاسخ و يا ارجاعی حاوی ايدهٔ جديدی باشد بهتر است که موضوع آنرا تغيير دهيد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌ها</title>
- <heading>گزينه‌ها</heading>
- <para>گزينه‌ها به شما کمک مي‌نمايند تا پيغام خود را آماده نماييد.</para>
- <para>برای بررسی املايي پيغام خود بايد بر روی "بررسی کنندهٔ املايي" کليک نماييد.</para>
- <para>با کليک کردن بر روی "پیوستها" به انتهای صفحه، جايي که شما مي‌توانيد پرونده‌ها را به پيغام خود پیوست نماييد، راهنمايي مي‌شويد.</para>
- <para>اگر حفظ پيغامهای ارسالی توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما فعال باشد، شما مي‌توانيد در صورت انتخاب گزينهٔ "ذخیرهٔ يک پیوست" يک نسخه از پيغام ارسالی را در پوشهٔ پيش‌فرض و يا پوشه‌ايي که در گزينه‌های اطلاعات شخصی شما، مشخص شده است ذخیره کنيد. همچنين اگر سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه انتخاب بيش از يک پوشه را برای ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی داده باشد، شما مي‌توانيد پوشهٔ مورد نظر خود را از طريق يک فهرست گشودنی که در کنار گزينهٔ ذخيره يک پیوست قرار خواهد داشت انتخاب نماييد.</para>
- <para>در قسمت گزينه‌ها شما مي‌توانيد عمليات نگهداری‌ايي را تنظيم نماييد که اين پوشه‌ها را با يک ترتيب زمانی مشخص خالی کرده و يا تغيير نام دهد. نگهداری يک نسخه و يا رونوشت از يک پيغام به شما در دنبال نمودن بحث‌های در جريان، کمک مي‌نمايد.</para>
- <warn>ممکن است شما به خاطر وجود محدوديتهای ذخيره‌سازی، مايل به ذخيره تمام پيغامها، به خصوص پيغامهايي که پیوستهای بزرگی دارند نباشيد زيرا اگر فضای در اختيار شما توسط اين پيغامها اشغال شود شما ديگر قادر به دريافت پيغام جديد نخواهيد بود.</warn>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd" state="changed">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : پیوستها</title>
- <heading>پیوستها</heading>
- <para>در اين بخش فهرستی از پرونده‌هايي که قبلا به پيغام شما پیوست شده است مشاهده مي‌گردد.</para>
- <heading>حذف پرونده(های) پیوست شده</heading>
- <para>برای حذف نمودن پرونده(های) پیوست شده بايد:</para>
- <para>گام اول: گزينه‌های کنار نام پرونده‌هايي که مايل به حذف آنها هستيد را، انتخاب نماييد.</para>
- <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
- <heading>تغيير حالت پیوستها</heading>
- <para>برای تغيير حالت پیوستها پيغام خود بايد:</para>
- <para>گام اول: حالت هر پیوست را در صورت تمايل به صورت "پیوست" و يا "برخط" درآوريد.</para>
- <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
- <heading>تغيير توضيحات پیوستها</heading>
- <para>برای تغيير توضيحات پیوستهای خود( منظور از توضيحات، متنی است که گيرنده به عنوان توضيحی بر پروندهٔ پیوست شده دريافت خواهد نمود) بايد:</para>
- <para>گام اول: توضيحی را در فيلد توضيحات درج نماييد.</para>
- <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : گزينهها</title>
+ <heading>گزينهها</heading>
+ <para>گزينهها به شما کمک مينمايند تا پيغام خود را آماده نماييد.</para>
+ <para>برای بررسی املايي پيغام خود بايد بر روی "بررسی کنندهٔ املايي" کليک نماييد.</para>
+ <para>با کليک کردن بر روی "پیوستها" به انتهای صفحه، جايي که شما ميتوانيد پروندهها را به پيغام خود پیوست نماييد، راهنمايي ميشويد.</para>
+ <para>اگر حفظ پيغامهای ارسالی توسط سرپرست سامانهٔ شما فعال باشد، شما ميتوانيد در صورت انتخاب گزينهٔ "ذخیرهٔ يک پیوست" يک نسخه از پيغام ارسالی را در پوشهٔ پيشفرض و يا پوشهايي که در گزينههای اطلاعات شخصی شما، مشخص شده است ذخیره کنيد. همچنين اگر سرپرست سامانهٔ شما اجازه انتخاب بيش از يک پوشه را برای ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی داده باشد، شما ميتوانيد پوشهٔ مورد نظر خود را از طريق يک فهرست گشودنی که در کنار گزينهٔ ذخيره يک پیوست قرار خواهد داشت انتخاب نماييد.</para>
+ <para>در قسمت گزينهها شما ميتوانيد عمليات نگهداریايي را تنظيم نماييد که اين پوشهها را با يک ترتيب زمانی مشخص خالی کرده و يا تغيير نام دهد. نگهداری يک نسخه و يا رونوشت از يک پيغام به شما در دنبال نمودن بحثهای در جريان، کمک مينمايد.</para>
+ <warn>ممکن است شما به خاطر وجود محدوديتهای ذخيرهسازی، مايل به ذخيره تمام پيغامها، به خصوص پيغامهايي که پیوستهای بزرگی دارند نباشيد زيرا اگر فضای در اختيار شما توسط اين پيغامها اشغال شود شما ديگر قادر به دريافت پيغام جديد نخواهيد بود.</warn>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd" state="changed">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : پیوستها</title>
+ <heading>پیوستها</heading>
+ <para>در اين بخش فهرستی از پروندههايي که قبلا به پيغام شما پیوست شده است مشاهده ميگردد.</para>
+ <heading>حذف پرونده(های) پیوست شده</heading>
+ <para>برای حذف نمودن پرونده(های) پیوست شده بايد:</para>
+ <para>گام اول: گزينههای کنار نام پروندههايي که مايل به حذف آنها هستيد را، انتخاب نماييد.</para>
+ <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
+ <heading>تغيير حالت پیوستها</heading>
+ <para>برای تغيير حالت پیوستها پيغام خود بايد:</para>
+ <para>گام اول: حالت هر پیوست را در صورت تمايل به صورت "پیوست" و يا "برخط" درآوريد.</para>
+ <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
+ <heading>تغيير توضيحات پیوستها</heading>
+ <para>برای تغيير توضيحات پیوستهای خود( منظور از توضيحات، متنی است که گيرنده به عنوان توضيحی بر پروندهٔ پیوست شده دريافت خواهد نمود) بايد:</para>
+ <para>گام اول: توضيحی را در فيلد توضيحات درج نماييد.</para>
+ <para>گام دوم: بر روی کليد "بروزرسانی اطلاعات پیوستها" کليک نماييد.</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-attachments">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : اولويّت</title>
- <heading>اولويّت</heading>
- <para>اولويّتها در واقع اشاره بر سرآمد "X-Priority" از پيغامهای ارسالی شما دارد که اين سرآمد در واقع شبه استانداردی است که توسط مرورگرهای موزيلا، نت‌اسکيپ، اپرا و ... پذيرفته شده است. مرورگرهايي که از اين شبه استاندارد پشتيبانی نمي‌کنند، تنها آنرا ناديده مي‌گيرند.</para>
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : اولويّت</title>
+ <heading>اولويّت</heading>
+ <para>اولويّتها در واقع اشاره بر سرآمد "X-Priority" از پيغامهای ارسالی شما دارد که اين سرآمد در واقع شبه استانداردی است که توسط مرورگرهای موزيلا، نتاسکيپ، اپرا و ... پذيرفته شده است. مرورگرهايي که از اين شبه استاندارد پشتيبانی نميکنند، تنها آنرا ناديده ميگيرند.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : ذخيره ضمايم</title>
- <para>اين گزينه تعيين مي‌نمايد که آيا پیوستها نيز به هنگام ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی بايد در پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی ذخيره گردند و يا خير. انتخاب مورد آخر به شما در حفظ فضای ديسک دراختيارتان کمک مي‌نمايد.</para>
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : ذخيره ضمايم</title>
+ <para>اين گزينه تعيين مينمايد که آيا پیوستها نيز به هنگام ذخيرهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی بايد در پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسالی ذخيره گردند و يا خير. انتخاب مورد آخر به شما در حفظ فضای ديسک دراختيارتان کمک مينمايد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32" state="changed">
- <title>جستجوی پيغام</title>
- <heading>حوزهٔ جستجو</heading>
- <para>شما ممکن است بر روی پوشه‌های خود در حوزه‌های مختلفی جستجو انجام دهيد.</para>
- <para>گام اول: در فيلدهای که مايل به جستجوی پيغام هستيد موارد مورد نظر خود را درج نماييد.</para>
- <para>گام دوم: انتخاب علامت نامه‌ها برای افزودن به حوزهٔ جستجو.</para>
- <para>گام سوم: انتخاب پوشه‌هايی که مايليد در آنها جستجو انجام پذيرد.</para>
- <para>گام چهارم: فشردن کليد "جستجو" .</para>
- <para>اگر پيغامهايي منطبق با حوزه‌های مورد جستجوی شما يافته شود، شما مي‌توانيد در بخش "نتايج جستجو" عناوين آنها را مشاهده کنيد.</para>
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="30687ec475765ba4467d2ef6dcec40c3" state="changed">
+ <title>مرورگر پوشه : عمليات</title>
+ <heading>عمليات پوشه</heading>
+ <para>شما ميتوانيد يک پوشه را به کمک کليدهای راديويی موجود در ستون سمت راست انتخاب نماييد. بعد از آن، شما ميتوانيد عملياتي را که مايل به اجرای آن بر روی اين پوشه ميباشيد به کمک جعبه انتخابی موجود در سمت راست، انتخاب نماييد.</para>
+ <para>گزينههای زيادی را ممکن است شما انتخاب نماييد،اما بايد در مورد انتخاب گزينهٔ حذف دقت نماييد زيرا باعث از بين رفتن کليه پيغامهای شما خواهد شد.</para>
+ <heading>دريافت پيغامها</heading>
+ <para>اين گزينه فايلهايي با انشعاب eml را به پوشهٔ انتخابی شما ارسال خواهد نمود. برای انجام اين کار، ابتدا بايد يک پوشه انتخاب نماييد و سپس اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا بتوانيد پيغامهای دريافت شده را در اين پوشه مشاهده نماييد.</para>
<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <para>
+ You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Create</heading>
+ <para>
+ Create a new folder, if possible. To create a folder in the base level, select 'Create' without selecting a folder in the left column. To create a subfolder in a currently existing folder, select the existing folder in the left column before selecting 'Create'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rename</heading>
<para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
+ Rename a folder. To rename, select the folders in the left column to rename and click 'Rename'. When renaming, all subfolders will automatically be renamed.
</para>
+ <heading>Delete</heading>
<para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
+ <heading>Empty</heading>
+ <para>
+ To delete all messages inside a folder, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
+ <heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
+ Flags a folder as either subscribed or unsubscribed. When a folder is subscribed, it will appear in all drop down folder lists. These options only appear if using IMAP folder subscriptions.
</para>
<para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
+ To subscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Subscribe'. To unsubscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Unsubscribe'.
</para>
+ <heading>Check for New Mail/Do Not Check for New Mail</heading>
<para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
+ Flags a folder to be checked for new mail in the Folder Navigator and the sidebar (if activated).
</para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="30687ec475765ba4467d2ef6dcec40c3" state="changed">
- <title>مرورگر پوشه : عمليات</title>
- <heading>عمليات پوشه</heading>
- <para>شما مي‌توانيد يک پوشه را به کمک کليدهای راديويی موجود در ستون سمت راست انتخاب نماييد. بعد از آن، شما مي‌توانيد عملياتي را که مايل به اجرای آن بر روی اين پوشه مي‌باشيد به کمک جعبه انتخابی موجود در سمت راست، انتخاب نماييد.</para>
- <para>گزينه‌های زيادی را ممکن است شما انتخاب نماييد،اما بايد در مورد انتخاب گزينهٔ حذف دقت نماييد زيرا باعث از بين رفتن کليه پيغامهای شما خواهد شد.</para>
- <heading>دريافت پيغامها</heading>
- <para>اين گزينه فايلهايي با انشعاب eml را به پوشهٔ انتخابی شما ارسال خواهد نمود. برای انجام اين کار، ابتدا بايد يک پوشه انتخاب نماييد و سپس اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا بتوانيد پيغامهای دريافت شده را در اين پوشه مشاهده نماييد.</para>
-<!-- English entry:
+ <para>
+ To set this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Check for New Mail'. To unset this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Do Not Check for New Mail'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Mark All Messages as Seen/Unseen</heading>
+ <para>
+ To mark all messages in a folder as seen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Seen'. To mark all messages in a folder as unseen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Unseen'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Download</heading>
+ <para>
+ To download all messages in a folder in a single file (mbox format), select the folder in the left column and click 'Download'. To download the file in ZIP compressed format, instead select 'Download [.zip format].
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder via the left column to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rebuild Folder Tree</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
+ </para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
<title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Delete</heading>
<para>
- Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Delete'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
<heading>Empty</heading>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Purge'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
<heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
<para>
Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
</para>
+
+ <heading>Show/Hide Unsubscribed</heading>
+ <para>
+ If using IMAP folder subscriptions, show/hide the unsubscribed folders. To subscribe/unsubscribe to a folder, select the checkbox next to the foldername and use the Subscribe/Unsubscribe action in the Folder Action drop-down menu.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Expand All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Expand all folder entries.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Collapse All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Collapse all folder entries.
+ </para>
</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
- <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
</para>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
<entry id="folder-options">
<title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : اعمال</title>
- <heading>اعمال قوانين فيلتر کردن</heading>
- <para>بر روی آيکون "اعمال فيلتر" در مجاورت کلمه INBOX کليک نماييد تا طبق قوانين مشخص شده، فيلترينگ بر روی پيغامهای پوشه اعمال شود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن</title>
- <heading>ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن خود</heading>
- <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش قوانين فيلتر شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي رهنمون شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش قوانين فيلترينگ فعال فعلي خواهيد بود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سياه</title>
- <heading>ويرايش ليست سياه شما</heading>
- <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سياه شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که تمايلی به دريافت پيغام از آنها نداريد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سفيد</title>
- <heading>ويرايش ليست سفيد شما</heading>
- <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سفيد شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحه‌ايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که شما همواره تمايل به دريافت پيغام را از آنها داريد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : فيلترينگ زمان ورود</title>
- <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها در زمان ورود اعمال گردد؟</heading>
- <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث اعمال فيلترها به هنگام ورود به IMP می‌گردد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : فيلترينگ در هر بروزرساني</title>
- <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها در هر زمان که INBOX نمايش داده می‌شود اعمال گردد؟</heading>
- <para>اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا در هر زمان که INBOX را مشاهده می‌کنيد، فيلترها اعمال شوند.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
- <title>فيلترها : فيلتر کردن نامه‌دان</title>
- <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها به هر نامه‌دان اعمال شوند؟</heading>
- <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث مي‌شود تا شما بتوانيد قوانين فيلترها را به هر نامه‌دان اعمال کنيد( با انتخاب اين گزينه، آيکونی در کنار هر نامه‌دان نمايش داده خواهد شد که به شما اجازه اعمال قوانين فيلتر را بر روی پيغامهای آن پوشه را، خواهد داد). بايد توجه نماييد که به صورت پيش‌فرض فيلترها تنها بر روی نامه‌های رسيده اعمال مي‌شوند زيرا اعمال فيلترها بر روی پوشه‌های ديگر نتايج غير منتظره‌ايي همچون انتقال پيغامها، حذف غير منتظره آنها و يا... می‌تواند داشته باشد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</title>
- <heading>پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</heading>
- <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی PGP به همراه نامه خارج شده، ارسال می‌گردد. طريقه عملکرد پيش‌فرض را از طريق صفحه گزينه‌های PGP می‌توان تنظيم نمود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : بررسي بدنهٔ متن</title>
- <heading>بررسي بدنهٔ متن</heading>
- <para>اگر اين گزِينه انتخاب شود، IMP بدنهٔ تمام پيغامها را برای يافتن داده PGP جستجو کرده و نتايج را نشان خواهد داد. بايد توجه نماييد که انتخاب اين گزينه باعث کندی سامانه خواهد گشت.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71" state="changed">
- <title>ايجاد پيغام : گزينه‌های رمزبندی</title>
- <heading>بدون رمزبندی</heading>
- <para>ارسال متن بدون رمزبندی : متن ساده</para>
- <heading>رمزبندی PGP پيغام</heading>
- <para>انتخاب اين گزينه پيغام فعلی را با استفاده از PGP و کليد عمومی شخصی گيرنده رمز نموده و سپس آنرا ارسال خواهد کرد. در اين حالت شما تنها قادر به ارسال پيغام به يک گيرنده خواهيد بود. شما بايد حتماْ کليد عمومی گيرنده را در کتابچهٔ خود داشته باشيد تا پيغام به درستی ارسال شود.</para>
- <heading>امضاء PGP پيغام</heading>
- <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث می‌شود تا پيغام جاری با استفاده از PGP و کليد خصوصی شخصی شما امضاء گردد. گيرندهٔ پيغام با کمک کليد عمومی شما قادر به شناسايي شما خواهد بود.</para>
- <heading>امضاء/رمزبندی PGP پيغام</heading>
- <para>انتخاب اين گزينه ابتدا پيغام را به صورت ديجيتالی امضاء کرده و سپس نتيجه را رمز می‌نمايد.</para>
- <heading>رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام</heading>
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : اعمال</title>
+ <heading>اعمال قوانين فيلتر کردن</heading>
+ <para>بر روی آيکون "اعمال فيلتر" در مجاورت کلمه INBOX کليک نماييد تا طبق قوانين مشخص شده، فيلترينگ بر روی پيغامهای پوشه اعمال شود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن</title>
+ <heading>ويرايش قوانين فيلتر کردن خود</heading>
+ <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش قوانين فيلتر شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحهايي رهنمون شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش قوانين فيلترينگ فعال فعلي خواهيد بود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سياه</title>
+ <heading>ويرايش ليست سياه شما</heading>
+ <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سياه شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحهايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که تمايلی به دريافت پيغام از آنها نداريد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : ويرايش ليست سفيد</title>
+ <heading>ويرايش ليست سفيد شما</heading>
+ <para>بر روی کليد "ويرايش ليست سفيد شما" کليک نماييد تا به صفحهايي راهنمايي شويد که در آن قادر به حذف، اضافه و ويرايش آدرسهايي خواهيد بود که شما همواره تمايل به دريافت پيغام را از آنها داريد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : فيلترينگ زمان ورود</title>
+ <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها در زمان ورود اعمال گردد؟</heading>
+ <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث اعمال فيلترها به هنگام ورود به IMP میگردد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : فيلترينگ در هر بروزرساني</title>
+ <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها در هر زمان که INBOX نمايش داده میشود اعمال گردد؟</heading>
+ <para>اين گزينه را انتخاب کنيد تا در هر زمان که INBOX را مشاهده میکنيد، فيلترها اعمال شوند.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>فيلترها : فيلتر کردن نامهدان</title>
+ <heading>آيا قوانين فيلترها به هر نامهدان اعمال شوند؟</heading>
+ <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث ميشود تا شما بتوانيد قوانين فيلترها را به هر نامهدان اعمال کنيد( با انتخاب اين گزينه، آيکونی در کنار هر نامهدان نمايش داده خواهد شد که به شما اجازه اعمال قوانين فيلتر را بر روی پيغامهای آن پوشه را، خواهد داد). بايد توجه نماييد که به صورت پيشفرض فيلترها تنها بر روی نامههای رسيده اعمال ميشوند زيرا اعمال فيلترها بر روی پوشههای ديگر نتايج غير منتظرهايي همچون انتقال پيغامها، حذف غير منتظره آنها و يا... میتواند داشته باشد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</title>
+ <heading>پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</heading>
+ <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی PGP به همراه نامه خارج شده، ارسال میگردد. طريقه عملکرد پيشفرض را از طريق صفحه گزينههای PGP میتوان تنظيم نمود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : بررسي بدنهٔ متن</title>
+ <heading>بررسي بدنهٔ متن</heading>
+ <para>اگر اين گزِينه انتخاب شود، IMP بدنهٔ تمام پيغامها را برای يافتن داده PGP جستجو کرده و نتايج را نشان خواهد داد. بايد توجه نماييد که انتخاب اين گزينه باعث کندی سامانه خواهد گشت.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71" state="changed">
+ <title>ايجاد پيغام : گزينههای رمزبندی</title>
+ <heading>بدون رمزبندی</heading>
+ <para>ارسال متن بدون رمزبندی : متن ساده</para>
+ <heading>رمزبندی PGP پيغام</heading>
+ <para>انتخاب اين گزينه پيغام فعلی را با استفاده از PGP و کليد عمومی شخصی گيرنده رمز نموده و سپس آنرا ارسال خواهد کرد. در اين حالت شما تنها قادر به ارسال پيغام به يک گيرنده خواهيد بود. شما بايد حتماْ کليد عمومی گيرنده را در کتابچهٔ خود داشته باشيد تا پيغام به درستی ارسال شود.</para>
+ <heading>امضاء PGP پيغام</heading>
+ <para>انتخاب اين گزينه باعث میشود تا پيغام جاری با استفاده از PGP و کليد خصوصی شخصی شما امضاء گردد. گيرندهٔ پيغام با کمک کليد عمومی شما قادر به شناسايي شما خواهد بود.</para>
+ <heading>امضاء/رمزبندی PGP پيغام</heading>
+ <para>انتخاب اين گزينه ابتدا پيغام را به صورت ديجيتالی امضاء کرده و سپس نتيجه را رمز مینمايد.</para>
+ <heading>رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام</heading>
<para>TODO</para>
- <heading>امضاء S/MIME پيغام</heading>
+ <heading>امضاء S/MIME پيغام</heading>
<para>TODO</para>
- <heading>امضاء/رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام</heading>
+ <heading>امضاء/رمزبندی S/MIME پيغام</heading>
<para>TODO</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
<para>
This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
+ <title>Message Composition: Encryption Options</title>
+ <heading>No Encryption</heading>
+ <para>
+ Send the message with no encryption (cleartext).
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and the recipients personal public key, and then send it. You MUST have the public key of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the public key for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the public key is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using PGP and your personal private key. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your private key during this session you will be prompted for it. The recipient must have a copy of your public key to digitally verify your signature.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "PGP Encrypt Message" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and a passphrase, and then send it. You will be prompted for the passphrase that should be used for the encryption. Give the passphrase to the recipient through a secure channel e.g. personally, by phone, etc. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output with a passphrase. See the "PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using S/MIME and the recipients certificate, and then send it. You MUST have the certificate of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the certificate for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the certificate is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using S/MIME and your certificate. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your certificate during this session you will be prompted for it.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مرور</title>
- <heading>PGP چيست؟</heading>
- <para>PGP ابزاری برای ارتباطات و ذخيره‌سازی امن اطلاعات می‌باشد که خصوصا در پست الکترونيک به کار گرفته می‌شود. از اين ابزار برای رمزبندی و امضاء ديجيتالی پيغام استفاده مي‌شود. IMP از GnuPG برای فراهم نمودن اين امکان استفاده می‌نمايد.</para>
- <heading>آيا امکانات PGP فعال شود؟</heading>
- <para>اگر اين گزينه فعال شود شما قادر به ايجاد/مشاهده کليدهای PGP خود، افزودن و حذف کردن کليدهای عمومی ديگران، خواندن پيغامهای رمز شدهٔ آنها، تشخيص امضاء ديجيتالی آنها و رمزبندی و امضاء نمودن ديجيتالی پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : گزينه‌ها- پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</title>
- <heading>گزينه‌ها : - پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</heading>
- <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، در صورت وجود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی شما به نامه‌های ارسالی پیوست خواهد شد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</title>
- <heading>مرور</heading>
- <para>اين صفحه فهرستی از کاربران فعلی را در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما، که دارای کليد عمومی PGP مي‌باشند، ارائه مي‌دهد. بايد توجه داشت که اين فهرست تنها حاوی کاربرانی است که 1)شما به آنها يک پيغام رمز شده ارسال کرده‌ايد - و يا - 2) امضاء ديجيتالي آنها را شناسايي کرده‌ايد.</para>
- <heading>مشاهده</heading>
- <para>بازکردن يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليدهای عمومی PGP.</para>
- <heading>جزئيات</heading>
- <para>نمايش برخی از جزئيات در مورد کليد عمومی PGP.</para>
- <heading>حذف</heading>
- <para>حذف کليد عمومی از کتابچهٔ آدرس.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - دريافت</title>
- <heading>دريافت کليدهای عمومی</heading>
- <para>اين کليد پنجره‌ايي را باز خواهد نمود که در آن شما قادر به ثبت کليد عمومی PGP خواهيد بود. اين کليد مي‌تواند درون فيلد متن درج شود و يا به صورت يک پرونده در رايانه شخصی شما قرار داشته باشد. در هر حال، چنانچه کليد معتبر باشد، به کتابچهٔ آدرس شما افزوده شده و پنجرهٔ باز شده بسته می‌شود و در غير اينصورت دلايل عدم اعتبار کليد بيان مي‌گردد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی</title>
- <heading>مرور</heading>
- <para>اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامهای خود را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد و يا اينکه پيغامهای رمز شده از ديگران دريافت داريد بايد زوج کليد عمومي / خصوصي خود را داشته باشيد.</para>
- <heading>کليد عمومی شما</heading>
- <para>کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس هر فردی باشد که مايل به ارسال پيغام رمز به شما مي‌باشد. همچنين کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس افرادی که شما مايل به ارسال پيغامهايي با امضای ديجيتالي برای آنها مي‌باشيد نيز قرار گيرد زيرا کليد عمومي شما، مورد نياز است.</para>
- <heading>کليد خصوصی شما</heading>
- <para>کليد خصوصي شما برای رمز گشايي هر پيغام رمز شده با استفاده از کليد شما، مورد نياز است. به علاوه کليد خصوصي شما برای انجام امضای ديجيتالي يک پيغام نيز مورد استفاده قرار مي‌گيرد. کليد خصوصي شما از طريق passphrase نگاهداری مي‌شود و در هر نشست IMP شما تنها يکبار مجبور به وارد کردن passphrase خود، برای اعلان کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد. به همين دليل در انتهای يک نشست حتماً بايد از IMP خارج شويد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی - کليد عمومی</title>
- <heading>مشاهده</heading>
- <para>يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليد عمومی PGP باز می‌کند.</para>
- <heading>جزئيات</heading>
- <para>جزئياتی را در مورد کليد عمومی PGP نشان می‌دهد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : مديريت کليدها - کليد خصوصی</title>
- <heading>وارد کردن عبارت گذر</heading>
- <para>برای وارد کردن عبارت گذر بايد پنجرهٔ عبارت گذر را باز کنيد. عبارت گذر را وارد کنيد. اگر صحيح بود، IMP آنرا تا انتهای نشست نگاه مي‌دارد.</para>
- <heading>حذف عبارت گذر</heading>
- <para>با حذف عبارت گذر ذخيره شده در IMP، هر پروسه جديدی که نياز به آن داشته باشد، وارد کردن آنرا از شما در خواست مي‌کند.</para>
- <heading>مشاهده</heading>
- <para>مي‌توان پنجره‌ايي را برای مشاهده کليد خصوصي PGP باز کرد ولي بايد دقت کنيد که هر گز کليد خصوصي خود را به شخص ديگری ارسال نکنيد.</para>
- <heading>جزئيات</heading>
- <para>جزئياتی را راجع به کليد خصوصی نشان می‌دهد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP :کليدها مديريت کليدها - حذف</title>
- <heading>حذف کليدهای شخصی</heading>
- <para>اين کليد زوج کليد خصوصي/ عمومي شما را ازIMP حذف مي‌کند.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - نام</title>
- <heading>نام</heading>
- <para>نامي که شما مي‌خواهيد به همراه کليد خصوصي خود درج کنيد (اجباری)</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - توضيحات</title>
- <heading>توضيحات</heading>
- <para>توضيحی که مايل به درج آن به همراه کليد خصوصي خود مي‌باشيد(اختياری).</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - آدرس‌های پست الکترونيک</title>
- <heading>آدرسهای پست الکترونيک</heading>
- <para>آدرس پست الکترونيکی که شما مي‌خواهيد با کليد خصوصي خود مرتبط نمايند (اجباری)</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - طول کليد</title>
- <heading>طول کليد</heading>
- <para>طول کليد توليد شده شما به بايت. هر چه اين طول بزرگتر باشد، ارتباط امن تر خواهد بود. البته بايد توجه کنيد که اين امر باعث بالارفتن زمان توليد کليد و همچنين زمان رمزبندی مي‌گردد. طول 1024 بايت طول پيش‌فرض مي‌باشد که امنيت خوبي را فراهم مي‌آورد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عبارت گذر</title>
- <heading>عبارت گذر</heading>
- <para>از عبارت گذر برای محافظت و رمزنگاری کليد خصوصي استفاده مي‌شود. عبارت گذر بايد حداقل 6 نويسه باشد. توجه نماييد که اين عبارت نبايد معادل يک کلمه در ديکشنری بوده و همچنيني نبايد معادل اسم رمز شما باشد و بايد هم شامل نويسه‌های حرفي و هم نويسه‌هاي عددی باشد. لازم به ذکر است که عبارت گذر را برای تأييد، دوبار بايد وارد نمايند (اجباری)</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عمليات</title>
- <heading>ايجاد کليدها</heading>
- <para>زوج کليد خصوصي و عمومي شما را ايجاد و ذخيره مي‌کند.</para>
- <heading>دريافت زوج کليد</heading>
- <para>اين کليد يک زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي را دريافت مي‌کند و برای اين منظور يک پنجره را باز مي‌کند که در آن شما مي‌توانيد به صورت دستي زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي موجود خود را معرفي نمايند. زوج کليدها به صورت متن مي‌توانند درج شوند يا اگر داخل يک پرونده بر روی کامپيوتر محلّي شما باشند مي‌توانيد تنها نام پرونده را درج نماييد. چنانچه کليدها صحيح باشند پنجره بسته خواهد شد و در غير اين صورت يک پيغام خطا که نوع خطا در آن توضيح داده خواهد شد، مشاهده می‌گردد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME : مرور</title>
- <heading>S/MIME چيست؟</heading>
- <para>S/MIME يک سيستم کليد خصوصي/عمومي است که انجام امضای ديجيتالي را ممکن مي‌نمايد. همچنين S/MIME قادر به رمزبندی پيغامها و خصوصي سازی آنها برای فرستندگان و گيرندگان بوده و همچنين قادر به تشخيص تحريفهای صورت گرفته در پيغامها بعد از ارسال آنها، مي‌باشد.</para>
- <heading>آيا قابليتهای S/MIME فعال شود؟</heading>
- <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، شما قادر به وارد کردن کليدهای شخصي S/MIME خود خواهيد بود که به طبع آن شما قادر به خواندن پيغامهای رمز شده، تشخيص امضاهای ديجيتالي فرستندگان و همچنين رمزبندی و امضاء پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME : کليدهای شخصی</title>
- <heading>مرور</heading>
- <para>اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامي را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد، بايد زوج کليد خصوصي/عمومي S/MIME خود را داشته باشيد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME : دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی</title>
- <heading>دريافت گواهی‌های شخصی</heading>
- <para>اين کليد، گواهيهای تأييد شخصي خود را از يک پرونده با فرمت PKCS#12 دريافت مي‌کند. اين فرمت غالبا توسط مرورگرها و يا برخي از سيستم عاملها ( مانند ويندوز XP ) استفاده مي‌شود. اگر کليدهای موجود در پرونده معتبر باشند، ثبت شده و پنجره بسته مي‌شود در غير اين صورت پيغام خطا مشاهده خواهد شد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME : حذف گواهی‌های شخصی</title>
- <heading>حذف گواهی‌های شخصی</heading>
- <para>با حذف گواهيهای تأیيد شخصي، شما ديگر قادر به امضای S/MIME پيغامهای خود نخواهيد بود و همچنين هيچ پيغام رمز شده‌ S/MIME را نمي‌توانيد مشاهده کنيد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</title>
- <heading>S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</heading>
- <para>مديريت فهرست کليد عمومی S/MIME شما</para>
- <heading>مشاهده</heading>
- <para>مشاهدهٔ متن کليد عمومی</para>
- <heading>جزئيات</heading>
- <para>مشاهدهٔ جزئيات فنی کليد عمومی</para>
- <heading>حذف</heading>
- <para>با اين انتخاب، کليد عمومی انتخاب شده از ديسک شما حذف می‌شود. با حذف کليد عمومي يک کاربر، شما قادر به ارسال پيغام رمز شده به آن کاربر نخواهيد بود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
- <title>چاپ</title>
- <heading>چاپ يک پيغام</heading>
- <para>برای چاپ پيغامي که مشاهده مي‌کنيد بر روی کليد "چاپ"، کليک نمائيد. بسته به نوع مرورگر شما پنجرهٔ چاپ برای شما گشوده خواهد شد. اگر احياناْ اين پنجره باز نشد، از گزینگان پروندهٔ موجود در مرورگر خود برای فعال کردن اين پنجره استفاده کنيد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
- <title>مرتب سازی / گروه ‌بندی</title>
- <heading>مرتب کردن ورودی‌ها</heading>
- <para>هنگامي که فهرست پيغامها را مشاهده مي‌کنيد، قادر به مرتب کردن پيغامها بر اساس تمام ستونها خواهيد بود. برای اين منظور تنها بايد بر روی عنوان ستون کليک نمايند. همچنين با انجام کليک بر روی علامت فلش کنار هر ستون می‌توان مرتب سازی را از صعودی به نزولي و يا بر عکس، تغيير داد.</para>
- <heading>نمایش سلسله‌ایی</heading>
- <para>برای گروه‌بندی پيغامها بر اساس موضوع ( هر پيغام حداقل با پاسخهای مربوط به آن پيغام، گروه بندی مي‌شود)، بايد بر روی پيوند [ساسله‌ایی] که در ستون قرار داد، کليک نماييد. برای از بين بردن اين نحوهٔ نمایش بايد برروی پيوند [موضوع] در ستون موضوع، کليک نماييد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
- <title>پيغامهای چندقسمتی/جايگزين</title>
- <para>برخي از پيغام‌ها به صورت چند قسمتي/جايگزين ارسال مي‌گردند. اين پيغامها حاوی چند قسمت مي‌باشند که در آنها تمام قسمتها، محتوای يکسان با قالبهای متفاوتي را نمايش مي‌دهند که عموماْ تنها قسمت آخر توسط مرورگر نشان داده مي‌شود ( تفاوت قالب اين قسمتها مثلا در قالب متن و يا قالب HTML پيغام و ... مي‌باشد).</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : تغيير نام ماهانه پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسال شده</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به تغيير نام پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسال شده در ابتدای هر ماه مي‌باشيد، بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. در اين صورت اين پوشه به نامي تغيير نام داده خواهد شد که حاوی نام ماه و سال باشد و يک پوشهٔ جديد نامه‌های ارسالي نيز ايجاد خواهد شد.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشهٔ نامه‌های ارسالي در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک مورد استفاده خود داشته باشيد، انتخاب اين گزينه مفيد خواهد بود.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي به صورت ماهانه - ماه‌های نگهداری</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشه‌های نامه‌های ارسالي قديمي خود باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی خود را برای قدمت پوشه‌ها تعيين نماييد. بعد از تعيين تعداد ماهها و انتخاب اين گزينه، پوشه‌های قديمي حذف خواهند شد.</para>
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مرور</title>
+ <heading>PGP چيست؟</heading>
+ <para>PGP ابزاری برای ارتباطات و ذخيرهسازی امن اطلاعات میباشد که خصوصا در پست الکترونيک به کار گرفته میشود. از اين ابزار برای رمزبندی و امضاء ديجيتالی پيغام استفاده ميشود. IMP از GnuPG برای فراهم نمودن اين امکان استفاده مینمايد.</para>
+ <heading>آيا امکانات PGP فعال شود؟</heading>
+ <para>اگر اين گزينه فعال شود شما قادر به ايجاد/مشاهده کليدهای PGP خود، افزودن و حذف کردن کليدهای عمومی ديگران، خواندن پيغامهای رمز شدهٔ آنها، تشخيص امضاء ديجيتالی آنها و رمزبندی و امضاء نمودن ديجيتالی پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : گزينهها- پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</title>
+ <heading>گزينهها : - پیوست نمودن کليد عمومی</heading>
+ <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، در صورت وجود، يک نسخه از کليد عمومی شما به نامههای ارسالی پیوست خواهد شد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</title>
+ <heading>مرور</heading>
+ <para>اين صفحه فهرستی از کاربران فعلی را در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما، که دارای کليد عمومی PGP ميباشند، ارائه ميدهد. بايد توجه داشت که اين فهرست تنها حاوی کاربرانی است که 1)شما به آنها يک پيغام رمز شده ارسال کردهايد - و يا - 2) امضاء ديجيتالي آنها را شناسايي کردهايد.</para>
+ <heading>مشاهده</heading>
+ <para>بازکردن يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليدهای عمومی PGP.</para>
+ <heading>جزئيات</heading>
+ <para>نمايش برخی از جزئيات در مورد کليد عمومی PGP.</para>
+ <heading>حذف</heading>
+ <para>حذف کليد عمومی از کتابچهٔ آدرس.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای عمومی - دريافت</title>
+ <heading>دريافت کليدهای عمومی</heading>
+ <para>اين کليد پنجرهايي را باز خواهد نمود که در آن شما قادر به ثبت کليد عمومی PGP خواهيد بود. اين کليد ميتواند درون فيلد متن درج شود و يا به صورت يک پرونده در رايانه شخصی شما قرار داشته باشد. در هر حال، چنانچه کليد معتبر باشد، به کتابچهٔ آدرس شما افزوده شده و پنجرهٔ باز شده بسته میشود و در غير اينصورت دلايل عدم اعتبار کليد بيان ميگردد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی</title>
+ <heading>مرور</heading>
+ <para>اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامهای خود را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد و يا اينکه پيغامهای رمز شده از ديگران دريافت داريد بايد زوج کليد عمومي / خصوصي خود را داشته باشيد.</para>
+ <heading>کليد عمومی شما</heading>
+ <para>کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس هر فردی باشد که مايل به ارسال پيغام رمز به شما ميباشد. همچنين کليد عمومي شما بايد در دسترس افرادی که شما مايل به ارسال پيغامهايي با امضای ديجيتالي برای آنها ميباشيد نيز قرار گيرد زيرا کليد عمومي شما، مورد نياز است.</para>
+ <heading>کليد خصوصی شما</heading>
+ <para>کليد خصوصي شما برای رمز گشايي هر پيغام رمز شده با استفاده از کليد شما، مورد نياز است. به علاوه کليد خصوصي شما برای انجام امضای ديجيتالي يک پيغام نيز مورد استفاده قرار ميگيرد. کليد خصوصي شما از طريق passphrase نگاهداری ميشود و در هر نشست IMP شما تنها يکبار مجبور به وارد کردن passphrase خود، برای اعلان کليد خصوصي خود ميباشيد. به همين دليل در انتهای يک نشست حتماً بايد از IMP خارج شويد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مديريت کليدهای شخصی - کليد عمومی</title>
+ <heading>مشاهده</heading>
+ <para>يک پنجره برای مشاهده کليد عمومی PGP باز میکند.</para>
+ <heading>جزئيات</heading>
+ <para>جزئياتی را در مورد کليد عمومی PGP نشان میدهد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : مديريت کليدها - کليد خصوصی</title>
+ <heading>وارد کردن عبارت گذر</heading>
+ <para>برای وارد کردن عبارت گذر بايد پنجرهٔ عبارت گذر را باز کنيد. عبارت گذر را وارد کنيد. اگر صحيح بود، IMP آنرا تا انتهای نشست نگاه ميدارد.</para>
+ <heading>حذف عبارت گذر</heading>
+ <para>با حذف عبارت گذر ذخيره شده در IMP، هر پروسه جديدی که نياز به آن داشته باشد، وارد کردن آنرا از شما در خواست ميکند.</para>
+ <heading>مشاهده</heading>
+ <para>ميتوان پنجرهايي را برای مشاهده کليد خصوصي PGP باز کرد ولي بايد دقت کنيد که هر گز کليد خصوصي خود را به شخص ديگری ارسال نکنيد.</para>
+ <heading>جزئيات</heading>
+ <para>جزئياتی را راجع به کليد خصوصی نشان میدهد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP :کليدها مديريت کليدها - حذف</title>
+ <heading>حذف کليدهای شخصی</heading>
+ <para>اين کليد زوج کليد خصوصي/ عمومي شما را ازIMP حذف ميکند.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - نام</title>
+ <heading>نام</heading>
+ <para>نامي که شما ميخواهيد به همراه کليد خصوصي خود درج کنيد (اجباری)</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - توضيحات</title>
+ <heading>توضيحات</heading>
+ <para>توضيحی که مايل به درج آن به همراه کليد خصوصي خود ميباشيد(اختياری).</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - آدرسهای پست الکترونيک</title>
+ <heading>آدرسهای پست الکترونيک</heading>
+ <para>آدرس پست الکترونيکی که شما ميخواهيد با کليد خصوصي خود مرتبط نمايند (اجباری)</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - طول کليد</title>
+ <heading>طول کليد</heading>
+ <para>طول کليد توليد شده شما به بايت. هر چه اين طول بزرگتر باشد، ارتباط امن تر خواهد بود. البته بايد توجه کنيد که اين امر باعث بالارفتن زمان توليد کليد و همچنين زمان رمزبندی ميگردد. طول 1024 بايت طول پيشفرض ميباشد که امنيت خوبي را فراهم ميآورد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عبارت گذر</title>
+ <heading>عبارت گذر</heading>
+ <para>از عبارت گذر برای محافظت و رمزنگاری کليد خصوصي استفاده ميشود. عبارت گذر بايد حداقل 6 نويسه باشد. توجه نماييد که اين عبارت نبايد معادل يک کلمه در ديکشنری بوده و همچنيني نبايد معادل اسم رمز شما باشد و بايد هم شامل نويسههای حرفي و هم نويسههاي عددی باشد. لازم به ذکر است که عبارت گذر را برای تأييد، دوبار بايد وارد نمايند (اجباری)</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP : ايجاد کليد شخصی - عمليات</title>
+ <heading>ايجاد کليدها</heading>
+ <para>زوج کليد خصوصي و عمومي شما را ايجاد و ذخيره ميکند.</para>
+ <heading>دريافت زوج کليد</heading>
+ <para>اين کليد يک زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي را دريافت ميکند و برای اين منظور يک پنجره را باز ميکند که در آن شما ميتوانيد به صورت دستي زوج کليد خصوصي / عمومي موجود خود را معرفي نمايند. زوج کليدها به صورت متن ميتوانند درج شوند يا اگر داخل يک پرونده بر روی کامپيوتر محلّي شما باشند ميتوانيد تنها نام پرونده را درج نماييد. چنانچه کليدها صحيح باشند پنجره بسته خواهد شد و در غير اين صورت يک پيغام خطا که نوع خطا در آن توضيح داده خواهد شد، مشاهده میگردد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME : مرور</title>
+ <heading>S/MIME چيست؟</heading>
+ <para>S/MIME يک سيستم کليد خصوصي/عمومي است که انجام امضای ديجيتالي را ممکن مينمايد. همچنين S/MIME قادر به رمزبندی پيغامها و خصوصي سازی آنها برای فرستندگان و گيرندگان بوده و همچنين قادر به تشخيص تحريفهای صورت گرفته در پيغامها بعد از ارسال آنها، ميباشد.</para>
+ <heading>آيا قابليتهای S/MIME فعال شود؟</heading>
+ <para>اگر اين گزينه انتخاب شود، شما قادر به وارد کردن کليدهای شخصي S/MIME خود خواهيد بود که به طبع آن شما قادر به خواندن پيغامهای رمز شده، تشخيص امضاهای ديجيتالي فرستندگان و همچنين رمزبندی و امضاء پيغامهای خود خواهيد بود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME : کليدهای شخصی</title>
+ <heading>مرور</heading>
+ <para>اگر شما بخواهيد که پيغامي را به صورت ديجيتالي امضاء کنيد، بايد زوج کليد خصوصي/عمومي S/MIME خود را داشته باشيد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME : دريافت گواهیهای شخصی</title>
+ <heading>دريافت گواهیهای شخصی</heading>
+ <para>اين کليد، گواهيهای تأييد شخصي خود را از يک پرونده با فرمت PKCS#12 دريافت ميکند. اين فرمت غالبا توسط مرورگرها و يا برخي از سيستم عاملها ( مانند ويندوز XP ) استفاده ميشود. اگر کليدهای موجود در پرونده معتبر باشند، ثبت شده و پنجره بسته ميشود در غير اين صورت پيغام خطا مشاهده خواهد شد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME : حذف گواهیهای شخصی</title>
+ <heading>حذف گواهیهای شخصی</heading>
+ <para>با حذف گواهيهای تأیيد شخصي، شما ديگر قادر به امضای S/MIME پيغامهای خود نخواهيد بود و همچنين هيچ پيغام رمز شده S/MIME را نميتوانيد مشاهده کنيد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</title>
+ <heading>S/MIME : مديريت کليدهای عمومی</heading>
+ <para>مديريت فهرست کليد عمومی S/MIME شما</para>
+ <heading>مشاهده</heading>
+ <para>مشاهدهٔ متن کليد عمومی</para>
+ <heading>جزئيات</heading>
+ <para>مشاهدهٔ جزئيات فنی کليد عمومی</para>
+ <heading>حذف</heading>
+ <para>با اين انتخاب، کليد عمومی انتخاب شده از ديسک شما حذف میشود. با حذف کليد عمومي يک کاربر، شما قادر به ارسال پيغام رمز شده به آن کاربر نخواهيد بود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
+ <title>چاپ</title>
+ <heading>چاپ يک پيغام</heading>
+ <para>برای چاپ پيغامي که مشاهده ميکنيد بر روی کليد "چاپ"، کليک نمائيد. بسته به نوع مرورگر شما پنجرهٔ چاپ برای شما گشوده خواهد شد. اگر احياناْ اين پنجره باز نشد، از گزینگان پروندهٔ موجود در مرورگر خود برای فعال کردن اين پنجره استفاده کنيد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>مرتب سازی / گروه بندی</title>
+ <heading>مرتب کردن ورودیها</heading>
+ <para>هنگامي که فهرست پيغامها را مشاهده ميکنيد، قادر به مرتب کردن پيغامها بر اساس تمام ستونها خواهيد بود. برای اين منظور تنها بايد بر روی عنوان ستون کليک نمايند. همچنين با انجام کليک بر روی علامت فلش کنار هر ستون میتوان مرتب سازی را از صعودی به نزولي و يا بر عکس، تغيير داد.</para>
+ <heading>نمایش سلسلهایی</heading>
+ <para>برای گروهبندی پيغامها بر اساس موضوع ( هر پيغام حداقل با پاسخهای مربوط به آن پيغام، گروه بندی ميشود)، بايد بر روی پيوند [ساسلهایی] که در ستون قرار داد، کليک نماييد. برای از بين بردن اين نحوهٔ نمایش بايد برروی پيوند [موضوع] در ستون موضوع، کليک نماييد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+ <title>پيغامهای چندقسمتی/جايگزين</title>
+ <para>برخي از پيغامها به صورت چند قسمتي/جايگزين ارسال ميگردند. اين پيغامها حاوی چند قسمت ميباشند که در آنها تمام قسمتها، محتوای يکسان با قالبهای متفاوتي را نمايش ميدهند که عموماْ تنها قسمت آخر توسط مرورگر نشان داده ميشود ( تفاوت قالب اين قسمتها مثلا در قالب متن و يا قالب HTML پيغام و ... ميباشد).</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : تغيير نام ماهانه پوشهٔ پيغامهای ارسال شده</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به تغيير نام پوشهٔ نامههای ارسال شده در ابتدای هر ماه ميباشيد، بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. در اين صورت اين پوشه به نامي تغيير نام داده خواهد شد که حاوی نام ماه و سال باشد و يک پوشهٔ جديد نامههای ارسالي نيز ايجاد خواهد شد.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشههای نامههای ارسالي به صورت ماهانه</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشهٔ نامههای ارسالي در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد بايد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک مورد استفاده خود داشته باشيد، انتخاب اين گزينه مفيد خواهد بود.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پوشههای نامههای ارسالي به صورت ماهانه - ماههای نگهداری</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پوشههای نامههای ارسالي قديمي خود باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی خود را برای قدمت پوشهها تعيين نماييد. بعد از تعيين تعداد ماهها و انتخاب اين گزينه، پوشههای قديمي حذف خواهند شد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد، مي‌توانيد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. انتخاب اين گزينه چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک در دسترس خود داشته باشيد، مفيد است.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در ابتدای هر ماه باشيد، ميتوانيد اين گزينه را انتخاب نمائيد. انتخاب اين گزينه چنانچه شما محدوديّت در فضای ديسک در دسترس خود داشته باشيد، مفيد است.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه - ماه‌های نگهداری</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در هر ماه باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پیوستها را به ماه مشخص نمائيد. در اين صورت پیوستهای که قديمي‌تر از ملاک مشخص شده توسط شما باشند، حذف خواهند شد.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : حذف پیوستها به صورت ماهنامه - ماههای نگهداری</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به حذف پیوستهای قديمي خود در هر ماه باشيد، بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پیوستها را به ماه مشخص نمائيد. در اين صورت پیوستهای که قديميتر از ملاک مشخص شده توسط شما باشند، حذف خواهند شد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : خالی کردن سطل آشغال</title>
- <para>آيا مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني مي‌باشيد.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : خالی کردن سطل آشغال</title>
+ <para>آيا مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني ميباشيد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : ترتيب زمانی خالی کردن سطل آشغال</title>
- <para>چنانچه مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني باشيد، بايد اين ترتيب زماني را مشخص کنيد.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : ترتيب زمانی خالی کردن سطل آشغال</title>
+ <para>چنانچه مايل به خالي کردن پوشه آشغال خود در يک ترتيب زماني باشيد، بايد اين ترتيب زماني را مشخص کنيد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : مدت زمان نگهداری آشغالها</title>
- <para>اگر شما مايل به خالي کردن پوشهٔ آشغال خود هستيد بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پيغامهای موجود در اين پوشه را (به روز) مشخص نمائيد.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : نگهداری : مدت زمان نگهداری آشغالها</title>
+ <para>اگر شما مايل به خالي کردن پوشهٔ آشغال خود هستيد بايد ملاک زمانی قدمت پيغامهای موجود در اين پوشه را (به روز) مشخص نمائيد.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : ايجاد پيغام : ترکيب‌های خاص</title>
- <para>اينجا شما مي‌توانيد عبارتي را که مايل به ظاهر شدن آن قبل از هر متن نقل قول شده در پاسخها مي‌باشيد را، وارد نمائيد.</para>
- <para>شما مي‌توانيد از يک يا چند ترکيب خاص در داخل پيغام خود به هنگام ارسال پاسخ استفاده نمائيد. در زير فهرستي از اين ترکيبات را مشاهده مي‌نمائيد:</para>
- <para>f% : نام و آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده</para>
- <para>a% : آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده</para>
- <para>p% : نام فرستنده</para>
- <para>r% : فرمت کامل تاريخ و زمان در RFC ۲۸۲۲</para>
- <para>d% : تاريخ در فرمت dd mmm yyyy</para>
- <para>x% : زمان در محلّيت جاری</para>
- <para>c% : تاريخ و زمان در محلّيت جاری</para>
- <para>m% : مشخصه (ID) پيغام</para>
- <para>s% : موضوع</para>
- <para>n% : خط جديد</para>
- <para>%% : نويسه ٪</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : ايجاد پيغام : ترکيبهای خاص</title>
+ <para>اينجا شما ميتوانيد عبارتي را که مايل به ظاهر شدن آن قبل از هر متن نقل قول شده در پاسخها ميباشيد را، وارد نمائيد.</para>
+ <para>شما ميتوانيد از يک يا چند ترکيب خاص در داخل پيغام خود به هنگام ارسال پاسخ استفاده نمائيد. در زير فهرستي از اين ترکيبات را مشاهده مينمائيد:</para>
+ <para>f% : نام و آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده</para>
+ <para>a% : آدرس نامه الکترونيکی فرستنده</para>
+ <para>p% : نام فرستنده</para>
+ <para>r% : فرمت کامل تاريخ و زمان در RFC ۲۸۲۲</para>
+ <para>d% : تاريخ در فرمت dd mmm yyyy</para>
+ <para>x% : زمان در محلّيت جاری</para>
+ <para>c% : تاريخ و زمان در محلّيت جاری</para>
+ <para>m% : مشخصه (ID) پيغام</para>
+ <para>s% : موضوع</para>
+ <para>n% : خط جديد</para>
+ <para>%% : نويسه ٪</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : درخواست رسيد مطالعه</title>
- <para>انتخاب گزينه "درخواست رسيد مطالعه"، در واقع يک درخواست به گيرندگان پيغام ارسال کرده و از آنها درخواست مي‌کند که به هنگام مطالعه اوليه پيغام، شما را از آن مطلع سازند. بايد توجه نمائيد که تمامي کارسازهای نامه الکترونيکي اين عمل را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : ارسال MDN</title>
- <para>گزينه "ارسال MDN"، يک تذکّر MDN (حالت پيغام) را به فرستندهٔ پيغام ارسال مي‌کند. اين تذکّر مانند درخواست رسيد مطالعه مي‌باشد که گاهي به طور اتوماتيک ارسال شده و گاهي نيز شما مي‌توانيد ارسال آنرا به صورت دستي ملغي نمائيد.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : درخواست رسيد مطالعه</title>
+ <para>انتخاب گزينه "درخواست رسيد مطالعه"، در واقع يک درخواست به گيرندگان پيغام ارسال کرده و از آنها درخواست ميکند که به هنگام مطالعه اوليه پيغام، شما را از آن مطلع سازند. بايد توجه نمائيد که تمامي کارسازهای نامه الکترونيکي اين عمل را پشتيباني نميکنند.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : درخواست تأييد تحويل</title>
- <para>"درخواست تأیيد ارسال"، يک درخواست برای کارساز پست الکترونيکي گيرنده ارسال مي‌نمايد تا فرستنده را از ارسال پيغام به نامه‌دان گيرنده آگاه نمايد. البته دريافت اين رسيد به معني خوانده شدن پيغام توسط گيرنده نيست. برخي از کارسازهای نامهٔ الکترونيکي اين قابليّت را پشتيباني نمي‌کنند.</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
+ <title>ترجيحات : ارسال MDN</title>
+ <para>گزينه "ارسال MDN"، يک تذکّر MDN (حالت پيغام) را به فرستندهٔ پيغام ارسال ميکند. اين تذکّر مانند درخواست رسيد مطالعه ميباشد که گاهي به طور اتوماتيک ارسال شده و گاهي نيز شما ميتوانيد ارسال آنرا به صورت دستي ملغي نمائيد.</para>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : درخواست تأييد تحويل</title>
+ <para>"درخواست تأیيد ارسال"، يک درخواست برای کارساز پست الکترونيکي گيرنده ارسال مينمايد تا فرستنده را از ارسال پيغام به نامهدان گيرنده آگاه نمايد. البته دريافت اين رسيد به معني خوانده شدن پيغام توسط گيرنده نيست. برخي از کارسازهای نامهٔ الکترونيکي اين قابليّت را پشتيباني نميکنند.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير در HTML</title>
- <para>آيا هنگامي که يک پيغام را در فرمت HTML مشاهده مي‌نمائيد. تصاوير بلوکه باشند تا شما نمايش آنها را تأیيد کنيد؟</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير درHTML / حضور در کتابچهٔ آدرس</title>
- <para>اگر شما تصاوير پيغامهای HTML را بلوکه کرده باشيد، آيا مايل هستيد که اين مسئله برای فرستندگاني که در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما وجود دارند مستثني شود؟</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير در HTML</title>
+ <para>آيا هنگامي که يک پيغام را در فرمت HTML مشاهده مينمائيد. تصاوير بلوکه باشند تا شما نمايش آنها را تأیيد کنيد؟</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05" state="changed">
- <title>ترجيحات : صفحهٔ آغازين نامه‌دان</title>
- <para>اين گزينه مشخص مي‌نمايد که کدام صفحه در نامه‌دان شما، هنگامي که برای بار اول به آن دسترسي مي‌يابيد، بايد نمايش داده شود؟</para>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : جايگذاری تصوير درHTML / حضور در کتابچهٔ آدرس</title>
+ <para>اگر شما تصاوير پيغامهای HTML را بلوکه کرده باشيد، آيا مايل هستيد که اين مسئله برای فرستندگاني که در کتابچهٔ آدرس شما وجود دارند مستثني شود؟</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05" state="changed">
+ <title>ترجيحات : صفحهٔ آغازين نامهدان</title>
+ <para>اين گزينه مشخص مينمايد که کدام صفحه در نامهدان شما، هنگامي که برای بار اول به آن دسترسي مييابيد، بايد نمايش داده شود؟</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start">
+ <title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
+ <para>
+ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
- <title>ترجيحات : ذخيرهٔ پیوستها پيغامهای ارسالی</title>
- <para>اگر شما پيغامهای ايجاد شده خود را در پوشه پيغامهای ارسالي ذخيره مي‌نمائيد، آيا بايد پیوستهای آنها نيز ذخيره شوند؟ انتخابهای زير برای شما وجود دارد:</para>
- <para>* "همواره پیوستها ذخيره شوند" – در اين حالت براي ذخيرهٔ پیوست از شما سوال نخواهد شد.</para>
- <para>* "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض بله باشد."</para>
- <para>* "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيش‌فرض نه باشد."</para>
- <para>* "هرگز پیوستها ذخيره نشوند" – در اين حالت از شما سؤالي نشده و پیوستها هرگز ذخيره نمي‌شوند.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
+ <title>ترجيحات : ذخيرهٔ پیوستها پيغامهای ارسالی</title>
+ <para>اگر شما پيغامهای ايجاد شده خود را در پوشه پيغامهای ارسالي ذخيره مينمائيد، آيا بايد پیوستهای آنها نيز ذخيره شوند؟ انتخابهای زير برای شما وجود دارد:</para>
+ <para>* "همواره پیوستها ذخيره شوند" – در اين حالت براي ذخيرهٔ پیوست از شما سوال نخواهد شد.</para>
+ <para>* "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيشفرض بله باشد."</para>
+ <para>* "همواره براي ذخيرهٔ پیوستها سؤال شود و جواب پيشفرض نه باشد."</para>
+ <para>* "هرگز پیوستها ذخيره نشوند" – در اين حالت از شما سؤالي نشده و پیوستها هرگز ذخيره نميشوند.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="uptodate" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df">
- <title>Näppäimistö: Navigointi</title>
- <para>Voit käyttää näppäimistöä liikkumiseen eri näkymissä; Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit nuolinäppäimillä siirtyä sivulta toiselle ja viestiä lukiessa voi siirtyä viestistä toiseen.</para>
- <heading>Viestilista: Näppäimistönavigointi</heading>
- <para>Voit käyttää näppäimistöä viestien valitsemiseen ja liikkumiseen viestilistassa. Viestilistalla voi liikkua pitämällä pohjassa Control (CTRL)-näppäintä ja kursorinäppäimien ylös- ja alas-näppäimillä. Jos painat ensimmäisenä painalluksena ylös-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan alalaidasta (Listan viimeinen viesti). Jos painat ensimmäisenä alas-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan ylälaidasta (Listan ensimmäinen viesti).</para>
- <para>Valittu viesti näkyy korostettua eri värisenä samalla tavalla kuin olisit valinnut viestin hiirellä. Voit välilyöntinäppäimellä valita viestin tai poistaa viestin valinnan ja Return-näppäimellä voit aukaista viestin.</para>
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="uptodate" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df">
+ <title>Näppäimistö: Navigointi</title>
+ <para>Voit käyttää näppäimistöä liikkumiseen eri näkymissä; Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit nuolinäppäimillä siirtyä sivulta toiselle ja viestiä lukiessa voi siirtyä viestistä toiseen.</para>
+ <heading>Viestilista: Näppäimistönavigointi</heading>
+ <para>Voit käyttää näppäimistöä viestien valitsemiseen ja liikkumiseen viestilistassa. Viestilistalla voi liikkua pitämällä pohjassa Control (CTRL)-näppäintä ja kursorinäppäimien ylös- ja alas-näppäimillä. Jos painat ensimmäisenä painalluksena ylös-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan alalaidasta (Listan viimeinen viesti). Jos painat ensimmäisenä alas-näppäintä, niin selaaminen alkaa listan ylälaidasta (Listan ensimmäinen viesti).</para>
+ <para>Valittu viesti näkyy korostettua eri värisenä samalla tavalla kuin olisit valinnut viestin hiirellä. Voit välilyöntinäppäimellä valita viestin tai poistaa viestin valinnan ja Return-näppäimellä voit aukaista viestin.</para>
<heading>Viestilista: Edellinen/Seuraava sivu</heading>
- <para>Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestilistanäkymässä sivulta toiselle: oikealla seuraavalle ja vasemmalla edelliselle sivulle.</para>
- <heading>Viestinäkymä: Edellinen/Seuraava viesti</heading>
- <para>Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestiä toiseen: oikealla seuraavaan ja vasemmalle edelliseen viestiin.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="uptodate" md5="54e9d9dcf21964f5f81bc6c23e48cdea">
- <title>Sähköpostin uudelleenojaus</title>
- <para>Viestin uudelleenohjauksen voi tehdä eri tavoilla</para>
- <heading>Uudelleenohjaus postilaatikkonäkymässä</heading>
- <para>Postilaatikkonäkymässä voit uudelleenohjata yhden tai usean viestin kerrallaan samalle vastaanottajalle. Jokainen valitsemasi viesti lähetetään kokonaisena vastaanottajalle. Uudelleenohjattavat viestit näkyvät liitteenä viestin kirjoitus ikkunassa. Viestin vastaanottajat näkevän viestin yhtenä viestinä, johon on sisällytetty alkuperäiset uudelleenohjatut viestit.</para>
- <heading>Uudelleenohjaus viestinäkymässä</heading>
- <para>Kun uudelleenohjaat viestin viestinäkymässä, niin voit valita kolmen eri vaihtoehdon välillä:</para>
- <para><b>1. Viesti kokonaisuudessaan</b>: Tämä vaihtoehto liittää alkuperäisen viestin uudellenohjausviestin liitteeksi. Kirjoituskentässä ei näy laisinkaan alkuperäisen viesin tekstiä. Tämä on muuten sama tilanne kuin uudelleenohjaisit yksittäisen viestin postilaatikkonäkymästä, mutta voit itse määritellä viestin otsikon.</para>
- <para><b>2. Vain viestin leipäteksti</b>: Jos haluta uudelleenohjata vain viestin leipätekstin, niin valitse tämä vaihtoehto. Alkuperäisen viestin teksti näkyy kirjoituskentässä. Alkuperäisen viestin liitteitä ei liitetä tähän uudelleenohjattavaan viestiin.</para>
- <para><b>3. Viestin leipäteksti viestin liitteenä</b>: Tämä uudelleenohjaa viestin liitteineen ja viestin leipäteksti kopioidaan kirjoituskentään kuten vaihtoehdossa 2.</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="uptodate" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a">
+ <para>Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestilistanäkymässä sivulta toiselle: oikealla seuraavalle ja vasemmalla edelliselle sivulle.</para>
+ <heading>Viestinäkymä: Edellinen/Seuraava viesti</heading>
+ <para>Kursorinäppäimien oikea/vasen-näppäimillä voit siirtyä viestiä toiseen: oikealla seuraavaan ja vasemmalle edelliseen viestiin.</para>
+</entry>
+
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
+</entry>
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="uptodate" md5="bd0e2b0eff15d7c5cf7df9b7ef4ac40a">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Toiminnot</title>
<heading>Toiminnot</heading>
<para>
- "Lähetä viesti" lähettää viestin vastaanottajille. Muistathan että
- viestiä ei voi enää perua kun se on lähetetty matkaan.
+ "Lähetä viesti" lähettää viestin vastaanottajille. Muistathan että
+ viestiä ei voi enää perua kun se on lähetetty matkaan.
</para>
<para>
- "Tallenna luonnos" tallettaa keskeneräisen viestin kansioon
- "Luonnos". Kansiota voi käsitellä alasvetovalikosta ruudun
- oikeasta yläkulmasta. Voit viimeistellä viestisi siirtymällä
- "Luonnos" kansioon, valitsemalla sieltä viestin ja painamalla
+ "Tallenna luonnos" tallettaa keskeneräisen viestin kansioon
+ "Luonnos". Kansiota voi käsitellä alasvetovalikosta ruudun
+ oikeasta yläkulmasta. Voit viimeistellä viestisi siirtymällä
+ "Luonnos" kansioon, valitsemalla sieltä viestin ja painamalla
painiketta "Jatka". Muistathan aina laittaa viesteihin kuvaavan
- otsikon ennenkuin talletat ne luonnoskansioon. Hyvä otsikko
- helpottaa myöhemmin tilannetta kun pitää löytää oikea viesti.
+ otsikon ennenkuin talletat ne luonnoskansioon. Hyvä otsikko
+ helpottaa myöhemmin tilannetta kun pitää löytää oikea viesti.
</para>
<tip>
Asennuksesta riippuen voit valita asetuksistasi palaatko viimeksi
on talletettu luonnokseksi.
</tip>
<para>
- "Peru viesti" hylkää kirjoittamasi viestin ja palauttaa sinut
- siihen kansioon mitä olit viimeksi selaillut.
+ "Peru viesti" hylkää kirjoittamasi viestin ja palauttaa sinut
+ siihen kansioon mitä olit viimeksi selaillut.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="uptodate" md5="6b2272c5440c753e783d000db88fea07">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="uptodate" md5="6b2272c5440c753e783d000db88fea07">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Profiili</title>
<heading>Profiili</heading>
- <para>Lähetysprofiili on mahdollista valita alasvetolistasta. Listassa näkyy ne profiilit, jotka olet aikaisemmin määritellyt <qt>Asetukset->Omat tiedot</qt>.</para>
+ <para>Lähetysprofiili on mahdollista valita alasvetolistasta. Listassa näkyy ne profiilit, jotka olet aikaisemmin määritellyt <qt>Asetukset->Omat tiedot</qt>.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="uptodate" md5="4395043c22323cc80d50709c5d20637e">
- <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Lähettäjä</title>
- <heading>Lähettäjä</heading>
- <para>
- Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Sinun
- on mahdollista valita alasvetovalikosta käytettävä profiili tai
- voit kirjoittaa kenttään lähettäjänä näkyvän
- sähköpostiosoitteen. Profiileja voit määritellä
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="uptodate" md5="4395043c22323cc80d50709c5d20637e">
+ <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Lähettäjä</title>
+ <heading>Lähettäjä</heading>
+ <para>
+ Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Sinun
+ on mahdollista valita alasvetovalikosta käytettävä profiili tai
+ voit kirjoittaa kenttään lähettäjänä näkyvän
+ sähköpostiosoitteen. Profiileja voit määritellä
<qt>Asetukset->Omat tiedot</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="uptodate" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="uptodate" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Vastaanottaja</title>
<heading>Vastaanottaja</heading>
<para>
- Kirjoita tähän viestin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Jos
- viestillä on useita vastaanottajia, niin erota osoitteet
- toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen
+ Kirjoita tähän viestin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Jos
+ viestillä on useita vastaanottajia, niin erota osoitteet
+ toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen
erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen ja virheilmoituksen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="uptodate" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="uptodate" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Kopio</title>
<heading>Kopio</heading>
<para>
- Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään kopio
- viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään kopio usealle
- vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä
- tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen
+ Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään kopio
+ viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään kopio usealle
+ vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä
+ tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen
ja virheilmoituksen.
</para>
<para>
- Kopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät ole
+ Kopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät ole
viestin suoranaisia vastaanottajia, mutta voivat tarvita tai olla
- kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Muistathan että
- vastaanottaja näkee kaikki ne osoitteet, jotka ovat viestin
- vastaanottajina tai joille viestistä on lähetetty kopio.
+ kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Muistathan että
+ vastaanottaja näkee kaikki ne osoitteet, jotka ovat viestin
+ vastaanottajina tai joille viestistä on lähetetty kopio.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="uptodate" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="uptodate" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Piilokopio</title>
<heading>Piilo</heading>
<para>
- Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään piilokopio
- viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään piilokopio usealle
- vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä
- tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen
+ Kirjoita tähän sähköpostiosoite, johon lähetetään piilokopio
+ viestistä. Jos viestistä lähetetään piilokopio usealle
+ vastaanottajalle, niin erota osoitteet toisistaan pilkulla. Minkä
+ tahansa muun merkin käyttäminen erottimena aiheuttaa vikatilanteen
ja virheilmoituksen.
</para>
<para>
- Piilokopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät
+ Piilokopio lähetetään yleensä niille vastaanottajille, jotka eivät
ole viestin suoranaisia vastaanottajia, mutta voivat tarvita tai
- olla kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Viestin
- varsinaiset vastaanottajat eivät näe kenelle viesti on mennyt
- piilokopioina. Vain viestin lähettäjä tietää kenelle kaikille
- viesti on lähetetty.
+ olla kiinnostuneita viestissä olevista tiedoista. Viestin
+ varsinaiset vastaanottajat eivät näe kenelle viesti on mennyt
+ piilokopioina. Vain viestin lähettäjä tietää kenelle kaikille
+ viesti on lähetetty.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="uptodate" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="uptodate" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53">
<title>Viestin kirjotus: Otsikko</title>
<heading>Otsikko</heading>
<para>
- Kirjoita tähän viestin otsikko. Viestin otsikko on parasta pitää
- lyhyenä ja yksinkertaisena mutta kuitenkin kuvaavana. Otsikko voi
- auttaa oikean viestin löytämisessä ja myös muistuttaa sinua mistä
- viestissä oli kyse.
+ Kirjoita tähän viestin otsikko. Viestin otsikko on parasta pitää
+ lyhyenä ja yksinkertaisena mutta kuitenkin kuvaavana. Otsikko voi
+ auttaa oikean viestin löytämisessä ja myös muistuttaa sinua mistä
+ viestissä oli kyse.
</para>
<para>
- Muista myös että viestin "Vastaa" tai "Välitä eteenpäin"
- toiminnoissa viestin otsikko kopioidaan uuteen viestiin siten että
- viesteistä näkee mitkä kuuluvat samaan "säikeeseen". Jos viestin
- aihe muuttuu alkuperäisesti otsikosta, niin kannattanee vaihtaa
- myös viestin otsikkoa.
+ Muista myös että viestin "Vastaa" tai "Välitä eteenpäin"
+ toiminnoissa viestin otsikko kopioidaan uuteen viestiin siten että
+ viesteistä näkee mitkä kuuluvat samaan "säikeeseen". Jos viestin
+ aihe muuttuu alkuperäisesti otsikosta, niin kannattanee vaihtaa
+ myös viestin otsikkoa.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="uptodate" md5="c2c878070445af81407da5bfc4083ea3">
- <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Merkistö</title>
- <heading>Merkistö</heading>
- <para>Voit listasta valita lähetyksessä käytettävän merkistön.
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="uptodate" md5="c2c878070445af81407da5bfc4083ea3">
+ <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Merkistö</title>
+ <heading>Merkistö</heading>
+ <para>Voit listasta valita lähetyksessä käytettävän merkistön.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
- <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Lisätoiminnot</title>
- <heading>Lisätoiminnot</heading>
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Viestin kirjoitus: Lisätoiminnot</title>
+ <heading>Lisätoiminnot</heading>
<para>
- Nämä lisätoiminnot ovat apuna viestien kirjoittamiseen.
+ Nämä lisätoiminnot ovat apuna viestien kirjoittamiseen.
</para>
<para>
Napsauta "Oikeinkirjoitus" tarkistaaksesi viestin oikeinkirjoituksen.
</para>
<para>
- Napsauta "Liitteet" mennäksesi viestisivun loppuun, jossa voit liittää viestiin liitetiedostoja.
+ Napsauta "Liitteet" mennäksesi viestisivun loppuun, jossa voit liittää viestiin liitetiedostoja.
</para>
<para>
- Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Voit
- tallettaa viestistä kopion lähtevien viestien kansioon tai
- valitsemaasi kansioon. Lähtevien viestin kansion voi määritellä
- "Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit". Jos ylläpitäjä on
+ Vain jos ylläpitäjä on sallinut tämän toiminnon käyttämisen. Voit
+ tallettaa viestistä kopion lähtevien viestien kansioon tai
+ valitsemaasi kansioon. Lähtevien viestin kansion voi määritellä
+ "Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit". Jos ylläpitäjä on
sallinut toiminnon, niin voit valita talletuskansion
alasvetovalikosta.
</para>
<para>
- Voi olla ihan hyvä tapa tallettaa kopio tärkeäksi katsomistasi
- viesteitä. On myös mahdollista laittaa päälle asetus, jolla
- talletat kopioin kaikista lähtevistä viesteistä
+ Voi olla ihan hyvä tapa tallettaa kopio tärkeäksi katsomistasi
+ viesteitä. On myös mahdollista laittaa päälle asetus, jolla
+ talletat kopioin kaikista lähtevistä viesteistä
"Asetukset->Omat tiedot->Profiilit->Muokkaa
- profilia". Asetuksista voit myös määritellä ylläpitotoimenpiteitä,
- joilla voit nimetä nämä kansiot uudestaan tietyin väliajoin.
+ profilia". Asetuksista voit myös määritellä ylläpitotoimenpiteitä,
+ joilla voit nimetä nämä kansiot uudestaan tietyin väliajoin.
</para>
<warn>
- Sinun ei kannata tallettaa kaikkia viestejä, koska talletetut
- viestit vievät tilaa ja postikiintiötä. Jos sinulla on paljon talletettuja viestejä ja niissä on isoja liitetiedostoja, niin postikiintiösi voi täyttyä hyvinkin nopeasti. Jos postikiintiösi on
- täynnä, niin et voi vastaanottaa uusia viestejä.
+ Sinun ei kannata tallettaa kaikkia viestejä, koska talletetut
+ viestit vievät tilaa ja postikiintiötä. Jos sinulla on paljon talletettuja viestejä ja niissä on isoja liitetiedostoja, niin postikiintiösi voi täyttyä hyvinkin nopeasti. Jos postikiintiösi on
+ täynnä, niin et voi vastaanottaa uusia viestejä.
</warn>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="changed" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="changed" md5="b0d28bb946919a0c13c45721aa5d3f67">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Liitteet</title>
<heading>Liitteet</heading>
<para>
- Tässä osiossa on lista liitetyistä liitetiedostoista.
+ Tässä osiossa on lista liitetyistä liitetiedostoista.
</para>
<heading>Poista liitetty liitetiedosto</heading>
<para>
Poistaaksesi liitetyn liitetiedoston:
</para>
<para>
- Askel 1: Valitse poistettava liitetiedosto käyttäen valintalaatikkoa.
+ Askel 1: Valitse poistettava liitetiedosto käyttäen valintalaatikkoa.
</para>
<para>
- Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot".
+ Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot".
</para>
<heading>Liitetavan muutos</heading>
<para>
Muuttaaksesi liitteen liitetapaa:
</para>
<para>
- Askel 1: Muuta liitteen tyyppiä haluttuun muotoon joko "viestin
- yhteydessä" tai "liite".
+ Askel 1: Muuta liitteen tyyppiä haluttuun muotoon joko "viestin
+ yhteydessä" tai "liite".
</para>
<para>
- Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot".
+ Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot".
</para>
<heading>Muuta liitteen kuvausta</heading>
<para>
- Muuttaaksesi liitteen kuvausta (kuvaava teksti, joka näkyy viestin vastaanottajalle):
+ Muuttaaksesi liitteen kuvausta (kuvaava teksti, joka näkyy viestin vastaanottajalle):
</para>
<para>
- Askel 1: Kirjoita kuvaus kuvauskenttään.
+ Askel 1: Kirjoita kuvaus kuvauskenttään.
</para>
<para>
- Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Tiedot päivitetään automaattisesti kun viesti lähetetään.
+ Askel 2: Napsauta "Päivitä liitetiedoston tiedot". Tiedot päivitetään automaattisesti kun viesti lähetetään.
</para>
<!-- English entry:
<entry id="compose-attachments">
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="uptodate" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="uptodate" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Prioriteetti</title>
<heading>Prioriteetti</heading>
<para>
- Tämä asettaa lähtevän viestin "X-Priority"
- -otsakkeen. "X-Priority" -otsakkeen käytöstä ei ole varsinaista
+ Tämä asettaa lähtevän viestin "X-Priority"
+ -otsakkeen. "X-Priority" -otsakkeen käytöstä ei ole varsinaista
standardia, mutta ainakin Netscape, Mozilla, Opera ja Outlook
- käyttävät tätä kenttää. Jos ohjelma ei tue otsaketta, niin ne vain
- jättävät sen huomiotta.
+ käyttävät tätä kenttää. Jos ohjelma ei tue otsaketta, niin ne vain
+ jättävät sen huomiotta.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d">
<title>Viestin kirjoitus: Liitteiden talletus</title>
<para>
Voit valita talletetaanko liite viestin mukana kun viesti
- talletetaan lähtevien viestien kansioon. Jos valitset "Kyllä",
+ talletetaan lähtevien viestien kansioon. Jos valitset "Kyllä",
niin liiteet talletetaan. Jos valitset "Ei", niin liitetiedosto
- poistetaan viestistä ennenkuin se talletaan lähtevien viestien
- kansioon. Valitsemalla "Ei" säästät levytilaa ja voit tallettaa
- useampia viestejä.
+ poistetaan viestistä ennenkuin se talletaan lähtevien viestien
+ kansioon. Valitsemalla "Ei" säästät levytilaa ja voit tallettaa
+ useampia viestejä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="63b3841c95aed31b5372f0fa770ee382">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="63b3841c95aed31b5372f0fa770ee382">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="changed" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32">
- <title>Viestihaku</title>
- <heading>Haun kriteerit</heading>
- <para>
- Voit etsiä viestejä kansioistasi antamiesi kriteerien perusteella.
- </para>
- <para>
- Askel 1: Kirjoita etsittävä teksti, jonka haluat lisättävän
- hakukriteereihisi.
- </para>
- <para>
- Askel 2: Valitse viestin viestin tilatiedot, jotka haluat
- lisättävän hakukriteereihisi.
- </para>
- <para>
- Askel 3: Valitse kansiot, joista viestejä etsitään.
- </para>
- <para>
- Askel 4: Napsauta "Hae".
- </para>
- <para>
- Jos jokin viesti vastasi hakukriteereitäsi, niin näiden viestin
- otsikot näkyvät "Haun tulokset" näkymässä.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
<title>Kansioiden hallinta: Toiminnot</title>
<heading>Kansiotoiminnot</heading>
<para>
- Voit valita kansion käyttämällä radiopainikkeita vasemmassa
+ Voit valita kansion käyttämällä radiopainikkeita vasemmassa
sarakkeessa. Kun olet valinnut kansiot, niin valitse kansiolle
- tehtävä toiminto alasvetovalikosta.
+ tehtävä toiminto alasvetovalikosta.
</para>
<para>
- Riippuen toiminnosta, sinulta voidaan kysyä vielä
- lisätietoja. Ole erittäin varovainen Poista toiminnon
- kanssa. Jos poistat kansion, niin poistat myös kaikki kansiossa
+ Riippuen toiminnosta, sinulta voidaan kysyä vielä
+ lisätietoja. Ole erittäin varovainen Poista toiminnon
+ kanssa. Jos poistat kansion, niin poistat myös kaikki kansiossa
olevat viestit.
</para>
- <heading>Tuo viestejä</heading>
+ <heading>Tuo viestejä</heading>
<para>
- Tällä toiminnolla voit tuoda viestejä mbox tai .eml tiedostoista
+ Tällä toiminnolla voit tuoda viestejä mbox tai .eml tiedostoista
valitsemaasi kansioon. Valitse ensin yksi kansio, johon viestit
- tuodaan ja valitse sitten tämä toiminto. Sen jälkeen tulet
- sivulle, jossa kysytään tuotko viestejä mbox vai .elm
+ tuodaan ja valitse sitten tämä toiminto. Sen jälkeen tulet
+ sivulle, jossa kysytään tuotko viestejä mbox vai .elm
tiedostosta.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
- <title>Suodattimet: Käyttö</title>
- <heading>Suodatinsääntöjen käyttö</heading>
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Suodattimet: Käyttö</title>
+ <heading>Suodatinsääntöjen käyttö</heading>
<para>
- Napsauta "Suodata viestit" -ikonia INBOX nimen vieressä
- postikansionäkymässä suodattaaksesi viestit määrittelemiesi
- suodatussääntöjen mukaan.
+ Napsauta "Suodata viestit" -ikonia INBOX nimen vieressä
+ postikansionäkymässä suodattaaksesi viestit määrittelemiesi
+ suodatussääntöjen mukaan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
- <title>Suodattimet: Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjä</title>
- <heading>Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjäsi</heading>
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Suodattimet: Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjä</title>
+ <heading>Muokkaa suodatinsääntöjäsi</heading>
<para>
- Napsauta "Muokkaa suodattimia" päästäksesi sivulle, jossa voit
- lisätä, poistaa ja muokata käytössä olevia suodatinsääntöjä.
+ Napsauta "Muokkaa suodattimia" päästäksesi sivulle, jossa voit
+ lisätä, poistaa ja muokata käytössä olevia suodatinsääntöjä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
<title>Suodattimet: Muokkaa mustaa listaa</title>
<heading>Muokkaa mustaa listaa</heading>
<para>
- Napsauta "Muokkaa mustaa listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa voit
- lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä sähköpostiosoitteista,
- joista et ota vastaan sähköpostia.
+ Napsauta "Muokkaa mustaa listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa voit
+ lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä sähköpostiosoitteista,
+ joista et ota vastaan sähköpostia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
<title>Suodattimet: Muokkaa sallittujen listaa</title>
<heading>Muokkaa sallittujen listaa</heading>
<para>
- Napsauta "Muokkaa sallittujen listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa
- voit lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä
- sähköpostiosoitteista, joista otat AINA vastaan sähköpostia.
+ Napsauta "Muokkaa sallittujen listaa" päästäksesi sivulla, jossa
+ voit lisätä, poistaa ja muokata listaa niistä
+ sähköpostiosoitteista, joista otat AINA vastaan sähköpostia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
- <title>Suodattimet: Suodatus sisäänkirjautuessa</title>
- <heading>Suodata viestit sisäänkirjautumisen yhteydessä.</heading>
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Suodattimet: Suodatus sisäänkirjautuessa</title>
+ <heading>Suodata viestit sisäänkirjautumisen yhteydessä.</heading>
<para>
- Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun
- kirjaudut sisään IMP-ohjelmaan.
+ Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun
+ kirjaudut sisään IMP-ohjelmaan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
- <title>Suodattimet: Suodata päivityksen yhteydessä</title>
- <heading>Suodata viestit kun INBOX postikansioa päivitetään.</heading>
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Suodattimet: Suodata päivityksen yhteydessä</title>
+ <heading>Suodata viestit kun INBOX postikansioa päivitetään.</heading>
<para>
- Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun
- INBOX:a päivitetään.
+ Kun valitset tämän asetuksen, niin suodattimet ajetaan aina kun
+ INBOX:a päivitetään.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
- <title>Suodattimet: Suodata mitä tahansa postikansioa</title>
- <heading>Käytä suodattimia mihin kansioon tahansa.</heading>
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Suodattimet: Suodata mitä tahansa postikansioa</title>
+ <heading>Käytä suodattimia mihin kansioon tahansa.</heading>
<para>
- Käytä tätä asetusta jos haluat käyttää suodattimia mihin kansioon
- tahansa. Yleensä suodattimia käytetään vain niihin kansioihin,
- joihin tulee uusia viestejä kuten INBOX. Jos tämä asetus on
+ Käytä tätä asetusta jos haluat käyttää suodattimia mihin kansioon
+ tahansa. Yleensä suodattimia käytetään vain niihin kansioihin,
+ joihin tulee uusia viestejä kuten INBOX. Jos tämä asetus on
valittuna, niin "Suodata viestit" -ikoni tulee kaikkien kansioiden
- kansionäkymiin ja voit käyttää näissäkin kansioissa
- määrittelemiäsi suodattimia. HUOMIO: Suodattimien käyttö muissa
+ kansionäkymiin ja voit käyttää näissäkin kansioissa
+ määrittelemiäsi suodattimia. HUOMIO: Suodattimien käyttö muissa
kuin INBOX kansiossa voi aiheuttaa omituisia lopputuloksia
- (esimerkiksi: suodatin voi aiheuttaa sen että viestejä kopioidaan
+ (esimerkiksi: suodatin voi aiheuttaa sen että viestejä kopioidaan
samasta kansiosta samaan kansioon) tai ei-toivottuja lopputuloksia
- (esimerkiksi: viestejä voi siirtyä tai kadota, jos uusia
- suodattimia on tullut käytöön sen jälkeen kun viestit on
+ (esimerkiksi: viestejä voi siirtyä tai kadota, jos uusia
+ suodattimia on tullut käytöön sen jälkeen kun viestit on
talletettu kansioon).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Liitä julkinen avain</title>
- <heading>Liitä julkinen avain</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Liitä julkinen avain</title>
+ <heading>Liitä julkinen avain</heading>
<para>
- Jos tämä toiminto on valittuna ja jos sinulla on julkinen
- PGP-avain, niin se liitetään lähteviin viesteihin. Voit asettaa
- oletustoiminnon PGP Asetukset näkymästä.
+ Jos tämä toiminto on valittuna ja jos sinulla on julkinen
+ PGP-avain, niin se liitetään lähteviin viesteihin. Voit asettaa
+ oletustoiminnon PGP Asetukset näkymästä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Etsi viestien viestiosasta</title>
<heading>Etsi viestien viestiosasta</heading>
<para>
- Jos tämä on valittuna, niin IMP etsii viestin viestiosasta
- PGP-tietoja ja näyttää tulokset jos jotain tietoja
- löytyi. Huomioithan että tämä toiminto voi huomattavasti hidastaa
- koko järjestelmän toimintaa, koska jokainen viesti joudutaan
- käymään kokonaan lävitse.
+ Jos tämä on valittuna, niin IMP etsii viestin viestiosasta
+ PGP-tietoja ja näyttää tulokset jos jotain tietoja
+ löytyi. Huomioithan että tämä toiminto voi huomattavasti hidastaa
+ koko järjestelmän toimintaa, koska jokainen viesti joudutaan
+ käymään kokonaan lävitse.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="78ff9bd91687efb91d2798ca0458b5cb" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="78ff9bd91687efb91d2798ca0458b5cb" state="uptodate">
<title>Kirjoitus: Salausasetukset</title>
<heading>Ei salausta</heading>
<para>
- Lähetä viesti ilman salausta (selväkielisenä).
+ Lähetä viesti ilman salausta (selväkielisenä).
</para>
<heading>PGP-salattu viesti</heading>
<para>
- Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen
+ Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen
PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista avainta. PGP-salatun
- viestin voi lähettää vain ja ainoastaan yhdelle
- vastaanottajalle. Sinulla pitää olla vastaanottajan julkinen avain
- talletettuna osoitekirjaan tai et voi lähettää salattua
- viestiä. Jos viestin lähetys ei onnistu sittenkään ja saat
- virheilmoituksen, niin tarkista että julkisessa avaimessa oleva
- sähköpostiosoite on sama kuin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Kun
- salaus on onnistunut, niin salattu tieto liitetään lähtevään
+ viestin voi lähettää vain ja ainoastaan yhdelle
+ vastaanottajalle. Sinulla pitää olla vastaanottajan julkinen avain
+ talletettuna osoitekirjaan tai et voi lähettää salattua
+ viestiä. Jos viestin lähetys ei onnistu sittenkään ja saat
+ virheilmoituksen, niin tarkista että julkisessa avaimessa oleva
+ sähköpostiosoite on sama kuin vastaanottajan sähköpostiosoite. Kun
+ salaus on onnistunut, niin salattu tieto liitetään lähtevään
viestiin.
</para>
<heading>PGP-allekirjoita viesti</heading>
<para>
- Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän
- viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista
- avainta. Jos et ole jo antanut salasanatekstiäsi, niin aukeaa
- erillinen ikkuna jossa sinua pyydetään antamaan
- salasanatekstisi. Vastaanottajalla pitää olla talletettuna sinun
- julkinen avaimesi, jotta hän voi tarkistaa viestisi eheyden.
+ Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän
+ viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa ja vastaanottajan julkista
+ avainta. Jos et ole jo antanut salasanatekstiäsi, niin aukeaa
+ erillinen ikkuna jossa sinua pyydetään antamaan
+ salasanatekstisi. Vastaanottajalla pitää olla talletettuna sinun
+ julkinen avaimesi, jotta hän voi tarkistaa viestisi eheyden.
</para>
<heading>PGP-salaa ja allekirjoita viesti</heading>
<para>
- Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "PGP-salattu viesti" ja "PGP-allekirjoita viesti".
+ Käyttämällä tätä asetusta voit sähköisesti allekirjoittaa salata lähtevän viestin käyttäen PGP-ohjelmaa. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "PGP-salattu viesti" ja "PGP-allekirjoita viesti".
</para>
<heading>S/MIME-salaa viesti</heading>
<para>
- Tämän toiminto salaa viestin käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa, vastaanottajan varmennetta ja sitten lähettää sen. Vastaanottajan varmenne pitää olla tallettettuna osoitekirjaan tai muuten tätä toimintoa ei voi käyttää. Jos varmenne on tallettu osoitekirjaan ja silti käytössä tulee virheitä, niin tarkasta ensin, että vastaanottajan osoite on sama kuin mikä on tallettu osoitekirjaan. Salattu viesti lähetetään liitetiedostona.
+ Tämän toiminto salaa viestin käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa, vastaanottajan varmennetta ja sitten lähettää sen. Vastaanottajan varmenne pitää olla tallettettuna osoitekirjaan tai muuten tätä toimintoa ei voi käyttää. Jos varmenne on tallettu osoitekirjaan ja silti käytössä tulee virheitä, niin tarkasta ensin, että vastaanottajan osoite on sama kuin mikä on tallettu osoitekirjaan. Salattu viesti lähetetään liitetiedostona.
</para>
<heading>S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti</heading>
<para>
- Tämän toiminto allekirjoittaa viestin sähköisesti käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa ja omaa varmennettasi. Jos et ole istunnon aikana antanut varmenteesi salasanatekstiä, niin sitä tullaan kysymään ennen viestin lähetystä.
+ Tämän toiminto allekirjoittaa viestin sähköisesti käyttämällä S/MIME-tekniikkaa ja omaa varmennettasi. Jos et ole istunnon aikana antanut varmenteesi salasanatekstiä, niin sitä tullaan kysymään ennen viestin lähetystä.
</para>
<heading>S/MIME-salaa ja allekirjoita viesti</heading>
<para>
- Tämä toiminto ensin sähköisesti allekirjoittaa viestin ja sitten salaa viestin. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "S/MIME-salaa viesti" ja "S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti".
+ Tämä toiminto ensin sähköisesti allekirjoittaa viestin ja sitten salaa viestin. Katso tarkemmat tiedot kohdista "S/MIME-salaa viesti" ja "S/MIME-allekirjoita viesti".
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Yleiskuva</title>
- <heading>Mikä on PGP?</heading>
+ <heading>Mikä on PGP?</heading>
<para>
PGP on ohjelma, joka on kehitetty turvaamaan tiedonsiirtoa
- esimerkiksi sähköpostissa ja tiedon turvallista
- talletusta. Ohjelmaa voidaan käyttää salaamaan tietoa ja sillä voi
- tehdä sähköisiä allekirjoituksia. IMP käyttää GnuPG (Gnu Privacy
- Guard) ohjelmaa tähän tarkoitukseen.
+ esimerkiksi sähköpostissa ja tiedon turvallista
+ talletusta. Ohjelmaa voidaan käyttää salaamaan tietoa ja sillä voi
+ tehdä sähköisiä allekirjoituksia. IMP käyttää GnuPG (Gnu Privacy
+ Guard) ohjelmaa tähän tarkoitukseen.
</para>
- <heading>Käytä PGP-toimitoa.</heading>
+ <heading>Käytä PGP-toimitoa.</heading>
<para>
- Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit luoda tai katsoa
- henkilökohtaisia PGP-avaimia, poistaa tai lisätä osoitekirjaan
- toisten käyttäjien julkisia avaimia, lukea salattua sähköpostia,
- tarkistaa sähköpostin sähköisen allekirjoituksen, lähettää
- salattua sähköpostia tai sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän
- sähköpostin.
+ Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit luoda tai katsoa
+ henkilökohtaisia PGP-avaimia, poistaa tai lisätä osoitekirjaan
+ toisten käyttäjien julkisia avaimia, lukea salattua sähköpostia,
+ tarkistaa sähköpostin sähköisen allekirjoituksen, lähettää
+ salattua sähköpostia tai sähköisesti allekirjoittaa lähtevän
+ sähköpostin.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain</title>
- <heading>Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain</title>
+ <heading>Asetukset - Liitä julkinen avain</heading>
<para>
- Jos tämä asetus on valittuna ja jos sinulla on olemassa julkinen
- PGP-avain, niin se liitetään oletuksena kaikkiin lähteviin
+ Jos tämä asetus on valittuna ja jos sinulla on olemassa julkinen
+ PGP-avain, niin se liitetään oletuksena kaikkiin lähteviin
viesteihin.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Julkisen avaimen hallinta</title>
<heading>Yleiskuva</heading>
<para>
- Listaa osoitekirjastasi kaikki ne käyttäjät, joiden julkinen
- PGP-avain on talletettuna osoitekirjaasi. Nämä käyttäjät
- muodostavat joukon, jolle voit lähettää salattua sähköpostia tai
- tarkistaa heidän lähettämänsä sähköisesti allekirjoitetun
- sähköpostin allekirjoituksen.
+ Listaa osoitekirjastasi kaikki ne käyttäjät, joiden julkinen
+ PGP-avain on talletettuna osoitekirjaasi. Nämä käyttäjät
+ muodostavat joukon, jolle voit lähettää salattua sähköpostia tai
+ tarkistaa heidän lähettämänsä sähköisesti allekirjoitetun
+ sähköpostin allekirjoituksen.
</para>
- <heading>Näytä</heading>
+ <heading>Näytä</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää julkisen PGP-avaimen erillisessä ikkunassa.
+ Näyttää julkisen PGP-avaimen erillisessä ikkunassa.
</para>
<heading>Tarkemmat tiedot</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimesta.
+ Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimesta.
</para>
<heading>Poista</heading>
<para>
Poistaa julkisen avaimen osoitekirjastasi.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Julkisen avaimen hallinta - Tuonti</title>
<heading>Tuo julkisia avaimia</heading>
<para>
- Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda julkisen
- PGP-avaimen. Voit kopioida ja liittää avaimen tekstikenttään tai
+ Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda julkisen
+ PGP-avaimen. Voit kopioida ja liittää avaimen tekstikenttään tai
jos sinulla on avaintiedostoja paikallisella tietokoneella, niin
- voit tuoda sen suoraan. Jos avain on kelvollinen, niin se lisätään
+ voit tuoda sen suoraan. Jos avain on kelvollinen, niin se lisätään
osoitekirjaasi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avain ei ollut
- kelvollinen, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään
- mikä avaimessa oli vikana.
+ kelvollinen, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään
+ mikä avaimessa oli vikana.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta</title>
<heading>Yleiskuva</heading>
<para>
- Jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa tai vastaanottaa salattuja
- sähköpostiviestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla oma henkilökohtainen
+ Jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa tai vastaanottaa salattuja
+ sähköpostiviestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla oma henkilökohtainen
julkinen/salainen PGP-avainpari.
</para>
<heading>Julkinen avaimesi</heading>
<para>
Julkinen avaimesi tulee olla saatavilla kaikille niille
- henkilöille, joiden kanssa haluat kommunikoida salatusti siten
- että vain SINÄ voit avata sinulle tulleet viestit. Lisäksi sinun
- tulee laittaa avain saataville siten että ne, joille lähetät
- sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja viestejä voivat tarkistaa
+ henkilöille, joiden kanssa haluat kommunikoida salatusti siten
+ että vain SINÄ voit avata sinulle tulleet viestit. Lisäksi sinun
+ tulee laittaa avain saataville siten että ne, joille lähetät
+ sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja viestejä voivat tarkistaa
allekirjoituksesi.
</para>
<heading>Salainen avaimesi</heading>
<para>
- Salainen avain tarvitaan siihen että voisit purkaa sellaisen
- viestin, joka on salattu käyttäen julkista avainta. Lisäksi
- salaista avainta tarvitaan, jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa
- sähköpostiviestejä. Salainen avaimesi on suojattu niihin luonnin
- yhteydessä liitetyllä salasanatekstillä. Jos haluat käyttää
- sellaisia toimintoja, jotka käyttävät salaista avaintasi, niin
- silloin IMP kysyy sinulta tätä salasanateksti. Sinun ei tarvitse
+ Salainen avain tarvitaan siihen että voisit purkaa sellaisen
+ viestin, joka on salattu käyttäen julkista avainta. Lisäksi
+ salaista avainta tarvitaan, jos haluat sähköisesti allekirjoittaa
+ sähköpostiviestejä. Salainen avaimesi on suojattu niihin luonnin
+ yhteydessä liitetyllä salasanatekstillä. Jos haluat käyttää
+ sellaisia toimintoja, jotka käyttävät salaista avaintasi, niin
+ silloin IMP kysyy sinulta tätä salasanateksti. Sinun ei tarvitse
kirjoittaa salasanateksti kuin kerran yhden istunnon aikana - IMP
muistaa annetun salasanatekstin siihen saakka kunnes kirjaudut
ulos (Muista siis aina kirjautua ulos!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Julkinen avain</title>
- <heading>Näytä</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Julkinen avain</title>
+ <heading>Näytä</heading>
<para>
- Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy sinun julkinen PGP-avain.
+ Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy sinun julkinen PGP-avain.
</para>
<heading>Tarkemmat tiedot</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimestasi.
+ Näyttää tarkempia tietoja julkisesta PGP-avaimestasi.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Salainen avain</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Salainen avain</title>
<heading>Anna salasanateksti</heading>
<para>
- Avaa erillisen ikkunan, jossa kysytään salasanatekstiä. Jos annat oikean salasanatekstin, niin IMP tallettaa tämän tiedon ja se on voimassa istunnon päättymiseen saakka.
+ Avaa erillisen ikkunan, jossa kysytään salasanatekstiä. Jos annat oikean salasanatekstin, niin IMP tallettaa tämän tiedon ja se on voimassa istunnon päättymiseen saakka.
</para>
<heading>Poista salasanateksti</heading>
<para>
- Poistaa IMP-ohjelman muistista talletetun salasanateksti - tämän
- jälkeen jos salaista avainta tarvitaan johonkin toimintoon, niin
- se kysytään sinulta uudestaan.
+ Poistaa IMP-ohjelman muistista talletetun salasanateksti - tämän
+ jälkeen jos salaista avainta tarvitaan johonkin toimintoon, niin
+ se kysytään sinulta uudestaan.
</para>
- <heading>Näytä</heading>
+ <heading>Näytä</heading>
<para>
- Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy salainen PGP-avaimesi. ÄLÄ KOSKAAN
- LÄHETÄ TÄTÄ AVAINTA KENELLEKKÄÄN - tämä toiminto on vain sitä
- varten että voit viedä ja käyttää avainta jossakin toisessa
+ Avaa uuden ikkunan jossa näkyy salainen PGP-avaimesi. ÄLÄ KOSKAAN
+ LÄHETÄ TÄTÄ AVAINTA KENELLEKKÄÄN - tämä toiminto on vain sitä
+ varten että voit viedä ja käyttää avainta jossakin toisessa
ohjelmassa.
</para>
<heading>Tarkemmat tiedot</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää tarkempia tietoja salaisesta PGP-avaimestasi.
+ Näyttää tarkempia tietoja salaisesta PGP-avaimestasi.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Poista</title>
- <heading>Poista henkilökohtaiset avaimet</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Henkilökohtaisten avainten hallinta - Poista</title>
+ <heading>Poista henkilökohtaiset avaimet</heading>
<para>
- Napauttamalla tätä painiketta voit poistaa julkinen/salainen
+ Napauttamalla tätä painiketta voit poistaa julkinen/salainen
PGP-avainparisi IMP-ohjelman asetuksista.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Nimi</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Nimi</title>
<heading>Nimi</heading>
<para>
- Nimi, jonka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin
- avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä.
+ Nimi, jonka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin
+ avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Kommentti</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Kommentti</title>
<heading>Kommentti</heading>
<para>
- Kommentti, joka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin
- avaimiisi. Vapaaehtoinen kenttä.
+ Kommentti, joka haluat sisällyttää henkilökohtaisiin
+ avaimiisi. Vapaaehtoinen kenttä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Sähköpostiosoite</title>
- <heading>Sähköpostiosoite</heading>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Sähköpostiosoite</title>
+ <heading>Sähköpostiosoite</heading>
<para>
- Sähköpostiosoite, jonka haluat liittää henkilökohtaisiin
- avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä.
+ Sähköpostiosoite, jonka haluat liittää henkilökohtaisiin
+ avaimiisi. Pakollinen kenttä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Avaimen pituus</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Avaimen pituus</title>
<heading>Avaimen pituus</heading>
<para>
- Sinulle luotavan avaimen pituus tavuina. Mitä suurempi arvo, niin
- sen suurempi suoja, mutta myös suurempi luontiaika ja salaukseen
- käytetty aika). 1024 on oletusarvo - tämä on enemmän kuin riittävä
- avainpituus ja tarjoaa hyvän suojan.
+ Sinulle luotavan avaimen pituus tavuina. Mitä suurempi arvo, niin
+ sen suurempi suoja, mutta myös suurempi luontiaika ja salaukseen
+ käytetty aika). 1024 on oletusarvo - tämä on enemmän kuin riittävä
+ avainpituus ja tarjoaa hyvän suojan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Salasanateksti</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Salasanateksti</title>
<heading>Salasanateksti</heading>
<para>
- Salasanateksti käytetään suojaamaan ja salaamaan henkilökohtaiset
- avaimesi. Tämä pitää olla VÄHINTÄÄN 6 merkkiä pitkä, EI SAA olla
- sama kuin mihinkään palveluun käyttämäsi salasana, ei tulisi olla
- sanakirjasta löytyvä sana ja tulisi sisältää sekä numeroita että
- kirjaimia. Varmuuden vuoksi sinun pitää kirjoittaa salasanateksti
- kahteen kertaan. Pakollinen kenttä.
+ Salasanateksti käytetään suojaamaan ja salaamaan henkilökohtaiset
+ avaimesi. Tämä pitää olla VÄHINTÄÄN 6 merkkiä pitkä, EI SAA olla
+ sama kuin mihinkään palveluun käyttämäsi salasana, ei tulisi olla
+ sanakirjasta löytyvä sana ja tulisi sisältää sekä numeroita että
+ kirjaimia. Varmuuden vuoksi sinun pitää kirjoittaa salasanateksti
+ kahteen kertaan. Pakollinen kenttä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Toiminnot</title>
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
+ <title>PGP: Luo henkilökohtainen avain - Toiminnot</title>
<heading>Luo avaimet</heading>
<para>
- Luo ja tallettaa henkilökohtaisen julkinen/salainen avainparin.
+ Luo ja tallettaa henkilökohtaisen julkinen/salainen avainparin.
</para>
<heading>Tuo avainpari</heading>
<para>
- Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda
- julkisen/salaisen avainparin. Voit kopioida ja liittää
- PGP-avainparin tekstikenttään tai jos sinulla on avaimet
+ Tästä painikkeesta aukeaa ikkuna, johon voi tuoda
+ julkisen/salaisen avainparin. Voit kopioida ja liittää
+ PGP-avainparin tekstikenttään tai jos sinulla on avaimet
tiedostoina paikallisella tietokoneella, niin voit tuoda ne
- suoraan. Jos avaimet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään
- asetuksiisi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet
- kelvollisia, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään
- mikä avaimissa oli vikana.
+ suoraan. Jos avaimet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään
+ asetuksiisi ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet
+ kelvollisia, niin näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään
+ mikä avaimissa oli vikana.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Yleiskuva</title>
- <heading>Mikä on S/MIME?</heading>
+ <heading>Mikä on S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
S/MIME on julkiseen ja salaiseen avaimeen perustuva avoin ja
- yhteensopiva järjestelmä, jonka avulla voi muodostaa sähköisiä
+ yhteensopiva järjestelmä, jonka avulla voi muodostaa sähköisiä
allekirjoituksia, salata viesti ja suojata viestin eheys. S/MIME
- avulla voit salata viestit siten että vain viestin lähettäjä ja
- vastaanottaja voi sen lukea. Voit myös sähköisesti allekirjoittaa
- viestin, jolloin vastaanottaja voi tarkistaa että viesti on tullut
- juuri sinulta ja sitä ei ole muutettu matkalla. Yhdistämällä
- salaus ja sähköinen allekirjoitus voidaan taata viestin eheys ja
- se että kukaan muu kuin vastaanottaja ei pääse lukemaan viestiä.
+ avulla voit salata viestit siten että vain viestin lähettäjä ja
+ vastaanottaja voi sen lukea. Voit myös sähköisesti allekirjoittaa
+ viestin, jolloin vastaanottaja voi tarkistaa että viesti on tullut
+ juuri sinulta ja sitä ei ole muutettu matkalla. Yhdistämällä
+ salaus ja sähköinen allekirjoitus voidaan taata viestin eheys ja
+ se että kukaan muu kuin vastaanottaja ei pääse lukemaan viestiä.
</para>
- <heading>Käytä S/MIME-toimintoa</heading>
+ <heading>Käytä S/MIME-toimintoa</heading>
<para>
- Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit tuoda ohjelmaan
- henkilökohtaiset S/MIME-avaimet, lukea salattuja viestejä,
- tarkistaa sähköisiä allekirjoituksia ja voit kirjoittaa ja
- lähettää sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja salattuja viestejä.
+ Jos tämä asetus on valittuna, niin voit tuoda ohjelmaan
+ henkilökohtaiset S/MIME-avaimet, lukea salattuja viestejä,
+ tarkistaa sähköisiä allekirjoituksia ja voit kirjoittaa ja
+ lähettää sähköisesti allekirjoitettuja salattuja viestejä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Henkilökohtaiset avaimet</title>
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME: Henkilökohtaiset avaimet</title>
<heading>Yleiskuva</heading>
<para>
- Jos haluat lisätä viesteihin sähköisen allekirjoituksen tai salata
- viestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla julkinen/salainen
+ Jos haluat lisätä viesteihin sähköisen allekirjoituksen tai salata
+ viestejä, niin sinulla pitää olla julkinen/salainen
S/MIME-avainpari.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet</title>
- <heading>Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet</heading>
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME: Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet</title>
+ <heading>Tuo henkilökohtaiset varmenteet</heading>
<para>
- Voit henkilökohtaiset varmenteesti, jos ne ovat PKCS #12
- muodossa. PKCS #12 muotoa käytetään yleisesti avainten viennissä
+ Voit henkilökohtaiset varmenteesti, jos ne ovat PKCS #12
+ muodossa. PKCS #12 muotoa käytetään yleisesti avainten viennissä
esimerkiksi selaimista (esim. Internet Explorer, Firefox) tai jos
- avaimet halutaan viedä käyttöjärjestelmästä (esim. Windows
- XP). Jos avainmet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään asetuksiisi
- ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet kelvollisia, niin
- näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään mikä avaimissa oli
+ avaimet halutaan viedä käyttöjärjestelmästä (esim. Windows
+ XP). Jos avainmet ovat kelvolliset, niin ne lisätään asetuksiisi
+ ja ikkuna sulkeutuu. Jos avaimet eivät olleet kelvollisia, niin
+ näkyviin tulee virheilmoitus, jossa selvitetään mikä avaimissa oli
vikana.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Poista henkilökohtainen varmanne</title>
- <heading>Poista henkilökohtainen varmenne</heading>
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
+ <title>S/MIME: Poista henkilökohtainen varmanne</title>
+ <heading>Poista henkilökohtainen varmenne</heading>
<para>
- Poistaa henkilökohtaisen varmenteen asetuksistasi. Tämän jälkeen et voi enää S/MIME-allekirjoittaa viestejä tai lukea sinulle osoitettuja S/MIME-salattuja viestejä.
+ Poistaa henkilökohtaisen varmenteen asetuksistasi. Tämän jälkeen et voi enää S/MIME-allekirjoittaa viestejä tai lukea sinulle osoitettuja S/MIME-salattuja viestejä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Julkisten avaimien hallinta</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Julkisten avaimien hallinta</heading>
<para>
Voit hallinnoida julkisten S/MIME-avainten listaa.
</para>
- <heading>Näytä</heading>
+ <heading>Näytä</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää julkisen avaimen raakatekstiversiona.
+ Näyttää julkisen avaimen raakatekstiversiona.
</para>
<heading>Tarkemmat tiedot</heading>
<para>
- Näyttää julkisen avaimen tarkemmat tekniset tiedot.
+ Näyttää julkisen avaimen tarkemmat tekniset tiedot.
</para>
<heading>Poista</heading>
<para>
- Poistaa valitun julkisen avaimen. Kun poistat jonkun käyttäjän
- julkisen avaimen, niin et voi enää lähettää hänelle salattuja
- viestejä.
+ Poistaa valitun julkisen avaimen. Kun poistat jonkun käyttäjän
+ julkisen avaimen, niin et voi enää lähettää hänelle salattuja
+ viestejä.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="printing" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db" state="uptodate">
<title>Tulostus</title>
<heading>Tulosta viesti</heading>
<para>
Tulostaaksesi katselemasi viestin, napsauta viestin alussa tai
- lopussa olevaa "Tulosta" -linkkiä. Viesti aukeaa uuteen ikkunaan
- tulostettavassa muodossa. Riippuen käytetystä selaimesta ja
- käyttöjärjestelmästä, niin sinulle pitäisi aueta
+ lopussa olevaa "Tulosta" -linkkiä. Viesti aukeaa uuteen ikkunaan
+ tulostettavassa muodossa. Riippuen käytetystä selaimesta ja
+ käyttöjärjestelmästä, niin sinulle pitäisi aueta
tulostusdialogi. Jos dialogia ei tule, niin valitse selaimen
"Tiedosto" -alasvetovalikosta toiminto "Tulosta".
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Lajittelu ja säikeet</title>
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Lajittelu ja säikeet</title>
<heading>Lajittelu</heading>
<para>
- Voit järjestää viestit eri sarakkeiden mukaan napauttamalla
+ Voit järjestää viestit eri sarakkeiden mukaan napauttamalla
sarakkeen otsikkoa. Voit lajitella ne nousevaan tai laskevaan
- järjestykseen napauttamalla sarakkeen otsikon vieressä olevaa
- nuolenpään kuvaa.
+ järjestykseen napauttamalla sarakkeen otsikon vieressä olevaa
+ nuolenpään kuvaa.
</para>
- <heading>Säikeet</heading>
+ <heading>Säikeet</heading>
<para>
- Jos haluat järjestää viestit keskustelusäikeen mukaan, niin
- napsauta [Keskustelusäie] -linkkiä Otsikkosarakkeessa. Kun haluat
- palauttaa järjestyksen otsikon mukaiseksi, niin napsauta [Otsikko]
- linkkiä otsikkosarakkeessa.
+ Jos haluat järjestää viestit keskustelusäikeen mukaan, niin
+ napsauta [Keskustelusäie] -linkkiä Otsikkosarakkeessa. Kun haluat
+ palauttaa järjestyksen otsikon mukaiseksi, niin napsauta [Otsikko]
+ linkkiä otsikkosarakkeessa.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
<title>Multipart/Alternative viestit</title>
<para>
- Lähettäjä on voinut lähettää jotkut viestit tyypillä
- "multipart/alternative". Näissä viesteissä on monta osiota, mutta
- niissä kaikissa on SAMA SISÄLTÖ, mutta ERI
- MUOTO. Sähköpostiohjelma pyrkii näyttämään näistä osioista sen,
- minkä se pystyy parhaiten näyttämään, viestin muut osiot näkyvät
- otsikon "Vaihtoehtoiset osat tälle osiolle:" alapuolella ja ne voi
- katsoa tai tallettaa erikseen. Kannattaa kuitenkin pitää mielessä
- että nämä vaihtoehtoiset osiot pitävät sisällään saman sisällön
- kuin se osio minkä sähköpostiohjelma näytti - osiot ovat vain eri
+ Lähettäjä on voinut lähettää jotkut viestit tyypillä
+ "multipart/alternative". Näissä viesteissä on monta osiota, mutta
+ niissä kaikissa on SAMA SISÄLTÖ, mutta ERI
+ MUOTO. Sähköpostiohjelma pyrkii näyttämään näistä osioista sen,
+ minkä se pystyy parhaiten näyttämään, viestin muut osiot näkyvät
+ otsikon "Vaihtoehtoiset osat tälle osiolle:" alapuolella ja ne voi
+ katsoa tai tallettaa erikseen. Kannattaa kuitenkin pitää mielessä
+ että nämä vaihtoehtoiset osiot pitävät sisällään saman sisällön
+ kuin se osio minkä sähköpostiohjelma näytti - osiot ovat vain eri
muodossa (esimerkiksi teksti ja HTML-osiot).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Nimeä kuukausittain uudestaan lähetettyjen viestien kansiot</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Nimeä kuukausittain uudestaan lähetettyjen viestien kansiot</title>
<para>
- Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat kuukausittain nimetä
- uudelleen lähetettyjen viestien kansiot, niin kansiot nimetään
- uudestaan kuukauden alussa. Kansioiden uuteen nimeen lisätään
- kuukausi ja vuosi ja samalla luodaan myös uusi lähetettyjen
+ Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat kuukausittain nimetä
+ uudelleen lähetettyjen viestien kansiot, niin kansiot nimetään
+ uudestaan kuukauden alussa. Kansioiden uuteen nimeen lisätään
+ kuukausi ja vuosi ja samalla luodaan myös uusi lähetettyjen
viestien kansio.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio</title>
<para>
- Laita tämä asetus päälle jos haluat joka kuukauden alussa poistaa
- vanhan lähetettyjen viestien kansion. Jos postilaatikollesi on
- asetettu kiintiö, niin tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen.
+ Laita tämä asetus päälle jos haluat joka kuukauden alussa poistaa
+ vanhan lähetettyjen viestien kansion. Jos postilaatikollesi on
+ asetettu kiintiö, niin tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio - # kansiota pidetään tallessa</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain lähetettyjen viestien kansio - # kansiota pidetään tallessa</title>
<para>
- Jos poistat lähetettyjen viestien kansioita kuukausittain, niin
- kuinka monta vanhaa kansiota haluat pitää tallessa. Kaikki ne
- lähetettyjen viestien kansiot poistetaan, jotka ovat vanhempia
- kuin valittu määrä kuukausia.
+ Jos poistat lähetettyjen viestien kansioita kuukausittain, niin
+ kuinka monta vanhaa kansiota haluat pitää tallessa. Kaikki ne
+ lähetettyjen viestien kansiot poistetaan, jotka ovat vanhempia
+ kuin valittu määrä kuukausia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="uptodate" md5="7b37c534aaaec6b43589f15845cf0273">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: tyhjennä lähettyjen viestien kansio</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="uptodate" md5="7b37c534aaaec6b43589f15845cf0273">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: tyhjennä lähettyjen viestien kansio</title>
<para>
- Tällä asetuksella voi automaattisesti tyhjentää lähetettyjen viestien kansiota.
+ Tällä asetuksella voi automaattisesti tyhjentää lähetettyjen viestien kansiota.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="uptodate" md5="423f3c1b0645cee1bc58e6e22a6d8b68">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: lähettyjen viestien tyhjennysväli</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="uptodate" md5="423f3c1b0645cee1bc58e6e22a6d8b68">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: lähettyjen viestien tyhjennysväli</title>
<para>
- Jos lähetettyjen viestien kansiota tyhjennetään, niin tässä asetuksessa voit määritellä millaisin väliajoin kansiosta tyhjennetään vanhat viestit.
+ Jos lähetettyjen viestien kansiota tyhjennetään, niin tässä asetuksessa voit määritellä millaisin väliajoin kansiosta tyhjennetään vanhat viestit.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="uptodate" md5="fcba2b7e5da61a7fdda7970f926f8d8a">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: Tyhjennä lähetetyjen viestien kansio</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="uptodate" md5="fcba2b7e5da61a7fdda7970f926f8d8a">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimet: Tyhjennä lähetetyjen viestien kansio</title>
<para>
- Jos tyhjennät lähetettyjen viestien kansiot automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa.
+ Jos tyhjennät lähetettyjen viestien kansiot automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot</title>
<para>
- Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat poistaa liitetiedostot joka
- kuukauden alussa. Jos postilaatikollesi on asetettu kiintiö, niin
- tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen.
+ Laita tämä asetus päälle, jos haluat poistaa liitetiedostot joka
+ kuukauden alussa. Jos postilaatikollesi on asetettu kiintiö, niin
+ tämä asetus voi olla hyödyllinen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot - # kuukauta vanhemmat</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista kuukausittain liitetyt liitetiedostot - # kuukauta vanhemmat</title>
<para>
Jos poistat liitetiedostoja kuukausittain, niin kuinka monta
kuukautta vanhemmat liitetiedostot poistetaan? Jos jokin liite on
- tätä vanhempi, niin se poistetaan.
+ tätä vanhempi, niin se poistetaan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori</title>
<para>
- Kun haluat automaattisesti tyhjentää roskakorin tietyin väliajoin.
+ Kun haluat automaattisesti tyhjentää roskakorin tietyin väliajoin.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori väliajoin</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori väliajoin</title>
<para>
- Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin miten usein
- se pitäisi tyhjentää.
+ Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin miten usein
+ se pitäisi tyhjentää.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
- <title>>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori viestien ikä</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+ <title>>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Tyhjennä roskakori viestien ikä</title>
<para>
- Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin montako
- päivää vanhemmat viestit tuhotaan automaattisesti.
+ Jos tyhjennät roskakorikansiota automaattisesti, niin montako
+ päivää vanhemmat viestit tuhotaan automaattisesti.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="uptodate" md5="9cabaf3500d3316054db045cf5339f5e">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista roskapostit</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="uptodate" md5="9cabaf3500d3316054db045cf5339f5e">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poista roskapostit</title>
<para>
Jos haluat poistaa roskapostit ajoittain.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="uptodate" md5="fe0f7289693d19bd386638e25beeb276">
- <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Roskapostien poistamisen aikaväli</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="uptodate" md5="fe0f7289693d19bd386638e25beeb276">
+ <title>Asetukset: Ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Roskapostien poistamisen aikaväli</title>
<para>
- Jos poistat roskapostiviestit automaattisesti, niin kuinka usen kansio pitäisi tyhjentää.
+ Jos poistat roskapostiviestit automaattisesti, niin kuinka usen kansio pitäisi tyhjentää.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="uptodate" md5="f4748aba20cf4a9b6ce92822bd185de6">
- <title>Asetukset ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poistettavien roskapostiviestien ikä</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="uptodate" md5="f4748aba20cf4a9b6ce92822bd185de6">
+ <title>Asetukset ylläpitotoimenpiteet: Poistettavien roskapostiviestien ikä</title>
<para>
- Jos tyhjennät roskapostikansiota automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa.
+ Jos tyhjennät roskapostikansiota automaattisesti, niin kuinka vanhat viestit kansiosta pitäisi poistaa.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
<title>Asetukset: Viestin kirjoitus: Lainausteksti</title>
<para>
- Tällä asetuksella voit määritellä mikä teksti laitetaan
- vastausviesteihin ennen lainattua tekstiä.
+ Tällä asetuksella voit määritellä mikä teksti laitetaan
+ vastausviesteihin ennen lainattua tekstiä.
</para>
<para>
- Voit erikoiskoodien avulla laittaa laittaa määrittelytekstiin
- lisätietoja viestistä, johon olet vastaamassa. Erikoiskoodi
- koostuu '%'-merkistä ja sitä seuraa aina yksi kirjain tai
- merkki. Alla on lista, jossa on määritelty käytettävisä olevat
+ Voit erikoiskoodien avulla laittaa laittaa määrittelytekstiin
+ lisätietoja viestistä, johon olet vastaamassa. Erikoiskoodi
+ koostuu '%'-merkistä ja sitä seuraa aina yksi kirjain tai
+ merkki. Alla on lista, jossa on määritelty käytettävisä olevat
erikoiskoodit.
</para>
- <para> %f : Lähettäjän nimi ja sähköpostiosoite</para>
- <para> %a : Lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite</para>
- <para> %p : Lähettäjän nimi</para>
- <para> %r : RFC 2822 mukainen päivämäärä ja aikavyöhyke</para>
- <para> %d : Päivämäärä muodossa www, pp kkk VVVV</para>
- <para> %x : Päivämäärä esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla</para>
- <para> %c : Päivämäärä ja aika esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla</para>
+ <para> %f : Lähettäjän nimi ja sähköpostiosoite</para>
+ <para> %a : Lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite</para>
+ <para> %p : Lähettäjän nimi</para>
+ <para> %r : RFC 2822 mukainen päivämäärä ja aikavyöhyke</para>
+ <para> %d : Päivämäärä muodossa www, pp kkk VVVV</para>
+ <para> %x : Päivämäärä esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla</para>
+ <para> %c : Päivämäärä ja aika esitettynä lokalisaation oletustavalla</para>
<para> %m : Message-ID</para>
<para> %s : Otsikko</para>
<para> %n : Rivinvaihto</para>
<para> %% : '%' -merkki</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="uptodate" md5="4ef4fb2090e703f6f8e03f39ab96e717">
- <title>Asetukset: Viestin oletusmerkistö</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="uptodate" md5="4ef4fb2090e703f6f8e03f39ab96e717">
+ <title>Asetukset: Viestin oletusmerkistö</title>
<para>
- Viestin oletusmerkistöä käytetään silloin kun viestin osioihin ei ole merkitty mitään merkistötietoa. RFC 2045 dokumentissä määritellään, että viestit joissa ei ole määritelty merkistötietoa näytetään käyttäen merkistöä 'US-ASCII'. Jotku rikkinäisen sähköpostiohjelmistot lähettävät viestejä siten, että tekstissä on käytetty US-ASCII ulkopuolisia merkkejä, mutta merkistötietoa ei ole määritelty. Tämän arvon voi asettaa siihen merkistöön, mitä yleisesti käytetään paikallisesti. Voit myös valita "Oletus", jolloin käytetään MIME-oletuksia.
+ Viestin oletusmerkistöä käytetään silloin kun viestin osioihin ei ole merkitty mitään merkistötietoa. RFC 2045 dokumentissä määritellään, että viestit joissa ei ole määritelty merkistötietoa näytetään käyttäen merkistöä 'US-ASCII'. Jotku rikkinäisen sähköpostiohjelmistot lähettävät viestejä siten, että tekstissä on käytetty US-ASCII ulkopuolisia merkkejä, mutta merkistötietoa ei ole määritelty. Tämän arvon voi asettaa siihen merkistöön, mitä yleisesti käytetään paikallisesti. Voit myös valita "Oletus", jolloin käytetään MIME-oletuksia.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta</title>
<para>
- "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta" voi liittää viestiin pyynnön
- että sinulle lähtisi viesti kun vastaanottaja aukaisee
- viestin. Kaikki sähköpostiohjelmat eivät tue tätä toimintoa,
- lisäksi käyttäjä voi kieltää kuittausviestin lähettämisen.
+ "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin lukemisesta" voi liittää viestiin pyynnön
+ että sinulle lähtisi viesti kun vastaanottaja aukaisee
+ viestin. Kaikki sähköpostiohjelmat eivät tue tätä toimintoa,
+ lisäksi käyttäjä voi kieltää kuittausviestin lähettämisen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Lähetä MDN</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
+ <title>Asetukset: Lähetä MDN</title>
<para>
- "Lähetä MDN" lähettää Message Disposition Notification (viestin
+ "Lähetä MDN" lähettää Message Disposition Notification (viestin
aukaisun kuittausviesti) -ilmoitusviestin kun aukaiset viestin ja
- jos lähettäjä on pyytänyt että viestistä lähetetään
- kuittausviesti. Useimmissa tapauksissa tämä tapahtuu
- automaattisesti ilman että sinulta kysytään lupaa. Joidenkin
- viestien kohdalla voit joutua päättämään lähetetäänkö
- kuittausviestiä ja napsauttamaan linkkiä.
+ jos lähettäjä on pyytänyt että viestistä lähetetään
+ kuittausviesti. Useimmissa tapauksissa tämä tapahtuu
+ automaattisesti ilman että sinulta kysytään lupaa. Joidenkin
+ viestien kohdalla voit joutua päättämään lähetetäänkö
+ kuittausviestiä ja napsauttamaan linkkiä.
</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta</title>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta</title>
<para>
- "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta" lähettää ilmoitusviestin
- kun vastaanottajan sähköpostipalvelin on toimittanut viestin
- vastaanottajan sähköpostikansioon. Tämä ei tarkoita sitä, että
- vastaanottaja olisi lukenut viestin vaan että viesti on toimitettu
- vastaanottajalle. Kaikki postipalvelimet eivät tue tätä toimintoa.
+ "Pyydä ilmoitus viestin perillemenosta" lähettää ilmoitusviestin
+ kun vastaanottajan sähköpostipalvelin on toimittanut viestin
+ vastaanottajan sähköpostikansioon. Tämä ei tarkoita sitä, että
+ vastaanottaja olisi lukenut viestin vaan että viesti on toimitettu
+ vastaanottajalle. Kaikki postipalvelimet eivät tue tätä toimintoa.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="uptodate" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea">
- <title>Asetukset: Poista roskaposti raportoinnin jälkeen</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="changed" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea">
+ <title>Asetukset: Poista roskaposti raportoinnin jälkeen</title>
<para>Voit jonkun kolmesta asiasta kun olet raportoinut viestin joko roskapostina tai puhtaana.</para>
<para>
- Yksi: Voit valita olla tekemättä mitään - viesti raportoidaan joko roskapostina tai puhtaana, mutta muuten se pysyy muuttumattomana postilaatikossasi.
+ Yksi: Voit valita olla tekemättä mitään - viesti raportoidaan joko roskapostina tai puhtaana, mutta muuten se pysyy muuttumattomana postilaatikossasi.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Kaksi: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan välittömästi postilaatikostasi. Jos viesti on puhdas, niin tämä vaihtoehto ei tee sille mitään.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Kolme: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikosta ja siirretään roskapostikansioosi. Jos raportoitava viesti on puhdas, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikostasi ja siirretään INBOX postilaatikkoosi.
+ </para>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report">
+ <title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as spam.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as spam but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as spam, you can instead have the message be immediately deleted.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
</para>
<para>
- Kaksi: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan välittömästi postilaatikostasi. Jos viesti on puhdas, niin tämä vaihtoehto ei tee sille mitään.
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
</para>
<para>
- Kolme: Jos viesti raportoidaan roskapostina, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikosta ja siirretään roskapostikansioosi. Jos raportoitava viesti on puhdas, niin viesti poistetaan nykyisestä postilaatikostasi ja siirretään INBOX postilaatikkoosi.
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
<title>Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus</title>
<para>
- Jos HTML-viestit näytetään suoraan, niin estetääkö kuvien
- näyttäminen viestin yhteydessä ellet olet antanut siihen
- lupaa. Huomaathan että jos katsot HTML-liitettä, niin kuvat
- näytetään automaattisesti viestin mukana.
+ Jos HTML-viestit näytetään suoraan, niin estetääkö kuvien
+ näyttäminen viestin yhteydessä ellet olet antanut siihen
+ lupaa. Huomaathan että jos katsot HTML-liitettä, niin kuvat
+ näytetään automaattisesti viestin mukana.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus / Näytä jos osoitekirjassa</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: HTML, kuvan korvaus / Näytä jos osoitekirjassa</title>
<para>
- Jos HTML-viesteistä ei oletuksena näytetä kuvia viestin
- yhteydessä, niin näytetäänkö kuvat jos lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite
- löytyy osoitekirjasta.
+ Jos HTML-viesteistä ei oletuksena näytetä kuvia viestin
+ yhteydessä, niin näytetäänkö kuvat jos lähettäjän sähköpostiosoite
+ löytyy osoitekirjasta.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
<title>Asetukset: Postilaatikon aloitussivu</title>
<para>
- Tällä asetuksella voidaan määritellä mille sivulle postikansio
- aukeaa, kun se avataan ensimmäistä kertaa. Huomaa että "uusi"
- viestiasetus ei toimi, jos sinulla on valittuna "Keskustelusäie"
- järjestysasetus - tässä tapauksessa aukeaa aina viimeisin
+ Tällä asetuksella voidaan määritellä mille sivulle postikansio
+ aukeaa, kun se avataan ensimmäistä kertaa. Huomaa että "uusi"
+ viestiasetus ei toimi, jos sinulla on valittuna "Keskustelusäie"
+ järjestysasetus - tässä tapauksessa aukeaa aina viimeisin
viestisivu.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
- <title>Asetukset: Talleta liitetiedostot lähetetyistä viesteistä</title>
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
+ <title>Asetukset: Talleta liitetiedostot lähetetyistä viesteistä</title>
<para>
- Jos talletat lähetetyt viesti lähetettyjen viestien kansioon, niin talletetaanko viestien mukana myös liitetiedosto. Vaihtoehtoja ovat:
+ Jos talletat lähetetyt viesti lähetettyjen viestien kansioon, niin talletetaanko viestien mukana myös liitetiedosto. Vaihtoehtoja ovat:
</para>
- <para>* "Talleta aina liitteet" - ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteet talletaan AINA viestin mukana.</para>
- <para>* "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus KYLLÄ" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteet talletaan viestin mukana.</para>
- <para>* "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus EI" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteitä ei talleteta viestin mukana.</para>
- <para>* "Älä talleta liitteitä" ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteitä EI IKINÄ talleteta viestin mukana.</para>
+ <para>* "Talleta aina liitteet" - ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteet talletaan AINA viestin mukana.</para>
+ <para>* "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus KYLLÄ" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteet talletaan viestin mukana.</para>
+ <para>* "Kysy aina kun lähetetään liitetiedosto; Oletus EI" - Kysy AINA talletaanko liitteet viestin mukana. Oletus on että liitteitä ei talleteta viestin mukana.</para>
+ <para>* "Älä talleta liitteitä" ÄLÄ KOSKAAN kysy talletetaanko liitteitä. Liitteitä EI IKINÄ talleteta viestin mukana.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="uptodate" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="uptodate" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3">
<title>Virtuaaliset kansiot: Virtuaalinen Inbox</title>
<para>
- Virtuaalinen Inbox on talletettu haku, joka tekee tarpeettomaksi etsiä uusiksi merkittyjä viestejä kaikista postilaatikoista. Tämän sijaan uusia viestejä etsitään vain tilatuista postilaatikoista ja haun tulos näytetään yhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona.
+ Virtuaalinen Inbox on talletettu haku, joka tekee tarpeettomaksi etsiä uusiksi merkittyjä viestejä kaikista postilaatikoista. Tämän sijaan uusia viestejä etsitään vain tilatuista postilaatikoista ja haun tulos näytetään yhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="uptodate" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="uptodate" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d">
<title>Virtuaaliset kansiot: Virtuaalinen roskakori</title>
<para>
- Virtuaalinen roskakori on talletettu haku, joka voi korvata tarpeen erillisille roskakorikansiolle. Sen sijaan, että viestit siirretään erilliseen roskakorikansioon, niin ne merkitään poistettavaksi ja viesti pysyy nykyisessä kansiossa. Kun vielä on päällä asetus 'Piilota poistetut', niin viestit eivät näy viestilistauksessa. Kun käyttäjä napsauttaa Virtuaalinen roskakori, niin poistetuksi merkittyjä kansioita etsitään kaikista kansioista ja nämä viestit näytetään yyhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona.
+ Virtuaalinen roskakori on talletettu haku, joka voi korvata tarpeen erillisille roskakorikansiolle. Sen sijaan, että viestit siirretään erilliseen roskakorikansioon, niin ne merkitään poistettavaksi ja viesti pysyy nykyisessä kansiossa. Kun vielä on päällä asetus 'Piilota poistetut', niin viestit eivät näy viestilistauksessa. Kun käyttäjä napsauttaa Virtuaalinen roskakori, niin poistetuksi merkittyjä kansioita etsitään kaikista kansioista ja nämä viestit näytetään yyhtenä virtuaalisena kansiona.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: De</title>
<heading>"De"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: A</title>
<heading>"A"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Sujet</title>
<heading>"Sujet"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Rédaction de message: Pièces Jointes</title>
<heading>"Pièces Jointes"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Recherche</title>
- <heading>Critères de recherche</heading>
- <para>
- Texte à écrire ...
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Gestion des dossiers</title>
<heading>Options des dossiers</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filtres: Appliquer</title>
<heading>Appliquer des règles de filtre</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
<entry id="keyboard-navigation" md5="885a83e5ce7c455f8d7d40a17ca901df" state="uptodate">
<title>Tipkovnica: Navigacija</title>
- <para>Tipkovnicu možete koristiti za kretanje između poruka u prikazu sandučića, za pomicanje na prethodnu ili sljedeću poruku u prikazu poruke, te za listanje stranica u prikazu sandučića.</para>
+ <para>Tipkovnicu možete koristiti za kretanje između poruka u prikazu sandučića, za pomicanje na prethodnu ili sljedeću poruku u prikazu poruke, te za listanje stranica u prikazu sandučića.</para>
<heading>Tipke za navigaciju u popisu poruka</heading>
- <para>U popisu poruka možete koristiti tipkovnicu za odabir i prikaz poruka. Za kretanje između poruka možete koristiti tipke sa strelicama Gore i Dolje pritom držeći tipku Control (Ctrl). Ako pritisnete Gore, počet ćete na dnu stranice (zadnja prikazana poruka), a ako pritisnete Dolje, na vrhu (prva prikazana poruka).</para>
- <para>Trenutna poruka je osvijetljena kao da ste preko nje prešli mišom. Dok se krećete gore i dolje u popisu poruka, možete pritisnuti Razmak za odabir ili brisanje odabira poruke, ili Return za prikaz poruke.</para>
- <para>Ako pri kretanju kroz popis poruka držite pritisnutu tipku Alt umjesto Ctrl, poruke koje prelazite se automatski odabiru ili brišu iz odabira.</para>
- <heading>Popis poruka: Prethodna/sljedeća stranica</heading>
- <para>Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće stranice poruka u sandučiću.</para>
- <heading>Prikaz poruke: Prethodna/sljedeća poruka</heading>
- <para>Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće poruke.</para>
+ <para>U popisu poruka možete koristiti tipkovnicu za odabir i prikaz poruka. Za kretanje između poruka možete koristiti tipke sa strelicama Gore i Dolje pritom držeći tipku Control (Ctrl). Ako pritisnete Gore, počet ćete na dnu stranice (zadnja prikazana poruka), a ako pritisnete Dolje, na vrhu (prva prikazana poruka).</para>
+ <para>Trenutna poruka je osvijetljena kao da ste preko nje prešli mišom. Dok se krećete gore i dolje u popisu poruka, možete pritisnuti Razmak za odabir ili brisanje odabira poruke, ili Return za prikaz poruke.</para>
+ <para>Ako pri kretanju kroz popis poruka držite pritisnutu tipku Alt umjesto Ctrl, poruke koje prelazite se automatski odabiru ili brišu iz odabira.</para>
+ <heading>Popis poruka: Prethodna/sljedeća stranica</heading>
+ <para>Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće stranice poruka u sandučiću.</para>
+ <heading>Prikaz poruke: Prethodna/sljedeća poruka</heading>
+ <para>Možete koristiti tipke Lijevo i Desno za prikaz prethodne odnosno sljedeće poruke.</para>
</entry>
<!--
<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
- <title>Tipkovnica: Prečice</title>
- <heading>Korištenje prečica na tipkovnici</heading>
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
-->
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Akcije</title>
<heading>Akcije</heading>
<para>
- "Pošalji poruku" šalje vašu poruku elektroničke pošte navedenim primateljima. Budite sigurni da želite poslati poruku jer je ova akcija nepovratna i ne može se poništiti.
+ "Pošalji poruku" šalje vašu poruku elektroničke pošte navedenim primateljima. Budite sigurni da želite poslati poruku jer je ova akcija nepovratna i ne može se poništiti.
</para>
<para>
- "Spremi koncept" snima nedovršenu poruku u mapu "Koncepti" kojoj možete pristupiti kroz padajuću listu mapa u gornjem desnom kutu stranice. Poruku kasnije možete dovršiti prelaskom u mapu "Koncepti", otvaranjem snimljene poruke i klikom na "Nastavi". Prije snimanja koncepta preporuča se upisati naslov poruke kako bi ju kasnije mogli lakše pronaći u mapi s konceptima.
+ "Spremi koncept" snima nedovršenu poruku u mapu "Koncepti" kojoj možete pristupiti kroz padajuću listu mapa u gornjem desnom kutu stranice. Poruku kasnije možete dovršiti prelaskom u mapu "Koncepti", otvaranjem snimljene poruke i klikom na "Nastavi". Prije snimanja koncepta preporuča se upisati naslov poruke kako bi ju kasnije mogli lakše pronaći u mapi s konceptima.
</para>
<tip>
- Ovisno o postavkama sustava, u opcijama je moguće promijeniti dali se nakon spremanja koncepta prikazuje posljednja pregledana mapa ili se nastavlja s uređivanjem poruke.
+ Ovisno o postavkama sustava, u opcijama je moguće promijeniti dali se nakon spremanja koncepta prikazuje posljednja pregledana mapa ili se nastavlja s uređivanjem poruke.
</tip>
<para>
- "Otkaži poruku" zatvara prozor za pisanje poruke i vraća se na posljednju prikazanu mapu.
+ "Otkaži poruku" zatvara prozor za pisanje poruke i vraća se na posljednju prikazanu mapu.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Identitet</title>
<heading>Identitet</heading>
<para>
- Iz padajućeg popisa identiteta zadanih pod <qt>Opcije->Osobne informacije</qt> odaberite identitet koji će se koristiti prilikom slanja poruke.
+ Iz padajućeg popisa identiteta zadanih pod <qt>Opcije->Osobne informacije</qt> odaberite identitet koji će se koristiti prilikom slanja poruke.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Od</title>
<heading>Od</heading>
<para>
- Unesite adresu elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti kao pošiljatelj ove poruke.
+ Unesite adresu elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti kao pošiljatelj ove poruke.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Za</title>
<heading>Za</heading>
<para>
- Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
+ Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Cc</title>
<heading>Cc</heading>
<para>
- Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti kopiju (carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
+ Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti kopiju (carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
</para>
<para>
- Kopije poruke se obično šalju osobama koji nisu direktni primatelji poruke, ali trebaju biti informirani o sadržaju poruke, obično jer su indirektno zainteresirani za tematiku poruke. Primatelji iz polja "Za:" i "Cc:" vide sve primatelje iz oba polja s primateljima.
+ Kopije poruke se obično šalju osobama koji nisu direktni primatelji poruke, ali trebaju biti informirani o sadržaju poruke, obično jer su indirektno zainteresirani za tematiku poruke. Primatelji iz polja "Za:" i "Cc:" vide sve primatelje iz oba polja s primateljima.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Bcc</title>
<heading>Bcc</heading>
<para>
- Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti tajnu kopiju (blind carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
+ Unesite ispravne adrese elektroničke pošte primatelja koji će primiti tajnu kopiju (blind carbon copy) ove poruke. Kod unosa više primatelja njihove adrese razdvojite zarezima. Korištenje bilo kojeg drugog znaka za razdvajanje primatelja nije podržano i uzrokovati će grešku.
</para>
<para>
- Tajne kopije poruka obično se šalju primateljima koji trebaju vidjeti sadržaj poruke, a da za to ne saznaju ostali primatelji poruke. Dakle "tajno" znači da je identitet tih primatelja sakriven od ostalih primatelja poruke. Samo pošiljatelj i "Bcc" primatelji znaju da su oni također primili kopiju poruke.
+ Tajne kopije poruka obično se šalju primateljima koji trebaju vidjeti sadržaj poruke, a da za to ne saznaju ostali primatelji poruke. Dakle "tajno" znači da je identitet tih primatelja sakriven od ostalih primatelja poruke. Samo pošiljatelj i "Bcc" primatelji znaju da su oni također primili kopiju poruke.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Naslov</title>
<heading>Naslov</heading>
<para>
- Unesite naslov vaše poruke. Preporuča se koristiti kratke i jednostavne naslove koji dobro opisuju sadržaj poruke. Naslov je najjednostavniji način na koji se primatelji i pošiljatelji mogu podsjetiti o sadržaju poruke, te je vrlo važan za organizaciju i kasnije pronalaženje bitnih poruka.
+ Unesite naslov vaše poruke. Preporuča se koristiti kratke i jednostavne naslove koji dobro opisuju sadržaj poruke. Naslov je najjednostavniji način na koji se primatelji i pošiljatelji mogu podsjetiti o sadržaju poruke, te je vrlo važan za organizaciju i kasnije pronalaženje bitnih poruka.
</para>
<para>
- Prilikom odgovaranja na poruku ili prosljeđivanja poruke naslov se kopira i u novu poruku te se na osnovu toga može prepoznati koje poruke čine "nit" rasprave. Ako odgovori ili proslijeđene poruke sadrže nove teme, korisno je u skladu s tim izmijeniti i "Naslov" poruke kako bi primatelji mogli lakše pratiti promjene u toku rasprave.
+ Prilikom odgovaranja na poruku ili prosljeđivanja poruke naslov se kopira i u novu poruku te se na osnovu toga može prepoznati koje poruke čine "nit" rasprave. Ako odgovori ili proslijeđene poruke sadrže nove teme, korisno je u skladu s tim izmijeniti i "Naslov" poruke kako bi primatelji mogli lakše pratiti promjene u toku rasprave.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Set znakova</title>
<heading>Set znakova</heading>
<para>
- Odabir skupa znakova koji će se koristiti u poslanoj poruci.
+ Odabir skupa znakova koji će se koristiti u poslanoj poruci.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Opcije</title>
<heading>Opcije</heading>
<para>
- Sljedeće opcije pomažu vam u sastavljanu poruke.
+ Sljedeće opcije pomažu vam u sastavljanu poruke.
</para>
<para>
Kliknite na "Provjeri pravopis" za provjeru ispravnosti teksta poruke.
</para>
<para>
- Kliknite na "Prilozi" za prelazak na donji dio stranice gdje je poruci moguće priložiti datoteke.
+ Kliknite na "Prilozi" za prelazak na donji dio stranice gdje je poruci moguće priložiti datoteke.
</para>
<para>
- Ako je administrator sustava omogućio spremanje poslanih poruka, označavanjem kućice pored "Spremi kopiju" aktivira se spremanje poruke nakon slanja. Poslana poruka spremit će se u podrazumijevanu mapu ili onu zadanu pod "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". Ako je administrator sustava omogućio odabir mape za spremanje poslanih poruka, pored ove opcije pojavit će se padajuća lista s popisom dostupnih mapa.
+ Ako je administrator sustava omogućio spremanje poslanih poruka, označavanjem kućice pored "Spremi kopiju" aktivira se spremanje poruke nakon slanja. Poslana poruka spremit će se u podrazumijevanu mapu ili onu zadanu pod "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". Ako je administrator sustava omogućio odabir mape za spremanje poslanih poruka, pored ove opcije pojavit će se padajuća lista s popisom dostupnih mapa.
</para>
<para>
- Spremanje kopija poslanih poruka korisno je za evidentiranje rasprava koje su se vodile putem elektroničke pošte. Spremanje poslanih poruka može se uključiti kao zadano za svaki identitet odlaskom na "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". U postavkama je također moguće podesiti periodičko čišćenje ili arhiviranje mape s poslanim porukama.
+ Spremanje kopija poslanih poruka korisno je za evidentiranje rasprava koje su se vodile putem elektroničke pošte. Spremanje poslanih poruka može se uključiti kao zadano za svaki identitet odlaskom na "Opcije->Osobne postavke->Identiteti". U postavkama je također moguće podesiti periodičko čišćenje ili arhiviranje mape s poslanim porukama.
</para>
<warn>
- Spremanje svih poslanih poruka nije preporučljivo u svim situacijama jer može dovesti do brzog zapunjenja korisničkog računa elektroničke pošte, posebno kada se uz poruke šalju veliki prilozi. Račun elektroničke pošte koji je zapunjen ne može primati nove poruke elektroničke pošte.
+ Spremanje svih poslanih poruka nije preporučljivo u svim situacijama jer može dovesti do brzog zapunjenja korisničkog računa elektroničke pošte, posebno kada se uz poruke šalju veliki prilozi. Račun elektroničke pošte koji je zapunjen ne može primati nove poruke elektroničke pošte.
</warn>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Dodavanje priloga</title>
<heading>Dodavanje priloga</heading>
<para>
- Priloge je moguće dodati u poruku ako vaš web preglednik podržava slanje datoteka. Istovremeno je moguće poslati više datoteka.
+ Priloge je moguće dodati u poruku ako vaš web preglednik podržava slanje datoteka. Istovremeno je moguće poslati više datoteka.
</para>
- <para>Korak 1: Unesite stazu i ime datoteke ili kliknite na gumb "Browse" i odaberite datoteku koju želite priložiti. Staza i ime datoteke nakon toga biti će upisana u polju priloga. Ako vaš web preglednik podržava JavaScript pojavit će se novo polje za unos još jedne datoteke što omogućava istovremeno slanje više datoteka.
+ <para>Korak 1: Unesite stazu i ime datoteke ili kliknite na gumb "Browse" i odaberite datoteku koju želite priložiti. Staza i ime datoteke nakon toga biti će upisana u polju priloga. Ako vaš web preglednik podržava JavaScript pojavit će se novo polje za unos još jedne datoteke što omogućava istovremeno slanje više datoteka.
</para>
- <para>Korak 2: Odaberite želite li da se poslana datoteka primatelju prikaže kao prilog ili ugrađena u sadržaj poruke. Ako primateljev klijent za elektroničku poštu ne podržava ugrađeni prikaz priloga, sve datoteke biti će prikazane kao prilozi.
+ <para>Korak 2: Odaberite želite li da se poslana datoteka primatelju prikaže kao prilog ili ugrađena u sadržaj poruke. Ako primateljev klijent za elektroničku poštu ne podržava ugrađeni prikaz priloga, sve datoteke biti će prikazane kao prilozi.
</para>
<para>
- Ako ne želite mijenjati opis ili razmještaj priloga, dodavanje priloga je ovime završeno. Datoteke će se prenijeti na poslužitelj prilikom slanja poruke. Ako pak prije slanja želite promijeniti opis ili razmještaj priloga, kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" čime će se novo dodani prilozi poslati na poslužitelj i spremiti izmjene napravljene na postojećim prilozima.
+ Ako ne želite mijenjati opis ili razmještaj priloga, dodavanje priloga je ovime završeno. Datoteke će se prenijeti na poslužitelj prilikom slanja poruke. Ako pak prije slanja želite promijeniti opis ili razmještaj priloga, kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" čime će se novo dodani prilozi poslati na poslužitelj i spremiti izmjene napravljene na postojećim prilozima.
</para>
<tip>
- Napomena da za veće datoteke i/ili sporije načine pristupa Internetu proces slanja datoteka može potrajati. Budite strpljivi i nemojte klikati na druge poveznice i gumbe dok slanje ne završi.
+ Napomena da za veće datoteke i/ili sporije načine pristupa Internetu proces slanja datoteka može potrajati. Budite strpljivi i nemojte klikati na druge poveznice i gumbe dok slanje ne završi.
</tip>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Trenutni prilozi</title>
<heading>Trenutni prilozi</heading>
<para>
- Ovaj dio stranice prikazuje popis datoteka već priloženih poruci.
+ Ovaj dio stranice prikazuje popis datoteka već priloženih poruci.
</para>
- <heading>Brisanje priloženih datoteka</heading>
+ <heading>Brisanje priloženih datoteka</heading>
<para>
- Za brisanje priloženih datoteka:
+ Za brisanje priloženih datoteka:
</para>
<para>
- Korak 1: Označite kućicu pored priloga koje želite obrisati.
+ Korak 1: Označite kućicu pored priloga koje želite obrisati.
</para>
<para>
- Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
+ Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
</para>
- <heading>Promjena razmještaja priloga</heading>
+ <heading>Promjena razmještaja priloga</heading>
<para>
- Za promjenu razmještaja priloga:
+ Za promjenu razmještaja priloga:
</para>
<para>
- Korak 1: Za svaki prilog postavite željeni razmještaj - "U istoj razini" ili "Prilog".
+ Korak 1: Za svaki prilog postavite željeni razmještaj - "U istoj razini" ili "Prilog".
</para>
<para>
- Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
+ Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
</para>
<heading>Promjena opisa priloga</heading>
<para>
- Za promjenu opisa priloga (tekst koji će primateljima biti prikazan kao opis priloga):
+ Za promjenu opisa priloga (tekst koji će primateljima biti prikazan kao opis priloga):
</para>
<para>
Korak 1: Unesite opis priloga u polje Opis.
</para>
<para>
- Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
+ Korak 2: Kliknite na gumb "Ažuriraj" koji se nalazi iznad popisa trenutnih priloga da bi odmah spremili izmjene ili će izmjene nad prilozima biti automatski izvršene prilikom slanja poruke.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Prioritet</title>
<heading>Prioritet</heading>
<para>
- Postavlja "X-Priority" zaglavlje u odlaznoj poruci. Zaglavlje "X-Priority" je neka vrsta "pseudo standarda" koji podržavaju Netscape, Mozilla, Opera i Outlook klijenti. Klijenti elektroničke pošte koji ne podržavaju ovo zaglavlje će ignorirati ovu informaciju.
+ Postavlja "X-Priority" zaglavlje u odlaznoj poruci. Zaglavlje "X-Priority" je neka vrsta "pseudo standarda" koji podržavaju Netscape, Mozilla, Opera i Outlook klijenti. Klijenti elektroničke pošte koji ne podržavaju ovo zaglavlje će ignorirati ovu informaciju.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Spremi priloge</title>
<para>
- Određuje dali će se prilozi korišteni kod sastavljanja poruke spremiti zajedno sa porukom u mapu s poslanom poštom. Ako je odabrano "Da", prilozi će se spremiti. Ako je odabrano "Ne", prilozi će se obrisati iz poruke nakon slanja svim pošiljateljima a prije spremanja u mapu s poslanom poštom. Opcija "Ne" služi smanjenju zauzeća diskovnog prostora jer se iz poruke prije spremanja brišu potencijalno veliki prilozi.
+ Određuje dali će se prilozi korišteni kod sastavljanja poruke spremiti zajedno sa porukom u mapu s poslanom poštom. Ako je odabrano "Da", prilozi će se spremiti. Ako je odabrano "Ne", prilozi će se obrisati iz poruke nakon slanja svim pošiljateljima a prije spremanja u mapu s poslanom poštom. Opcija "Ne" služi smanjenju zauzeća diskovnog prostora jer se iz poruke prije spremanja brišu potencijalno veliki prilozi.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="compose-link-attachments" md5="63b3841c95aed31b5372f0fa770ee382" state="uptodate">
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Dodaj poveznicu na priloge</title>
<para>
- Određuje dali će se prilozi dodani u poruku poslati zajedno sa porukom ili će ostati spremljeni na poslužitelju. Ako prilozi ostanu spremljeni na poslužitelju, poruka poslana primateljima sadržavati će web poveznicu putem koje je moguće preuzeti priloge. Prednost dodavanja poveznica na priloge je značajno smanjenje veličine poslanih poruka. Nedostatak je što sadržaj priloga možda neće biti dostupan u budućnosti jer nije poslan zajedno sa porukom elektroničke pošte.
+ Određuje dali će se prilozi dodani u poruku poslati zajedno sa porukom ili će ostati spremljeni na poslužitelju. Ako prilozi ostanu spremljeni na poslužitelju, poruka poslana primateljima sadržavati će web poveznicu putem koje je moguće preuzeti priloge. Prednost dodavanja poveznica na priloge je značajno smanjenje veličine poslanih poruka. Nedostatak je što sadržaj priloga možda neće biti dostupan u budućnosti jer nije poslan zajedno sa porukom elektroničke pošte.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="folder-options" md5="08ee3e450a82431727763b9db082ec08" state="uptodate">
<title>Mape: Akcije</title>
<para>
- Mape se odabiru označavanjem kućice ispred imena mape. Nakon označavanja iz padajućeg izbornika moguće je odabrati akciju koja će se primijeniti na odabrane mape.
+ Mape se odabiru označavanjem kućice ispred imena mape. Nakon označavanja iz padajućeg izbornika moguće je odabrati akciju koja će se primijeniti na odabrane mape.
</para>
<heading>Kreiraj</heading>
<para>
- Ako je moguće, stvara novu mapu. Za dodavanje mapu u osnovnoj razini odaberite akciju Kreiraj dok nije odabrana ni jedna mapa. Za dodavanje podmape prvo označite mapu u koju želite dodati podmapu te zatim odaberite akciju Kreiraj.
+ Ako je moguće, stvara novu mapu. Za dodavanje mapu u osnovnoj razini odaberite akciju Kreiraj dok nije odabrana ni jedna mapa. Za dodavanje podmape prvo označite mapu u koju želite dodati podmapu te zatim odaberite akciju Kreiraj.
</para>
<heading>Preimenuj</heading>
<para>
- Mijenja ime mape. Označite mape koje želite preimenovati i odaberite akciju Preimenuj. Prilikom preimenovanja sve podmape preimenovane mape također će biti prebačene u mapu s novim imenom.
+ Mijenja ime mape. Označite mape koje želite preimenovati i odaberite akciju Preimenuj. Prilikom preimenovanja sve podmape preimenovane mape također će biti prebačene u mapu s novim imenom.
</para>
- <heading>Obriši</heading>
+ <heading>Obriši</heading>
<para>
- Briše mapu i sve poruke u njoj. Označite mapu koju želite obrisati i odaberite akciju 'Obriši'. Ako obrisana mapa sadrži podmape one neće biti automatski obrisane. Za brisanje podmapa potrebno ih je označiti prije pokretanja akcije brisanja.
+ Briše mapu i sve poruke u njoj. Označite mapu koju želite obrisati i odaberite akciju 'Obriši'. Ako obrisana mapa sadrži podmape one neće biti automatski obrisane. Za brisanje podmapa potrebno ih je označiti prije pokretanja akcije brisanja.
</para>
<heading>Isprazni</heading>
<para>
- Za brisanje svih poruka u mapi, ali ne i same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Isprazni'.
+ Za brisanje svih poruka u mapi, ali ne i same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Isprazni'.
</para>
- <heading>Pražnjenje</heading>
+ <heading>Pražnjenje</heading>
<para>
- Za čišćenje svih poruka u mapi koje su označene kao obrisane, ali ne i brisanje same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pražnjenje'. Ova akcija dostupna je samo ako se ne koristi mapa za spremanje smeća.
+ Za čišćenje svih poruka u mapi koje su označene kao obrisane, ali ne i brisanje same mape, označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pražnjenje'. Ova akcija dostupna je samo ako se ne koristi mapa za spremanje smeća.
</para>
<heading>Pretplati se/Odjavi pretplatu</heading>
<para>
- Označava mapu kao pretplaćenu ili nepretplaćenu. Pretplaćene mape prikazuju se u popisu mapa. Ove akcije dostupne su samo ako se koristi IMAP pretplata na mape.
+ Označava mapu kao pretplaćenu ili nepretplaćenu. Pretplaćene mape prikazuju se u popisu mapa. Ove akcije dostupne su samo ako se koristi IMAP pretplata na mape.
</para>
<para>
- Za pretplaćivanje na mapu označite željenu mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pretplati se'. Za odjavu pretplate ponovo označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Odjavi pretplatu'.
+ Za pretplaćivanje na mapu označite željenu mapu i odaberite akciju 'Pretplati se'. Za odjavu pretplate ponovo označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Odjavi pretplatu'.
</para>
- <heading>Provjeravaj novu poštu/Ne provjeravaj novu poštu</heading>
+ <heading>Provjeravaj novu poštu/Ne provjeravaj novu poštu</heading>
<para>
- Aktivira provjeru nove pošte za odabrane mape u Navigatoru mapa i bočnoj traci (ako je prikazana).
+ Aktivira provjeru nove pošte za odabrane mape u Navigatoru mapa i bočnoj traci (ako je prikazana).
</para>
<para>
- Za aktiviranje provjere označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Provjeravaj novu poštu'. Za isključivanje provjere nove pošte označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Ne provjeravaj novu poštu'.
+ Za aktiviranje provjere označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Provjeravaj novu poštu'. Za isključivanje provjere nove pošte označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Ne provjeravaj novu poštu'.
</para>
- <heading>Označi sve poruke kao pregledane/nepregledane</heading>
+ <heading>Označi sve poruke kao pregledane/nepregledane</heading>
<para>
- Da bi označili sve poruke kao pregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao pregledane'. Da bi označili sve poruke kao nepregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao nepregledane'.
+ Da bi označili sve poruke kao pregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao pregledane'. Da bi označili sve poruke kao nepregledane označite željene mape i odaberite akciju 'Označi sve poruke kao nepregledane'.
</para>
<heading>Preuzmi</heading>
<para>
- Za preuzimanje svih poruka u mapi kao jedne datoteke (mbox format), označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi'. Za preuzimanje datoteke u Zip komprimiranom formatu odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi [.zip format]'.
+ Za preuzimanje svih poruka u mapi kao jedne datoteke (mbox format), označite mapu i odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi'. Za preuzimanje datoteke u Zip komprimiranom formatu odaberite akciju 'Preuzmi [.zip format]'.
</para>
<heading>Uvezi poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova akcija omogućava uvoz poruka u mbox ili .eml formatu u odabranu mapu. Označite mapu u koju želite uvesti poruke i odaberite ovu akciju. Prikazat će se forma u koju je potrebno unijeti ime mbox ili .eml datoteke sa porukama za uvoz.
+ Ova akcija omogućava uvoz poruka u mbox ili .eml formatu u odabranu mapu. Označite mapu u koju želite uvesti poruke i odaberite ovu akciju. Prikazat će se forma u koju je potrebno unijeti ime mbox ili .eml datoteke sa porukama za uvoz.
</para>
<heading>Obnovi stablo mapa</heading>
<para>
- Provjerava stanje mapa na poslužitelju i osvježava grafički prikaz stabla mapa. Ovu akciju obično nije potrebno pozivati ako poslužitelju elektroničke pošte istovremeno ne pristupate i sa drugim klijentom, te ste u međuvremenu putem tog klijenta izmijenili strukturu mapa.
+ Provjerava stanje mapa na poslužitelju i osvježava grafički prikaz stabla mapa. Ovu akciju obično nije potrebno pozivati ako poslužitelju elektroničke pošte istovremeno ne pristupate i sa drugim klijentom, te ste u međuvremenu putem tog klijenta izmijenili strukturu mapa.
</para>
- <heading>Prikaži/sakrij nepretplaćene</heading>
+ <heading>Prikaži/sakrij nepretplaćene</heading>
<para>
- Ako je uključena IMAP pretplata na mape ova akcija prikazuje/skriva nepretplaćene mape. Da bi se pretplatili/odjavili pretplatu na mapu, označite željenu mapu i iz padajućeg izbornika sa popisom akcija odaberite 'Pretplati se' ili 'Odjavi pretplatu'.
+ Ako je uključena IMAP pretplata na mape ova akcija prikazuje/skriva nepretplaćene mape. Da bi se pretplatili/odjavili pretplatu na mapu, označite željenu mapu i iz padajućeg izbornika sa popisom akcija odaberite 'Pretplati se' ili 'Odjavi pretplatu'.
</para>
- <heading>Proširi sve</heading>
+ <heading>Proširi sve</heading>
<para>
- Prikaži sve podmape.
+ Prikaži sve podmape.
</para>
<heading>Skupi sve</heading>
<para>
<title>Filteri: Primjeni</title>
<heading>Primjeni pravila filtriranja</heading>
<para>
- Klikom na ikonu "Primjeni filtere" pored imena mape INBOX kod prikaza sadržaja poštanskog sandučić pokreće se filtriranje svih poruka prema zadanim pravilima filtriranja.
+ Klikom na ikonu "Primjeni filtere" pored imena mape INBOX kod prikaza sadržaja poštanskog sandučić pokreće se filtriranje svih poruka prema zadanim pravilima filtriranja.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="filter-edit-rules" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27" state="uptodate">
- <title>Filteri: Uređivanje pravila filtriranja</title>
+ <title>Filteri: Uređivanje pravila filtriranja</title>
<heading>Uredi pravila filtriranja</heading>
<para>
- Klikom na "Uredi pravila filtriranja" otvara se stranica na kojoj je moguće dodati, obrisati i izmijeniti trenutno aktivna pravila filtriranja.
+ Klikom na "Uredi pravila filtriranja" otvara se stranica na kojoj je moguće dodati, obrisati i izmijeniti trenutno aktivna pravila filtriranja.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
- <title>Filteri: Uređivanje crne liste</title>
+ <title>Filteri: Uređivanje crne liste</title>
<heading>Uredi crnu listu</heading>
<para>
- Odabirom akcije "Uredi crnu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK odbijate primati poštu.
+ Odabirom akcije "Uredi crnu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK odbijate primati poštu.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Filteri: Uređivanje bijele liste</title>
+ <title>Filteri: Uređivanje bijele liste</title>
<heading>Uredi bijelu listu</heading>
<para>
- Odabirom akcije "Uredi bijelu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK želite primati poštu.
+ Odabirom akcije "Uredi bijelu listu" prikazuje se stranicu na kojoj je moguće dodavati, brisati i izmijeniti popis adresa elektroničke pošte od kojih UVIJEK želite primati poštu.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Filteri: Filtriranje kod prijave</title>
<heading>Primjeni pravila filtriranja kod prijave?</heading>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod prijave u sustav.
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod prijave u sustav.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Filteri: Filtriranje kod pristupa</title>
<heading>Primjeni pravila filtriranja kod prikaza INBOX mape?</heading>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod svakog pristupa poštanskom sandučiću.
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako pravila filtriranja želite primijeniti kod svakog pristupa poštanskom sandučiću.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
<title>Filteri: Filtriranje svih mapa</title>
- <heading>Omogući primjenu filtriranja na bilo koju mapu?</heading>
+ <heading>Omogući primjenu filtriranja na bilo koju mapu?</heading>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako želite omogućiti primjenu pravila filtriranja na bilo kojoj mapi. Uobičajeno se filtriranje primjenjuje samo na nove poruke pristigle u poštanski sandučić. Ako je ova opcija uključena, ikona za filtriranje poruka u trenutnoj mapi pojavit će se za sve mape kod prikaza sadržaja mape. NAPOMENA: Primjena filtriranja na mapama osim poštanskog sandučića može imati za posljedicu neočekivane (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati dostavu još jedne kopije poruke u istu mapu) ili neželjene posljedice (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati micanje ili brisanje poruka ako su od trenutka dostave poruke u mapu izmijenjena pravila filtriranja).
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako želite omogućiti primjenu pravila filtriranja na bilo kojoj mapi. Uobičajeno se filtriranje primjenjuje samo na nove poruke pristigle u poštanski sandučić. Ako je ova opcija uključena, ikona za filtriranje poruka u trenutnoj mapi pojavit će se za sve mape kod prikaza sadržaja mape. NAPOMENA: Primjena filtriranja na mapama osim poštanskog sandučića može imati za posljedicu neočekivane (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati dostavu još jedne kopije poruke u istu mapu) ili neželjene posljedice (npr. filtriranje može uzrokovati micanje ili brisanje poruka ako su od trenutka dostave poruke u mapu izmijenjena pravila filtriranja).
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Priloži javni ključ poruci</title>
- <heading>Priloži javni ključ poruci</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Priloži javni ključ poruci</title>
+ <heading>Priloži javni ključ poruci</heading>
<para>
- Ako je ova opcija uključena u poruku koja se šalje priložit će se i kopija PGP javnog ključa korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). Pretpostavljeno ponašanje može se promijeniti u PGP opcijama.
+ Ako je ova opcija uključena u poruku koja se šalje priložit će se i kopija PGP javnog ključa korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji). Pretpostavljeno ponašanje može se promijeniti u PGP opcijama.
</para>
</entry>
<title>PGP: Pregledaj tekst poruka</title>
<heading>Pregledaj tekst poruka</heading>
<para>
- Ako je ova opcija uključena IMP će pretraživati sadržaj svih tekstualnih poruka za PGP podacima te prikazati rezultate ako su PGP podaci pronađeni. Napomena da ovo može usporiti rad sustava jer se svaka tekstualna poruka mora u cijelosti pregledati da bi se pronašli PGP podaci.
+ Ako je ova opcija uključena IMP će pretraživati sadržaj svih tekstualnih poruka za PGP podacima te prikazati rezultate ako su PGP podaci pronađeni. Napomena da ovo može usporiti rad sustava jer se svaka tekstualna poruka mora u cijelosti pregledati da bi se pronašli PGP podaci.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sastavljanje poruka: Opcije enkripcije</title>
<heading>Bez enkripcije</heading>
<para>
- Šalje poruku bez kriptiranja (čisti tekst).
+ Šalje poruku bez kriptiranja (čisti tekst).
</para>
- <heading>PGP šifriranje poruke</heading>
+ <heading>PGP šifriranje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći PGP i javne ključeve primatelja poruke. Javni ključevi primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se javni ključ primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
+ Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći PGP i javne ključeve primatelja poruke. Javni ključevi primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se javni ključ primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
</para>
<heading>PGP potpisivanje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću PGP-a i privatnog ključa korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen privatni ključ još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. Primatelj poruke mora posjedovati kopiju javnog ključa pošiljatelja da bi mogao provjeriti digitalni potpis na poruci.
+ Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću PGP-a i privatnog ključa korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen privatni ključ još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku. Primatelj poruke mora posjedovati kopiju javnog ključa pošiljatelja da bi mogao provjeriti digitalni potpis na poruci.
</para>
- <heading>PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke</heading>
+ <heading>PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
+ Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
</para>
- <heading>PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom</heading>
+ <heading>PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija poruku prije slanja kriptira koristeći PGP i tajnu lozinku. Prije kriptiranja pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno unijeti lozinku koja će se koristiti za kriptiranje poruke. Lozinku je primatelju poruke potrebno prenijeti nekim sigurnim kanalom kao što je telefon, osobno itd. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
+ Ova opcija poruku prije slanja kriptira koristeći PGP i tajnu lozinku. Prije kriptiranja pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno unijeti lozinku koja će se koristiti za kriptiranje poruke. Lozinku je primatelju poruke potrebno prenijeti nekim sigurnim kanalom kao što je telefon, osobno itd. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
</para>
- <heading>PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom</heading>
+ <heading>PGP potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku koristeći zadanu lozinku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
+ Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku koristeći zadanu lozinku. Pogledati "PGP šifriranje poruke sa tajnom frazom" i "PGP potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
</para>
- <heading>S/MIME šifriranje poruke</heading>
+ <heading>S/MIME šifriranje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći S/MIME i certifikate primatelja poruke. Certifikati primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se certifikat primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
+ Ova opcija prije slanja trenutnu poruku kriptira koristeći S/MIME i certifikate primatelja poruke. Certifikati primatelja MORAJU biti spremljeni u adresaru da bi kriptiranje uspjelo. Ako se certifikat primatelja nalazi u adresaru ali kriptiranje i dalje javlja grešku provjerite dali je adresa elektroničke pošte primatelja jednaka adresi elektroničke pošte spremljenoj u adresar. Podaci dobiveni kriptiranjem sadržaja poruke biti će priloženi poslanoj poruci.
</para>
<heading>S/MIME potpisivanje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću S/MIME-a i certifikata korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen certifikat još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku.
+ Ova opcije služi za digitalno potpisivanje trenutne poruke pomoću S/MIME-a i certifikata korisnika. Ako lozinka s kojom je zaštićen certifikat još nije unesena pojavit će se prozor u koji je potrebno upisati lozinku.
</para>
- <heading>S/MIME potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke</heading>
+ <heading>S/MIME potpisivanje/šifriranje poruke</heading>
<para>
- Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "S/MIME šifriranje poruke" i "S/MIME potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
+ Ova opcija prvo digitalno potpisuje te zatim kriptira poruku. Pogledati "S/MIME šifriranje poruke" i "S/MIME potpisivanje poruke" za detalje.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Pregled</title>
- <heading>Što je PGP?</heading>
+ <heading>Što je PGP?</heading>
<para>
- PGP je alat za sigurnu komunikaciju i čuvanje podataka, a koristi se najčešće za elektroničku poštu. Služi za kriptiranje podataka i digitalno potpisivanje. IMP koristi GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) za ostvarivanje ove funkcionalnosti.
+ PGP je alat za sigurnu komunikaciju i čuvanje podataka, a koristi se najčešće za elektroničku poštu. Služi za kriptiranje podataka i digitalno potpisivanje. IMP koristi GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) za ostvarivanje ove funkcionalnosti.
</para>
<heading>Aktiviraj PGP funkcije</heading>
<para>
- Ako je ova opcija uključena biti će moguće dodati i pregledavati osobne PGP ključeve, dodavati i brisati javne ključeve drugih osoba, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalni potpis na porukama, te slati kriptirane/digitalno potpisane poruke.
+ Ako je ova opcija uključena biti će moguće dodati i pregledavati osobne PGP ključeve, dodavati i brisati javne ključeve drugih osoba, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalni potpis na porukama, te slati kriptirane/digitalno potpisane poruke.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci</title>
- <heading>Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci</title>
+ <heading>Opcije - Priloži javni ključ svakoj poruci</heading>
<para>
- Ako je odabrana ova opcija svakoj poruci koja se šalje priložit će se kopija PGP javnog ključ korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji).
+ Ako je odabrana ova opcija svakoj poruci koja se šalje priložit će se kopija PGP javnog ključ korisnika (ako javni ključ postoji).
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</title>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</title>
<heading>Uvod</heading>
<para>
- Ovaj dio prikazuje listu svih kontakata u adresaru koji imaju uvezen PGP javni ključ. Samo za te korisnike moguće je 1) poslati kritpiranu poruku ili 2) provjeriti digitalni potpis na njihovim porukama.
+ Ovaj dio prikazuje listu svih kontakata u adresaru koji imaju uvezen PGP javni ključ. Samo za te korisnike moguće je 1) poslati kritpiranu poruku ili 2) provjeriti digitalni potpis na njihovim porukama.
</para>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje PGP javni ključ u novom prozoru.
+ Prikazuje PGP javni ključ u novom prozoru.
</para>
<heading>Detalji</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje detalje odabranog PGP javnog ključa.
+ Prikazuje detalje odabranog PGP javnog ključa.
</para>
- <heading>Obriši</heading>
+ <heading>Obriši</heading>
<para>
- Briše odabrani javni ključ iz adresara.
+ Briše odabrani javni ključ iz adresara.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - Uvoz</title>
- <heading>Uvezi javni ključ</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje javnim ključevima - Uvoz</title>
+ <heading>Uvezi javni ključ</heading>
<para>
- Ovaj gumb otvara novi prozor koji služi za uvoz PGP javnih ključeva. Ključ je moguće iskopirati u tekstualno polje ili, ako se ključ nalazi u datoteci na računalu korisnika, prenijeti kao datoteku. Ako je uvoz uspješan ključ se dodaje u adresar korisnika i prozor za uvoz se zatvara. Kod neuspjelog uvoza prikazuje se tekst greške s opisom problema.
+ Ovaj gumb otvara novi prozor koji služi za uvoz PGP javnih ključeva. Ključ je moguće iskopirati u tekstualno polje ili, ako se ključ nalazi u datoteci na računalu korisnika, prenijeti kao datoteku. Ako je uvoz uspješan ključ se dodaje u adresar korisnika i prozor za uvoz se zatvara. Kod neuspjelog uvoza prikazuje se tekst greške s opisom problema.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima</title>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima</title>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Za digitalno potpisivanje poruka i primanje kriptiranih poruka potrebno je posjedovati osobni PGP par javni/privatni ključ.
+ Za digitalno potpisivanje poruka i primanje kriptiranih poruka potrebno je posjedovati osobni PGP par javni/privatni ključ.
</para>
- <heading>Vaš javni ključ</heading>
+ <heading>Vaš javni ključ</heading>
<para>
- Javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama koje vam trebaju slati kriptirane poruke koje samo vi možete dekriptirati (koristeći vaš privatni ključ). Također vaš javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama kojima šaljete digitalno potpisane poruke - javni ključ je potreban za provjeru digitalnog potpisa.
+ Javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama koje vam trebaju slati kriptirane poruke koje samo vi možete dekriptirati (koristeći vaš privatni ključ). Također vaš javni ključ treba biti dostupan svim osobama kojima šaljete digitalno potpisane poruke - javni ključ je potreban za provjeru digitalnog potpisa.
</para>
- <heading>Vaš privatni ključ</heading>
+ <heading>Vaš privatni ključ</heading>
<para>
- Vaš privatni ključ potreban je za dekriptiranje poruka kriptiranih pomoću vašeg javnog ključa. Također vaš privatni ključ se koristi za digitalno potpisivanje poruka koje šaljete. Privatni ključ zaštićen je lozinkom koja se zadaje prilikom generiranja ključa. Zbog to se kod svih akcija koje zahtijevaju korištenje privatnog ključa pojavljuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti samo jednom nakon prijave jer se lozinka pamti sve do odjave (zbog toga je bitno odjaviti se iz sustava).
+ Vaš privatni ključ potreban je za dekriptiranje poruka kriptiranih pomoću vašeg javnog ključa. Također vaš privatni ključ se koristi za digitalno potpisivanje poruka koje šaljete. Privatni ključ zaštićen je lozinkom koja se zadaje prilikom generiranja ključa. Zbog to se kod svih akcija koje zahtijevaju korištenje privatnog ključa pojavljuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti samo jednom nakon prijave jer se lozinka pamti sve do odjave (zbog toga je bitno odjaviti se iz sustava).
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Javni ključ</title>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Javni ključ</title>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje PGP ključ u novom prozoru.
+ Prikazuje PGP ključ u novom prozoru.
</para>
<heading>Detalji</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje informacije o PGP javnom ključu korisnika.
+ Prikazuje informacije o PGP javnom ključu korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Privatni ključ</title>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Privatni ključ</title>
<heading>Unesi lozinku</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Unesena lozinka, ako je ispravna, ostati će zapamćena do odjave iz sustava.
+ Prikazuje dijalog za unos lozinke. Unesena lozinka, ako je ispravna, ostati će zapamćena do odjave iz sustava.
</para>
<heading>Isprazni lozinku</heading>
<para>
- Briše zapamćenu lozinku - svako slijedeće korištenje privatnog ključa zahtjevat će ponovan unos lozinke.
+ Briše zapamćenu lozinku - svako slijedeće korištenje privatnog ključa zahtjevat će ponovan unos lozinke.
</para>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje PGP privatni ključ u novom prozoru. NIKAD NE ŠALJITE OVAJ KLJUČ BILO KOME - ova mogućnost služi samo za izvoz privatnog ključa iz korisničkih postavki u druge programe.
+ Prikazuje PGP privatni ključ u novom prozoru. NIKAD NE ŠALJITE OVAJ KLJUČ BILO KOME - ova mogućnost služi samo za izvoz privatnog ključa iz korisničkih postavki u druge programe.
</para>
<heading>Detalji</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje informacije o PGP privatnom ključu korisnika.
+ Prikazuje informacije o PGP privatnom ključu korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Brisanje</title>
- <heading>Obriši trenutne ključeve</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Upravljanje osobnim ključevima - Brisanje</title>
+ <heading>Obriši trenutne ključeve</heading>
<para>
- Ovaj gumb služi za brisanje osobnog para javni/privatni ključ iz korisničkih postavku.
+ Ovaj gumb služi za brisanje osobnog para javni/privatni ključ iz korisničkih postavku.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Ime</title>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Ime</title>
<heading>Ime</heading>
<para>
- Ime korisnika koje će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje je obavezno.
+ Ime korisnika koje će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje je obavezno.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Komentar</title>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Komentar</title>
<heading>Komentar</heading>
<para>
- Komentar koji će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje nije obavezno.
+ Komentar koji će se dodati u osobni ključ. Ovo polje nije obavezno.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - E-mail adresa</title>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - E-mail adresa</title>
<heading>E-mail adresa</heading>
<para>
- Adresa elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti sa osobnim ključem. Ovo polje je obavezno.
+ Adresa elektroničke pošte koja će se koristiti sa osobnim ključem. Ovo polje je obavezno.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Duljina ključa</title>
- <heading>Duljina ključa</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Duljina ključa</title>
+ <heading>Duljina ključa</heading>
<para>
- Duljina ključa (u bitima) koji će se generirati. Veće duljine pružaju veću zaštitu (ali duže traje da se ključ generira i pomoću njega kriptira). Duljina od 1024 bita je pretpostavljena i pruža vrlo dobru zaštitu.
+ Duljina ključa (u bitima) koji će se generirati. Veće duljine pružaju veću zaštitu (ali duže traje da se ključ generira i pomoću njega kriptira). Duljina od 1024 bita je pretpostavljena i pruža vrlo dobru zaštitu.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Lozinka</title>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Lozinka</title>
<heading>Lozinka</heading>
<para>
- Lozinka koja služi za zaštitu i kriptiranje osobnog tajnog ključa. Trebala bi biti duga bar 6 znakova, različita od lozinke za prijavu, izbjegavati korištenje riječi iz rječnika te sadržavati brojeve i slova. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti dva puta zbog izbjegavanja grešaka u unosu. Ovo polje je obavezno.
+ Lozinka koja služi za zaštitu i kriptiranje osobnog tajnog ključa. Trebala bi biti duga bar 6 znakova, različita od lozinke za prijavu, izbjegavati korištenje riječi iz rječnika te sadržavati brojeve i slova. Lozinku je potrebno unijeti dva puta zbog izbjegavanja grešaka u unosu. Ovo polje je obavezno.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
- <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Akcije</title>
- <heading>Kreiraj ključeve</heading>
+ <title>PGP: Stvaranje osobnog ključa - Akcije</title>
+ <heading>Kreiraj ključeve</heading>
<para>
- Generira i u korisničke postavke sprema par javni/privatni ključ.
+ Generira i u korisničke postavke sprema par javni/privatni ključ.
</para>
- <heading>Uvezi par ključeva</heading>
+ <heading>Uvezi par ključeva</heading>
<para>
- Uvozi par javni/privatni ključ. Klikom na ovaj gumb otvara se novi prozor koji omogućava uvoz postojećeg PGP para javni/privatni ključ. Ključeve je moguće prekopirati u polje za tekst ili prenijeti kao datoteku ako se ključevi nalaze na računalu korisnika. Ako su ključevi ispravni spremit će se u korisničke postavke i prozor će se zatvoriti dok će se za neispravne ključeve prikazati poruka s objašnjenjem zašto uvoz nije uspio.
+ Uvozi par javni/privatni ključ. Klikom na ovaj gumb otvara se novi prozor koji omogućava uvoz postojećeg PGP para javni/privatni ključ. Ključeve je moguće prekopirati u polje za tekst ili prenijeti kao datoteku ako se ključevi nalaze na računalu korisnika. Ako su ključevi ispravni spremit će se u korisničke postavke i prozor će se zatvoriti dok će se za neispravne ključeve prikazati poruka s objašnjenjem zašto uvoz nije uspio.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Pregled</title>
- <heading>Što je S/MIME?</heading>
+ <heading>Što je S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
- S/MIME je sustav u kojem parovi javnih/osobnih ključeva omogućavaju digitalni potpis, privatnost i otkrivanje neovlaštenih izmjena na otvoren i interoperabilan način. S/MIME ostvaruje privatnost kriptirajući poruke tako da ih samo pošiljatelj i zadani primatelji mogu dekriptirati. Putem digitalnog potpisa moguće je provjeriti identitet pošiljatelja poruke. Kriptiranje i digitalni potpis zajedno pomažu otkrivanju neovlaštenih izmjena, te omogućuju primatelju da odredi dali je poruka izmijenjena nakon slanja.
+ S/MIME je sustav u kojem parovi javnih/osobnih ključeva omogućavaju digitalni potpis, privatnost i otkrivanje neovlaštenih izmjena na otvoren i interoperabilan način. S/MIME ostvaruje privatnost kriptirajući poruke tako da ih samo pošiljatelj i zadani primatelji mogu dekriptirati. Putem digitalnog potpisa moguće je provjeriti identitet pošiljatelja poruke. Kriptiranje i digitalni potpis zajedno pomažu otkrivanju neovlaštenih izmjena, te omogućuju primatelju da odredi dali je poruka izmijenjena nakon slanja.
</para>
<heading>Aktivirati S/MIME funkcije</heading>
<para>
- Ako je ova opcija odabrana biti će moguće uvesti osobne S/MIME ključeve, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalne potpise na porukama, te kriptirati/potpisivati poruke koje se šalju.
+ Ako je ova opcija odabrana biti će moguće uvesti osobne S/MIME ključeve, čitati kriptirane poruke, provjeravati digitalne potpise na porukama, te kriptirati/potpisivati poruke koje se šalju.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Osobni ključevi</title>
+ <title>S/MIME: Osobni ključevi</title>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Ukoliko želite digitalno potpisivati poruke ili koristiti kriptiranje poruka potrebno je posjedovati S/MIME par javni/osobni ključ.
+ Ukoliko želite digitalno potpisivati poruke ili koristiti kriptiranje poruka potrebno je posjedovati S/MIME par javni/osobni ključ.
</para>
</entry>
<title>S/MIME: Uvoz osobnog certifikata</title>
<heading>Uvoz osobnog certifikata</heading>
<para>
- Uvozi osobni certifikat iz datoteke u PKCS #12 formatu. PKCS #12 datoteke obično se dobivaju izvozom ključeva iz web preglednika (npr. Internet Explorer, Firefox) ili iz spremišta certifikata operacijskog sustava (npr. Windows XP). Ispravni ključevi biti će dodani u korisničke postavke i prozor za uvoz će se zatvoriti, dok će se za neispravne certifikata pojaviti poruka zašto uvoz nije uspio.
+ Uvozi osobni certifikat iz datoteke u PKCS #12 formatu. PKCS #12 datoteke obično se dobivaju izvozom ključeva iz web preglednika (npr. Internet Explorer, Firefox) ili iz spremišta certifikata operacijskog sustava (npr. Windows XP). Ispravni ključevi biti će dodani u korisničke postavke i prozor za uvoz će se zatvoriti, dok će se za neispravne certifikata pojaviti poruka zašto uvoz nije uspio.
</para>
</entry>
<title>S/MIME: Brisanje osobnog certifikata</title>
<heading>Brisanje osobnog certifikata</heading>
<para>
- Briše osobni certifikat korisnika iz postavki. Nakon brisanja više nije moguće potpisivati S/MIME poruke i čitati S/MIME kriptirane poruke poslane na osobnu adresu korisnika.
+ Briše osobni certifikat korisnika iz postavki. Nakon brisanja više nije moguće potpisivati S/MIME poruke i čitati S/MIME kriptirane poruke poslane na osobnu adresu korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
- <title>S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</title>
- <heading>S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</heading>
+ <title>S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</title>
+ <heading>S/MIME: Upravljanje javnim ključevima</heading>
<para>
- Služi za upravljanje privjeskom javnih S/MIME ključeva.
+ Služi za upravljanje privjeskom javnih S/MIME ključeva.
</para>
<heading>Pregled</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje izvorni tekst javnog ključa.
+ Prikazuje izvorni tekst javnog ključa.
</para>
<heading>Detalji</heading>
<para>
- Prikazuje tehničke detalje javnog ključa.
+ Prikazuje tehničke detalje javnog ključa.
</para>
- <heading>Obriši</heading>
+ <heading>Obriši</heading>
<para>
- Briše odabrani javni ključ iz privjeska. Nakon brisanja javnog ključa korisnika više nije moguće kriptirati poruke za tog korisnika.
+ Briše odabrani javni ključ iz privjeska. Nakon brisanja javnog ključa korisnika više nije moguće kriptirati poruke za tog korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Ispis</title>
<heading>Ispis poruke</heading>
<para>
- Trenutno prikazana poruka može se ispisati klikom na poveznicu "Ispis" iz popisa akcija prikazanog iznad ili ispod poruke. Poruka formatirana za ispis zatim će biti prikazana u novom prozoru. Ovisno u korištenom web pregledniku i operacijskom sustavu možda će se automatski prikazati i dijalog sa opcijama za ispis. Ako se dijalog za ispis ne pojavi moguće ga je otvoriti odabirom izbornika "File" i stavke "Print" u web pregledniku.
+ Trenutno prikazana poruka može se ispisati klikom na poveznicu "Ispis" iz popisa akcija prikazanog iznad ili ispod poruke. Poruka formatirana za ispis zatim će biti prikazana u novom prozoru. Ovisno u korištenom web pregledniku i operacijskom sustavu možda će se automatski prikazati i dijalog sa opcijama za ispis. Ako se dijalog za ispis ne pojavi moguće ga je otvoriti odabirom izbornika "File" i stavke "Print" u web pregledniku.
</para>
</entry>
<title>Sortiranje i niz poruka</title>
<heading>Sortiranje poruka</heading>
<para>
- Prikaz liste poruka moguće je sortirati po bilo kojem stupcu klikom na naziv stupca u zaglavlju stupca. Prijelaz između silaznog i uzlaznog sortiranja postiže se klikom na strelicu u zaglavlju stupca.
+ Prikaz liste poruka moguće je sortirati po bilo kojem stupcu klikom na naziv stupca u zaglavlju stupca. Prijelaz između silaznog i uzlaznog sortiranja postiže se klikom na strelicu u zaglavlju stupca.
</para>
<heading>Niz poruka</heading>
<para>
- Klikom na poveznicu [Niz] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovom, poruke je moguće grupirati po nitima rasprave (temi) tako da je svaka poruka grupirana sa svojim odgovorima. Povratak na uobičajeno sortiranje po naslovu poruke postiže se odabirom poveznice [Naslov] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovima poruka.
+ Klikom na poveznicu [Niz] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovom, poruke je moguće grupirati po nitima rasprave (temi) tako da je svaka poruka grupirana sa svojim odgovorima. Povratak na uobičajeno sortiranje po naslovu poruke postiže se odabirom poveznice [Naslov] u zaglavlju stupca s naslovima poruka.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
- <title>Poruke sa više alternativnih dijelova</title>
+ <title>Poruke sa više alternativnih dijelova</title>
<para>
- Ponekad primljene poruke imaju postavljen tip poruke na "multipart/alternative". Takve poruke sastoje se od više dijelova koji svi prikazuju ISTI SADRŽAJ ali u RAZLIČITIM FORMATIMA. Webmail će u tom slučaju prikazati posljednji dio poruke koji se može prikazati u web pregledniku, ako takav dio uopće postoji. Svi ostali formati dostupni su preko stavke "Alternativni dijelovi ovog bloka" i mogu se pojedinačno pregledati i preuzeti. Važno je ponoviti da alternativni dijelovi imaju ISTI SADRŽAJ kao prikazani i razlikuju se samo u načinu formatiranja (npr. čisti tekst i HTML formatiranje).
+ Ponekad primljene poruke imaju postavljen tip poruke na "multipart/alternative". Takve poruke sastoje se od više dijelova koji svi prikazuju ISTI SADRŽAJ ali u RAZLIČITIM FORMATIMA. Webmail će u tom slučaju prikazati posljednji dio poruke koji se može prikazati u web pregledniku, ako takav dio uopće postoji. Svi ostali formati dostupni su preko stavke "Alternativni dijelovi ovog bloka" i mogu se pojedinačno pregledati i preuzeti. Važno je ponoviti da alternativni dijelovi imaju ISTI SADRŽAJ kao prikazani i razlikuju se samo u načinu formatiranja (npr. čisti tekst i HTML formatiranje).
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Preimenovati mapu poslana-pošta početkom mjeseca</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Preimenovati mapu poslana-pošta početkom mjeseca</title>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako želite preimenovati mapu poslane pošte početkom svakom mjeseca. Nakon preimenovanja (u ime koje sadrži mjesec i godinu) napravit će se nova mapa za poslanu poštu.
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako želite preimenovati mapu poslane pošte početkom svakom mjeseca. Nakon preimenovanja (u ime koje sadrži mjesec i godinu) napravit će se nova mapa za poslanu poštu.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati mape stare poslane pošte početkom mjeseca</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati mape stare poslane pošte početkom mjeseca</title>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare mape s poslanom poštom početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika.
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare mape s poslanom poštom početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje mapa poslane pošte</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje mapa poslane pošte</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno brisanje mapa sa starom poslanom poštom, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju stare mape sa poslanom poštom? Mape starije od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisane.
+ Ako je uključeno brisanje mapa sa starom poslanom poštom, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju stare mape sa poslanom poštom? Mape starije od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisane.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" md5="7b37c534aaaec6b43589f15845cf0273" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisati stare poruke iz mape s poslanim porukama</title>
<para>
- Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti mape s poslanom poštom.
+ Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti mape s poslanom poštom.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" md5="423f3c1b0645cee1bc58e6e22a6d8b68" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često brisati poslane poruke</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često brisati poslane poruke</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, koliko često se brišu poslane poruke?
+ Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, koliko često se brišu poslane poruke?
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" md5="fcba2b7e5da61a7fdda7970f926f8d8a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poslanih poruka</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poslanih poruka</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana bit će obrisane.
+ Ako je uključeno brisanje poruka iz mapa s poslanom poštom, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana bit će obrisane.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati povezane priloge početkom mjeseca</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Obrisati povezane priloge početkom mjeseca</title>
<para>
- Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare povezane priloge početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika.
+ Uključite ovu opciju ako želite obrisati stare povezane priloge početkom svakog mjeseca. Ovo može biti korisno ako je na poslužitelju elektroničke pošte postavljeno ograničenje zauzeća prostora korisnika.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje starih povezanih priloga</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj mjeseci za čuvanje starih povezanih priloga</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno brisanje starih povezanih priloga početkom svakog mjeseca, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju prilozi? Prilozi stariji od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisani.
+ Ako je uključeno brisanje starih povezanih priloga početkom svakog mjeseca, koliko mjeseci se čuvaju prilozi? Prilozi stariji od zadanog broja mjeseci biti će obrisani.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Smeće</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Smeće</title>
<para>
- Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa smećem.
+ Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa smećem.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Smeće</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Smeće</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, koliko često ju treba prazniti?
+ Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, koliko često ju treba prazniti?
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poruka u Smeću</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje poruka u Smeću</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane.
+ Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Smeće, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" md5="9cabaf3500d3316054db045cf5339f5e" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Brisanje poruka iz mape Spam</title>
<para>
- Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa neželjenim porukama.
+ Želite li s vremena na vrijeme očistiti poruke iz mape sa neželjenim porukama.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" md5="fe0f7289693d19bd386638e25beeb276" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Spam</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Koliko često prazniti Spam</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, koliko često ju treba prazniti?
+ Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, koliko često ju treba prazniti?
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" md5="f4748aba20cf4a9b6ce92822bd185de6" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje Spam poruka</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prijavni zadaci: Broj dana za čuvanje Spam poruka</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane.
+ Ako je uključeno čišćenje mape Spam, poruke starije od zadanog broja dana biti će obrisane.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Sastavljanje poruka: Citiranje kod odgovora</title>
<para>
- Ovdje je moguće unijeti frazu za koju želite da se pojavi prije citiranog teksta kad odgovarate na poruku.
+ Ovdje je moguće unijeti frazu za koju želite da se pojavi prije citiranog teksta kad odgovarate na poruku.
</para>
<para>
- U frazu je putem jedne ili više zamjena moguće dodati informacije o poruci na koju se odgovara. Zamjene se sastoje od simbola '%' i jednog slova. Na raspolaganju su sljedeće zamjene:
+ U frazu je putem jedne ili više zamjena moguće dodati informacije o poruci na koju se odgovara. Zamjene se sastoje od simbola '%' i jednog slova. Na raspolaganju su sljedeće zamjene:
</para>
- <para> %f : Ime i adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja</para>
- <para> %a : Adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja</para>
- <para> %p : Ime pošiljatelja</para>
+ <para> %f : Ime i adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja</para>
+ <para> %a : Adresa elektroničke pošte pošiljatelja</para>
+ <para> %p : Ime pošiljatelja</para>
<para> %r : Datum i vrijeme u punom RFC 2822 formatu</para>
<para> %d : Datum u obliku ddd, dd mmm GGGG</para>
<para> %x : Lokalizirani oblik datuma</para>
<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" md5="4ef4fb2090e703f6f8e03f39ab96e717" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Podrazumijevani skup znakova za primljene poruke</title>
<para>
- Postavlja pretpostavljeni skup znakova koji se koristi za tekstualne dijelove poruka koji nemaju eksplicitno definiran skup znakova. Prema RFC 2045 poruke bez postavljenog seta znakova prikazuju se koristeći 'US-ASCII' skup znakova. Ponekad se dešava da neispravni klijenti elektroničke pošte šalju tekstualne poruke u nekom drugom skupu znakova bez postavljanja odgovarajućih parametara u zaglavlju poruke. Postavite ovaj parametar na skup znakova koji će se koristiti za primljene poruke. Odabirom vrijednosti "Podrazumijevano" koristit će se MIME postavke.
+ Postavlja pretpostavljeni skup znakova koji se koristi za tekstualne dijelove poruka koji nemaju eksplicitno definiran skup znakova. Prema RFC 2045 poruke bez postavljenog seta znakova prikazuju se koristeći 'US-ASCII' skup znakova. Ponekad se dešava da neispravni klijenti elektroničke pošte šalju tekstualne poruke u nekom drugom skupu znakova bez postavljanja odgovarajućih parametara u zaglavlju poruke. Postavite ovaj parametar na skup znakova koji će se koristiti za primljene poruke. Odabirom vrijednosti "Podrazumijevano" koristit će se MIME postavke.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o pročitanome</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o pročitanome</title>
<para>
- "Potvrda o pročitanome" šalje zahtjev primatelju da pošalje obavijest kada je poruka prikazana. Svi klijenti ne podržavaju i uvažavaju ovu opciju.
+ "Potvrda o pročitanome" šalje zahtjev primatelju da pošalje obavijest kada je poruka prikazana. Svi klijenti ne podržavaju i uvažavaju ovu opciju.
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome</title>
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
+ <title>Opcije: Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome</title>
<para>
- "Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome" šalje MDN (Message Disposition Notification) obavijest kada korisnik otvori poruku za koju je pošiljatelj tražio potvrdu o pročitanome. U većini slučajeve ovo se dešava automatski, bez potvrde korisnika. U određenim izoliranim slučajevima, korisnik treba odlučiti o slanju potvrde klikom na ponuđenu poveznicu.
+ "Pošalji potvrdu o pročitanome" šalje MDN (Message Disposition Notification) obavijest kada korisnik otvori poruku za koju je pošiljatelj tražio potvrdu o pročitanome. U većini slučajeve ovo se dešava automatski, bez potvrde korisnika. U određenim izoliranim slučajevima, korisnik treba odlučiti o slanju potvrde klikom na ponuđenu poveznicu.
</para>
-</entry>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci</title>
<para>
- "Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci" šalje zahtjev primateljevom poslužitelju elektroničke pošte da obavijesti pošiljatelja kada je poruka isporučena u primateljev poštanski sandučić. To ne znači sa je primatelj pročitao poruku, već samo da poruka čeka u poštanskom sandučiću. Svi poslužitelji elektroničke pošte ne podržavaju ovu mogućnost.
+ "Zatraži potvrdu o isporuci" šalje zahtjev primateljevom poslužitelju elektroničke pošte da obavijesti pošiljatelja kada je poruka isporučena u primateljev poštanski sandučić. To ne znači sa je primatelj pročitao poruku, već samo da poruka čeka u poštanskom sandučiću. Svi poslužitelji elektroničke pošte ne podržavaju ovu mogućnost.
</para>
</entry>
-<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="uptodate">
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" md5="cefa8b52e09b0ada90e0889a3959efea" state="changed">
<title>Opcije: Brisanje Spam poruka nakon prijave</title>
<para>
- Nakon prijave poruke kao Spam ili Ne-spam moguće su sljedeće akcije.
+ Nakon prijave poruke kao Spam ili Ne-spam moguće su sljedeće akcije.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Prvo, moguće je ne dirati poruku - poruka je prijavljena kao spam ili ne-spam ali ostaje u svojoj trenutnoj mapi.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Drugo, ako je poruka prijavljena kao spam, poruka se odmah briše. Ova postavka ne utječe na poruke prijavljene kao ne-spam.
</para>
<para>
- Prvo, moguće je ne dirati poruku - poruka je prijavljena kao spam ili ne-spam ali ostaje u svojoj trenutnoj mapi.
+ Treće, nakon prijave poruke kao spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u mapu za neželjene poruke. Ako je poruka prijavljena kao ne-spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u poštanski sandučić.
+ </para>
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report">
+ <title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as spam.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as spam but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as spam, you can instead have the message be immediately deleted.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
</para>
<para>
- Drugo, ako je poruka prijavljena kao spam, poruka se odmah briše. Ova postavka ne utječe na poruke prijavljene kao ne-spam.
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
</para>
<para>
- Treće, nakon prijave poruke kao spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u mapu za neželjene poruke. Ako je poruka prijavljena kao ne-spam, poruka se briše iz trenutne mape i sprema u poštanski sandučić.
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Blokiraj HTML slike</title>
<para>
- Trebaju li kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka slike biti blokirane dok se ne zatraži njihov pregled? Napomena da će kod pregleda HTML priloga slike uvijek biti prikazane.
+ Trebaju li kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka slike biti blokirane dok se ne zatraži njihov pregled? Napomena da će kod pregleda HTML priloga slike uvijek biti prikazane.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Prikaži HTML slike za pošiljatelje iz adresara</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Prikaži HTML slike za pošiljatelje iz adresara</title>
<para>
- Ako je uključeno blokiranje slika kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka, trebaju li se slike ipak prikazati ako se pošiljatelj već nalazi u adresaru korisnika?
+ Ako je uključeno blokiranje slika kod ugrađenog prikaza HTML poruka, trebaju li se slike ipak prikazati ako se pošiljatelj već nalazi u adresaru korisnika?
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="62fcc38a15f54dae7eb8bdafa93ed341" state="uptodate">
- <title>Opcije: Početna stranica prikaza mape</title>
+ <title>Opcije: Početna stranica prikaza mape</title>
<para>
- Određuje koji će se dio poruka u mapi prikazati kod prvog pristupa mapi.
+ Određuje koji će se dio poruka u mapi prikazati kod prvog pristupa mapi.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
<title>Opcije: Spremanje priloga poslanih poruka</title>
<para>
- Ako se poslane poruke spremaju u mapu s poslanim porukama, ova opcija određuje dali se spremaju i prilozi. Dostupne su slijedeće opcije:
+ Ako se poslane poruke spremaju u mapu s poslanim porukama, ova opcija određuje dali se spremaju i prilozi. Dostupne su slijedeće opcije:
</para>
<para>* "Uvijek spremi priloge" - NIKAD ne pita za spremanje priloga kod pisanja poruke; prilozi se UVIJEK spremaju sa poslanom porukom.</para>
- <para>* "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je DA" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je spremanje priloga s porukom.</para>
- <para>* "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je NE" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je da se prilog ne sprema s porukom.</para>
+ <para>* "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je DA" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je spremanje priloga s porukom.</para>
+ <para>* "Upitaj svaki put kada se šalje prilog; zadano je NE" - UVIJEK pita dali treba spremiti prilog kod pisanja poruke; zadano je da se prilog ne sprema s porukom.</para>
<para>* "Nikad ne spremaj priloge" - NIKAD ne pita za spremanje priloga kod pisanja poruke; prilozi se NIKAD ne spremaju sa poslanom porukom.</para>
</entry>
<entry id="virtual_inbox" md5="a91e01732bb8129cbc6a7f5c6dca3ab3" state="uptodate">
- <title>Mape: Virtualni sandučić</title>
+ <title>Mape: Virtualni sandučić</title>
<para>
- Virtualni sandučić je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu pregledavanja mapa u potrazi za novim porukama. Umjesto toga, sve pretplaćene mape se pretražuju za novim porukama i pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno.
+ Virtualni sandučić je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu pregledavanja mapa u potrazi za novim porukama. Umjesto toga, sve pretplaćene mape se pretražuju za novim porukama i pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno.
</para>
</entry>
<entry id="virtual_trash" md5="b83f73ed56dff0addcbd4702e5a21a3d" state="uptodate">
- <title>Mape: Virtualno smeće</title>
+ <title>Mape: Virtualno smeće</title>
<para>
- Virtualno smeće je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu za posebnom mapom za obrisane poruke. Umjesto premještanja obrisanih poruka u centraliziranu mapu za smeće, poruke se samo označavaju kao obrisane u mapama gdje se nalaze. Ako se isključi opcija prikaz obrisanih poruka, obrisane poruke se više neće vidjeti u popisu poruka. Odabirom mape Virtualno smeće, sve mape se pretražuju za porukama koje su označene kao obrisane i sve pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno.
+ Virtualno smeće je spremljena pretraga koja uklanja potrebu za posebnom mapom za obrisane poruke. Umjesto premještanja obrisanih poruka u centraliziranu mapu za smeće, poruke se samo označavaju kao obrisane u mapama gdje se nalaze. Ako se isključi opcija prikaz obrisanih poruka, obrisane poruke se više neće vidjeti u popisu poruka. Odabirom mape Virtualno smeće, sve mape se pretražuju za porukama koje su označene kao obrisane i sve pronađene poruke se prikazuju zajedno.
</para>
</entry>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: funkciógombok</title>
<heading>Funkciógombok</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: A feladó azonosítója</title>
<heading>"A feladó azonosítója"</heading>
<para>
Depending on your setup you can choose from a drop down list an identity that you entered under "Options->Personal Information", or you can enter the mail address in a text field that you want to use as the sender of this message.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Címzett</title>
<heading>"Címzett"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc (carbon copy, másolat)"</heading>
<para>
Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc (blind carbon copy, titkos másolat)"</heading>
<para>
Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Tárgy</title>
<heading>"Tárgy"</heading>
<para>
Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Opciók</title>
<heading>"Opciók"</heading>
<para>
Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. In your options you can also setup maintenance tasks that empty or rename these folders periodically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Levélírás: Mellékletek</title>
<heading>"Mellékletek"</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Click "Update Attachment Information".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>Priority</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Keresés a levelek között</title>
- <heading>A keresés módja</heading>
- <para>
- A levelei között többféle szempont szerint is végezhet keresést.
- </para>
- <para>1. lépés:
- Írjuk be a megfelelő mezőbe a keresési kritériumot. A 'Feladó',
- 'Címzett', 'Cc' mezőkbe az email cím egy részlete is írható, a tárgy
- ill. levéltörzs részbe pedig egy szó vagy szórészlet írható.
- </para>
- <para>2. lépés:
- Ha szükséges, adja meg, hogy milyen jelzetű levelekre kívánja a keresést
- leszűkíteni.
- </para>
- <para>3. lépés:
- Adja meg, hogy melyik mappákra kívánja a keresést leszűkíteni.
- </para>
- <para>4. lépés:
- Kattintson a "Keresés" gombra.
- </para>
- <para>
- Amennyiben eredményes volt a keresés, a talált levelek tárgyai
- kilistázódnak a "Keresés eredménye" c. ablakban.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Mappák</title>
<heading>Mappákkal végzett műveletek</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Szűrők: Alkalmazás</title>
<heading>A szűrők bekapcsolása</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all messages according to the specified rules.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Passphrase</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Azioni</title>
<heading>Azioni</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Da</title>
<heading>"Da"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio : A</title>
<heading>"A"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Oggetto</title>
<heading>"Oggetto"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio: Opzioni</title>
<heading>"Opzioni"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Composizione Messaggio : Allegati</title>
<heading>"Allegati"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Ricerca Messaggio </title>
- <heading>Criterio di Ricerca</heading>
- <para>
- Ancora in fase di stesura.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Gestione Cartelle</title>
<heading>Opzioni Cartella</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filtri: Applica</title>
<heading>Applica Regole di Filtro</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Bewerkingen</title>
<heading>Bewerkingen</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Van</title>
<heading>"Van"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Aan</title>
<heading>"Aan"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Onderwerp</title>
<heading>"Onderwerp"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Opties</title>
<heading>"Opties"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Nieuw bericht: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Zoeken</title>
- <heading>Zoekcriteria</heading>
- <para>
- Deze helptekst moet nog geschreven worden.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Mappen: Mapnavigator</title>
<heading>Mapnavigator</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Toepassen</title>
<heading>Filterregels toepassen</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="changed" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="changed" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Ações</title>
<heading>Ações</heading>
<para>
<para>
"Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-buttons">
+ <title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ "Send Message" transmits your email message to the intended recipient(s). Make sure you do want to send your message as this action is final and cannot be reversed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ "Save Draft" places an unfinished message in a folder called "Drafts" accessible through the folder drop-down box at the top-right of your screen. You can then finish the message later by switching to the "Drafts" folder, clicking on the saved message to open it, and then clicking on "Resume". Be sure to put a subject on the email before you save the draft so that you can easily identify which message you want within the Drafts folder.
+ </para>
+ <tip>
+ Depending on your installation, you can change in your preferences whether you are returned to the last folder you were viewing or back to the same message after saving a message as a draft.
+ </tip>
+ <para>
+ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="changed" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="changed" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: De</title>
<heading>"De"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-from">
+ <title>Message Composition: From</title>
+ <heading>From</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="uptodate" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="uptodate" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Para</title>
<heading>"Para"</heading>
<para>
Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) do(s) destinatário(s) para sua mensagem. Você deve separar cada endereço com uma vírgula. Outro tipo de pontuação resultará em erro. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "To:" na mensagem a ser enviada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="uptodate" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="uptodate" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) do(s) destinatário(s) que receberão uma cópia carbono de sua mensagem. Separe cada endereço com uma vírgula. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "Cc:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Cópias Carbono são geralmente enviadas para outras pessoas que não as contatadas diretamente mas também são importantes destinatários para a mensagem, geralmente alguém indiretamente envolvido no assunto da mensagem. Ambos tipos de destinatários, "Para:" e "Cc:", podem ver toda a lista de endereços de ambos os tipos.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="uptodate" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="uptodate" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Cco</title>
<heading>"Cco"</heading>
<para>
Preencha corretamente o(s) endereço(s) daqueles que receberão uma cópia carbono oculta de sua mensagem. Você deve separar cada endereço com uma vírgula, outro tipo de pontuação resultará em erro. O(s) endereço(s) preenchido(s) constará(ão) do campo "Bcc:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Cópias carbono ocultas são geralmente enviadas para pessoas que não os destinatários diretos e indiretos ("Para:" e "Cc:") que precisam ler o que está sendo escrito mas sem o conhecimento dos outros destinatários da mensagem. Somente eles e você saberão que eles receberam uma cópia da mensagem. Você geralmente usa esta opção para informar um superior que você está dizendo algo para uma pessoa, porém sem alarmá-la.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="uptodate" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="uptodate" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Título</title>
<heading>"Assunto"</heading>
<para>
Preencha o assunto de sua mensagem. O texto preenchido constará do campo "Subject:" na mensagem a ser enviada. Seja breve, simples e descritivo. A linha Assunto é a forma mais fácil de você e seus correspondentes se lembrarem do que se tratava a mensagem e é muito importante para organizar suas mensagens e encontrar as importantes mais tarde. Também, quando você 'Responder' ou 'Encaminhar' esta mensagem, o Assunto será copiado para a nova mensagem e esta é uma forma de dizer quais mensagens formam a "discussão" de uma conversação. Entretando, se sua resposta ou encaminhamento contém novas idéias, você pode querer adicionar pequenas modificaçõs ao assunto, assim os destinatários podem seguir o progresso da "discussão".
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="uptodate" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="uptodate" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Opções</title>
<heading>"Opções"</heading>
<para>
Ative o botão ao lado de "Salvar uma cópia em" para salvar uma cópia desta mensagem na sua pasta "Enviados". Salve cópias de mensagens importantes que você envia para você ter referências posteriores e para você ter um registro preciso do que você disse. Nós não recomendamos você gravar todas as mensagens, pois sua caixa-postal encherá rapidamente (especialmente quando você envia anexos) o deixando inapto a receber novas mensagens. Você pode, entretanto, deixar esta opcção sempre ligada utilizando 'Opções' na na barra de navegação ao topo. Tome cuidado ao utilizar esta opção, pois você terá que periodicamente limpar a pasta de mensagens enviadas ou isto deixará sua caixa-postal cheia e inutilizável.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="changed" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="changed" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Anexos</title>
<heading>"Anexos"</heading>
<para>
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="uptodate" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="uptodate" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Prioridade</title>
<heading>Prioridade</heading>
<para>
Inseri o cabeçalho "X-Priority" nas mensagens a serem enviadas. O cabeçalho "X-Priority" é um tipo de "pseudo padrão" ao qual os clientes de correio Netscape, Mozilla, Opera e Outlook parecem estar de acordo. Qualquer cliente de correio que não lida com este cabeçalho simplesmente o ignorará.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="uptodate" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d">
<title>Composição de Mensagens: Salvar Anexos</title>
<para>
Determina se os anexos em sua composição são salvos com a mensagem quando armazenados na pasta "Enviados". Se "SIM", os dados do anexo serão salvos. Se "NÃO", os dados do anexo serão removidos da mensagem após ela ser enviada para todos os destinatários. Escolhendo "Não" ajudará a conservar espaço em disco ao remover anexos (potencialmente grandes) de suas mensagens.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="changed" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32">
- <title>Procurar</title>
- <heading>Critérios da Procura</heading>
- <para>
- Você pode procurar por mensagens em suas pastas utilizando diferentes critérios de busca.
- </para>
- <para>Passo 1: Preencha o texto para os campos que você quer adicionar ao critério de busca.
- </para>
- <para>Passo 2: Escolha o(s) marcador(es) da(s) mensagem(ns) que você quer adicionar ao critério de busca.
- </para>
- <para>Passo 3: Escolha a(s) pasta(s) onde procurar as mensagens.
- </para>
- <para>Passo 4: Clique em "Enviar".
- </para>
- <para>
- Se alguma mensagem for encontrada, os assuntos destas mensagens serão exibidos em "Resultados da Procura".
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="changed" md5="6dacfa974548b8c2fe68c6426ed41576">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="changed" md5="6dacfa974548b8c2fe68c6426ed41576">
<title>Gerenciamento de Pastas</title>
<heading>Navegador de Pastas</heading>
<para>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
+ <para>
+ You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Create</heading>
+ <para>
+ Create a new folder, if possible. To create a folder in the base level, select 'Create' without selecting a folder in the left column. To create a subfolder in a currently existing folder, select the existing folder in the left column before selecting 'Create'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rename</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rename a folder. To rename, select the folders in the left column to rename and click 'Rename'. When renaming, all subfolders will automatically be renamed.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Delete</heading>
+ <para>
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Delete'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Empty</heading>
+ <para>
+ To delete all messages inside a folder, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Purge</heading>
+ <para>
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Purge'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
+ <para>
+ Flags a folder as either subscribed or unsubscribed. When a folder is subscribed, it will appear in all drop down folder lists. These options only appear if using IMAP folder subscriptions.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To subscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Subscribe'. To unsubscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Unsubscribe'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Check for New Mail/Do Not Check for New Mail</heading>
+ <para>
+ Flags a folder to be checked for new mail in the Folder Navigator and the sidebar (if activated).
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ To set this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Check for New Mail'. To unset this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Do Not Check for New Mail'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Mark All Messages as Seen/Unseen</heading>
+ <para>
+ To mark all messages in a folder as seen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Seen'. To mark all messages in a folder as unseen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Unseen'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Download</heading>
+ <para>
+ To download all messages in a folder in a single file (mbox format), select the folder in the left column and click 'Download'. To download the file in ZIP compressed format, instead select 'Download [.zip format].
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder via the left column to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rebuild Folder Tree</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
+ </para>
+
+ <heading>Show/Hide Unsubscribed</heading>
+ <para>
+ If using IMAP folder subscriptions, show/hide the unsubscribed folders. To subscribe/unsubscribe to a folder, select the checkbox next to the foldername and use the Subscribe/Unsubscribe action in the Folder Action drop-down menu.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Expand All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Expand all folder entries.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Collapse All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Collapse all folder entries.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="uptodate" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="uptodate" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2">
<title>Filtros: Aplicar</title>
<heading>Aplicar Filtros</heading>
<para>
Clique no ícone "Aplicar Filtro em" ao lado do nome da pasta na visualização da caixa postal para filtrar todas as mensagens não excluídas de acordo com as regras especificadas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="uptodate" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="uptodate" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27">
<title>Filtros: Editar Regras de Filtro</title>
<heading>Editar Suas Regras de Filtros</heading>
<para>
Clique em "Editar suas regras de filtro" para ir para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar o conjunto de regras de filtro que estejam ativas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="uptodate" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="uptodate" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc">
<title>Filtros: Editar Lista Negra</title>
<heading>Editar Sua Lista Negra</heading>
<para>
Clique em "Editar sua lista negra" para ir para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar a lista de endereços de e-mail de remetentes de quem você SEMPRE vai recusar mensagens.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="uptodate" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="uptodate" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f">
<title>Filtros: Editar Lista Branca</title>
<heading>Editar Sua Lista Branca</heading>
<para>
Clique em "Editar sua lista branca" para ser encaminhado para a página onde você pode adicionar, excluir e editar a lista de endereços de remetentes de quem você SEMPRE vai aceitar mensagens.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="uptodate" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="uptodate" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb">
<title>Filtros: Filtrar ao conectar</title>
<heading>Aplicar Regras de Filtro ao Conectar?</heading>
<para>
Ative esta opção para sempre aplicar filtros quando conectar ao IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="uptodate" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="uptodate" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291">
<title>Filtros: Filtrar ao Atualizar</title>
<heading>Aplicar regras de filtro sempre que a Caixa de Entrada for exibida?</heading>
<para>
Ative esta opção para sempre aplicar filtros ao exibir a Caixa de Entrada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="uptodate" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="uptodate" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6">
<title>Filtros: Filtrar qualquer Caixa Postal</title>
<heading>Aplicar regras de filtro em qualquer caixa postal?</heading>
<para>
Ative esta opção se você deseja permitir aplicar regras de filtro em qualquer caixa postal. Normalmente, regras de filtro se aplicam somente a novas mensagens que são entregues em sua Caixa de Entrada. Se esta opção estiver ativa, um ícone aparecerá em todas as páginas da caixa postal permitindo você aplicar regras de filtro em todas as mensagens na caixa postal atual. NOTA: Filtrar em outras caixas postais que não a Caixa de Entrada pode produzir resultados estranhos (ex.: o filtro pode fazer com que uma cópia da mensagem seja entregue para a mesma caixa postal) e/ou indesejados (ex.: isto pode fazer com que mensagens sejam movidas/excluídas se uma nova regra de filtro foi implementada desde a mensagem ter sido entregue na caixa postal atual).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d">
<title>PGP: Anexar Chave Pública</title>
<heading>Anexar Chave Pública</heading>
<para>
Se selecionado, uma cópia de sua chave publica PGP, se existir, será anexada nas mensagens que você enviar. Você pode configurar um comportamento padrão na tela de Opções de PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="uptodate" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="uptodate" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b">
<title>PGP: Examinar Corpo das Mensagens</title>
<heading>Examinar Corpo das Mensagens</heading>
<para>
Se selecionado, IMP examinará o corpo de todas as mensagens texto procurando por informações PGP, e mostrará os resultados caso seja encontrado. Note que isto pode degradar o sistema já que toda mensagem será examinada por completo a procura de informações PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="changed" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="changed" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71">
<title>Composição de Mensagem: Opções de Criptografia</title>
<heading>Sem Criptografia</heading>
<para>
<para>
This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
+ <title>Message Composition: Encryption Options</title>
+ <heading>No Encryption</heading>
+ <para>
+ Send the message with no encryption (cleartext).
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and the recipients personal public key, and then send it. You MUST have the public key of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the public key for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the public key is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using PGP and your personal private key. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your private key during this session you will be prompted for it. The recipient must have a copy of your public key to digitally verify your signature.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "PGP Encrypt Message" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and a passphrase, and then send it. You will be prompted for the passphrase that should be used for the encryption. Give the passphrase to the recipient through a secure channel e.g. personally, by phone, etc. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output with a passphrase. See the "PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using S/MIME and the recipients certificate, and then send it. You MUST have the certificate of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the certificate for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the certificate is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using S/MIME and your certificate. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your certificate during this session you will be prompted for it.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="uptodate" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="uptodate" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d">
<title>PGP: Visão Geral</title>
<heading>O que é PGP?</heading>
<para>
Se esta opção estiver selecionada, você será apto a criar/visualizar suas chaves pessoais PGP, adicionar/excluir chaves públicas de outras pessoas, ler mensagens criptografadas, verificar mensagens assinadas digitalmente e criptografar/assinar suas mensagens ao enviar.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6">
<title>PGP: Opções - Anexar Chave Pública</title>
<heading>Opções - Anexar Chave Pública</heading>
<para>
Se selecionado, uma cópia de sua chave publica PGP, se existir, será por padrão anexada a todas as mensagens enviadas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Públicas</title>
<heading>Visão Geral</heading>
<para>
Exclui a chave pública de seu catálogo de endereços.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Públicas - Importar</title>
<heading>Importar Chave Pública</heading>
<para>
Este botão abrirá uma janela onde você pode manualmente importar uma chave pública PGP. A chave pode ser colada dentro do campo texto ou, se a chave pública estiver em um arquivo no seu computador, você pode importá-la. Se a chave pública for válida ela será inserida em seu catálogo de endereços e a janela fechará; se não for válida, uma mensagem de erro será retornada explicando o porquê.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="uptodate" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="uptodate" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais</title>
<heading>Visão Geral</heading>
<para>
Sua chave privada é necessária para descriptografar uma mensagem criptografada utilizando sua chave pública. Adicionalmente, sua chave privada é necessária se você deseja assinar digitalmente uma mensagem. Sua chave privada será protegida por uma senha criada quando a chave foi gerada. Assim, para executar qualquer atividade que requeira sua chave privada, o IMP lhe solicitará sua senha. Você necessita inserir sua senha somente uma vez por sessão - o IMP armazenará sua senha até você desconectar (Certifique-se de desconectar!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="uptodate" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="uptodate" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Privadas - Chaves Públicas</title>
<heading>Ver</heading>
<para>
Exibe alguns detalhes sobre sua chave pública PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="uptodate" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="uptodate" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais - Chaves Privadas</title>
<heading>Forneça a Senha</heading>
<para>
Exibe alguns detalhes sobre a chave privada PGP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="uptodate" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="uptodate" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce">
<title>PGP: Gerenciando Chaves Pessoais - Excluir</title>
<heading>Excluir Chaves Atuais</heading>
<para>
Este botão excluirá seu par pessoal de chaves pública/privada das preferências do IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="uptodate" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="uptodate" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Nome</title>
<heading>Nome</heading>
<para>
O nome que você quer associar às suas chaves pessoais. Campo obrigatório.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="uptodate" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="uptodate" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Comentário</title>
<heading>Comentário</heading>
<para>
Um comentário a ser associado às suas chaves privadas. Campo opcional.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="uptodate" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="uptodate" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Endereço de E-mail</title>
<heading>Endereço de E-mail</heading>
<para>
O endereço de e-mail que você quer associar a suas chaves pessoais. Campo obrigatório.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="changed" md5="546a087650cada2d1d4a01b478311bb9">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="changed" md5="546a087650cada2d1d4a01b478311bb9">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Tamanho da Chave</title>
<heading>Tamanho da Chave</heading>
<para>
<para>
The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength">
+ <title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
+ <heading>Keylength</heading>
+ <para>
+ The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="uptodate" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="uptodate" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Senha</title>
<heading>SEnha</heading>
<para>
ser baseada em uma palavra do dicionário e deve incluir ambos números e letras. Você deve fornecer esta senha duas vezes para propósitos de verificação. Campo obrigatório.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="uptodate" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="uptodate" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712">
<title>PGP: Criar Chave Pessoal - Ações</title>
<heading>Criar Chave</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="uptodate" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="uptodate" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f">
<title>S/MIME: Visão Geral</title>
<heading>O que é S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
Se esta opção for selecionada, você estará apto a importar seu par pessoal de chaves S/MIME, ler mensagens criptografadas, verificar mensagens assinadas digitalmente, e criptografar/assinar as mensagens que enviar.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="uptodate" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="uptodate" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98">
<title>S/MIME: Chaves Pessoais</title>
<heading>Visão Geral</heading>
<para>
Se você quiser assinar digitalmente ou criptografar mensagens você deve possuir seu próprio par de chaves pública/privada S/MIME.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759">
<title>S/MIME: Importar Certificados Pessoais</title>
<heading>Importar Certificados Pessoais</heading>
<para>
Importa certificados pessoais de um arquivo em formato PKCS #12. PKCS #12 é um arquivo geralmente gerado quando se exporta uma chave a partir de um navegador (ex.: Internet Explorer, Firefox) ou a partir de um certificado armazenado e mantido pelo Sistema Operacional (ex.: Windows XP). Se suas chaves forem válidas elas serão inseridas em suas preferências e a janela se fechará; se não forem válidas, uma mensagem de erro será retornada explicando o porquê.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4">
<title>S/MIME: Excluir Certificados Pessoais</title>
<heading>Excluir Certificados Pessoais</heading>
<para>
Exclui seus certificados pessoais de suas preferências. Você não será mais apto a assinar mensagens com S/MIME ou visualizar qualquer mensagem criptografada com S/MIME enviada a você.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="uptodate" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88">
<title>S/MIME: Gerenciar Chaves Públicas</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Gerenciar Chaves Públicas</heading>
<para>
Exclui do repositório a chave pública selecionada. Excluir uma chave pública previnirá você de criptografar uma mensagem para o usuário em questão.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="uptodate" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="uptodate" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db">
<title>Imprimindo</title>
<heading>Imprimir a Mensagem</heading>
<para>
Para imprimir uma mensagem que você estiver visualizando, clique no link "Imprimir" no topo ou no rodapé da mensagem. A mensagem será aberta em uma nova janela formatada para impressão. Dependendo do seu navegador e sistema operacional, uma caixa de diálogo se abrirá para você. Se ela não se abrir, então selecione o menu "Arquivo" de seu navegador e escolha "Imprimir" para abrir a caixa de diálogo de impressão.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="uptodate" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="uptodate" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a">
<title>Ordenando e Agrupando por Discussão</title>
<heading>Ordenar Registros</heading>
<para>
Agrupa mensagens por discussão (assunto), com isto todas as mensagens serão agrupadas com suas respostas, clicando no link [Discussão] no cabeçalho da coluna assunto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="uptodate" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="uptodate" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65">
<title>Mensagens do tipo Multipart/Alternative</title>
<para>
Alguma mensagem foi enviada como sendo do tipo "multipart/alternative". Estas mensagens possuem diversas partes, todas mostrando o MESMO CONTEÚDO mas em DIFERENTES FORMATOS. O cliente de correio mostrará a última parte da lista que possa ser visualizada corretamente no navegador, caso haja alguma. Todos os outros formatos aparecerão abaixo do título "Partes alternativas para esta seção" e podem ser visualizados e baixados separadamente. É importante notar que estas partes alternativas possuem o MESMO CONTEÚDO que a parte que está sendo mostrada - eles estão simplesmente em outros formatos (ex.: texto vs. HTML).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Renomear "Enviados" mensalmente</title>
<para>
Ative esta opção se você gostaria de renomear sua pasta "Enviados" ao início de cada mês. A pasta será renomeada (para um nome que contenha mês e ano) e uma nova pasta "Enviados" será criada.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir mensalmente pastas "Enviados" antigas</title>
<para>
Ative esta opção que se você gostaria de excluir pastas "Enviados" antigas ao início de cada mês. Isto pode ser útil se você possui quota, por exemplo.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Pasta "Enviados" Mensalmente - Número de Pastas a Manter</title>
<para>
Se você estiver excluindo pastas "Enviados" todo mês, quantos meses de pastas antigas você gostaria de manter? Qualquer pasta mais antiga que o número de meses especificados será excluída.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="uptodate" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Mensalmente Anexos Ligados</title>
<para>
Ative esta opção se você gostaria de excluir antigos anexos ligados ao início de cada mês. Isto pode ser útil se você possui quota, por exemplo.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Excluir Mensalmente Anexos Ligados - Número de Meses a Manter</title>
<para>
Se você está excluindo antigos anexos ligado todo mês, quantos meses de de antigos anexos você gostaria de manter? Qualquer anexo mais antigo que o número de meses especificados será excluído.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="uptodate" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="uptodate" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Esvaziar Lixeira</title>
<para>
Você gostaria de esvaziar sua pasta Lixeira freqüentemente?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="uptodate" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="uptodate" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Freqüência para Esvaziar Lixeira</title>
<para>
Se você está esvaziando sua pasta Lixeira, em que freqüência ela deveria ser esvaziada?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="uptodate" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="uptodate" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e">
<title>Preferências: Manutenção: Mensagens Mantidas ao Esvaziar Lixeira</title>
<para>
Se você está esvaziando sua pasta Lixeira, mensagens mais velhas que quantos dias deverão ser apagadas?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="uptodate" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="uptodate" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7">
<title>Preferências: Composição de Mensagem: Texto de Atribuição</title>
<para>
Aqui você pode fornecer a frase que você deseja que apareça antes de qualquer citação de texto em uma resposta que você enviou.
<para> %% : O sinal '%'</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="uptodate" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="uptodate" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174">
<title>Preferências: Solicitar Confirmação de Leitura</title>
<para>
"Solicitar Confirmação de Leitura" envia uma solicitação aos destinatários desta mensagem para notificar você quando esta mensagem for aberta por eles. Nem todos os clientes de correio suportam/honram isto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="uptodate" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="changed" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9">
<title>Preferências: Enviar NDM</title>
<para>
"Enviar NDM" envia uma Notificação de Disposição da Mensagem (também conhecida como Confirmação de Leitura) quando você visualizar uma mensagem na qual o usuário solicitou que ele receba uma notificação que você leu a mensagem. Em muitos casos, isto acontecerá automaticamente sem perguntar a você. Em certos casos isolados, você pode ter que manualmente decidir em enviar a notificação ao clicar em um link.
</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="uptodate" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712">
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="uptodate" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712">
<title>Preferências: Solicitar Confirmação de Entrega</title>
<para>
"Solicitar Confirmação de Entrega" envia ao servidor de e-mail do destinatário uma solicitação de notificação quando a mensagem for entregue na caixa postal do destinatário. Isto não significa que a mensagem foi lida, simplesmente ela está em uma caixa postal em algum lugar. Nem todos os servidores de e-mail suportam isto.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="uptodate" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="uptodate" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f">
<title>Preferências: Substituição de Imagem HTML</title>
<para>
Para mensagens HTML exibidas incorporadas, deverão todas as imagens serem bloqueadas até você especificamente decidir em ver estas imagens? Note que ao visualizar um anexo HTML, as imagens sempre serão mostradas.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="uptodate" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="uptodate" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a">
<title>Preferências: Substituição de Imagem HTML/Exibir Catálogo de Endereços</title>
<para>
Ao bloquear imagens HTML, deveríamos mostrá-las automaticamente se o remetente estiver em seu catálogo de endereços?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="changed" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="changed" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05">
<title>Preferências: Página Inicial da Caixa Postal</title>
<para>
Determina qual página na caixa postal será mostrada quando você acessar a caixa postal pela primeira vez. Note que as opções de mensagens "Não Lidas" não funcionarão com a opção de ordenar por "Discussão" - ao invés disto, você será enviado para a última página vista.
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start">
+ <title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
+ <para>
+ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="uptodate" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="uptodate" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80">
<title>Preferências: Salvar anexos nas Mensagens Enviadas</title>
<para>
Ao salvar mensagem na pasta "Enviados", determina se todos os dados serão salvos. As seguintes opções estão disponíveis:
<para>* "Perguntar sempre que um anexo for enviado; padrão NÃO" - SEMPRE pergunta se salvará anexos na janela de composição; o padrão é não salvar os anexos.</para>
<para>* "Nunca salvar anexos" - NUNCA perguntar, na tela de composição de mensagem, se salvará anexos; os anexos NUNCA são salvos com a mensagem.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Действия</title>
<heading>Действия</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Кому</title>
<heading>"Кому:"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Тема</title>
<heading>"Тема"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Настройки</title>
<heading>"Настройки"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Составление письма: Прикрепленные</title>
<heading>"Прикрепленные"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Поиск</title>
- <heading>Критерий поиска</heading>
- <para>
- Подсказка еще не написана.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Управление папками</title>
<heading>Настройки папок</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="new">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Akcie</title>
<heading>Akcie</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Od</title>
<heading>"Od"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Pre</title>
<heading>"Pre"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Predmet</title>
<heading>"Predmet"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Možnosti</title>
<heading>"Možnosti"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Písanie správy: Prílohy</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Vyhľadávanie správy</title>
- <heading>Kritérium hľadania</heading>
- <para>
- Zadajte platné kritérium hľadania.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Správa priečinkov</title>
<heading>Možnosti priečinka</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filtre: Aplikovať</title>
<heading>Aplikovať filtrovacie pravidlá</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9" state="changed">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" md5="3259ba00a198559c7faa76e7867600d9" state="changed">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: İşlemler</title>
<heading>İşlemler</heading>
<para>
<para>
"Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-buttons">
+ <title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ "Send Message" transmits your email message to the intended recipient(s). Make sure you do want to send your message as this action is final and cannot be reversed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ "Save Draft" places an unfinished message in a folder called "Drafts" accessible through the folder drop-down box at the top-right of your screen. You can then finish the message later by switching to the "Drafts" folder, clicking on the saved message to open it, and then clicking on "Resume". Be sure to put a subject on the email before you save the draft so that you can easily identify which message you want within the Drafts folder.
+ </para>
+ <tip>
+ Depending on your installation, you can change in your preferences whether you are returned to the last folder you were viewing or back to the same message after saving a message as a draft.
+ </tip>
+ <para>
+ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" md5="82cf24d31a667a5b94e481cd5179c529" state="changed">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kimden</title>
<heading>"Kimden"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-from">
+ <title>Message Composition: From</title>
+ <heading>From</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" md5="31cba17f169572c367aa8014831eb8f8" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kime</title>
<heading>Kime</heading>
<para>
Mesajınızın alıcısı için doğru email adresini girin. Fazla alıcı girmek için, email adreslerini virgüllerle ayırın. Herhangi diğer noktalama işaretlerinin email adreslerini ayırmak için kullanımı hataya sebep olur."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" md5="97571433ab037ef9c4d101a56bf74e25" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Kopya</title>
<heading>Kopya</heading>
<para>
Karbon Kopyalar genellikle mesajın direkt alıcısı olmayan kişilere gönderilir, ama bilgilenmek açısından mesajı almaya gereksinim duyabilirler, genellikle emailin konusu ile dolaylı olarak ilgilidirler. Bütün "Kime:" alıcıları ve "Kopya:" alıcıları her iki tür alıcı listesinin tamamını görebilirler."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" md5="aa8f9e2d44fdb74def0fa15240ff687b" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Gizli Kopya</title>
<heading>"Gizli Kopya"</heading>
<para>
Görünmez karbon kopyalar genellikle diğer alıcıların da o emaili aldığını BİLMEDEN yazılanı okuması gereken alıcılara gönderilir. Böylece "görünmez" bu alıcıların kimliğinin emailin bütün diğer alıcılarından saklandığı anlamına gelir. Sadece siz gönderen ve "Gizli Kopya" alıcıları bir kopya aldıklarını bilecekler."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" md5="0639a8790e306acc9e19b4d1ce342d53" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Konu</title>
<heading>"Konu"</heading>
<para>
Ayrıca , bir emaili "Reply" veya "Forward" ederken, bu konu satırı yeni mesajınkine kopyalanır bu email konuşmasında hangi mesajların birlikte giderek bir "akıcılık" oluşturduğunu fark etmek açısından çok yararlı bir yoldur. Bir öneri olarak, eğer replied veya forwarded mesajlar yeni fikirler içeriyorsa, "Konu" satırını alıcıların "akıcılık" ilerlemesini takip edebilmeleri için biraz değiştirmek isteyebilirsiniz."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="5f1d50a733c8b7e46aecece28822ff70" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Seçenekler</title>
<heading>Seçenekler</heading>
<para>
Gönderdiğiniz önemli e-postaların kopyalarını saklamak ne görüşüldüğünü kaydetmek için önemlidir. Bununla birlikte, "Seçenekler->Kişisel Bilgiler->Kimliği düzenle"a giderek, bu özelliği sizin kimliğiniz içinde otomatik olarak "açık" yapın. Seçeneklerinizde ayrıca bakım görevleri olan klasörleri periyodik olarak boşaltma veya yeniden adlandırmayı düzenleyebilirsiniz."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" md5="8ac032c4ac182f3f0d6446c20f0089dd" state="changed">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Ekler</title>
<heading>"Ekler"</heading>
<para>
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlenmesi: Öncelik</title>
<heading>Öncelik</heading>
<para>
Bu giden mesajlarınıza "X-Priority" başlığı koyar. "X-Priority" etiketi Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, ve Outlook mail istemcilerinin kabul ettiği bir tür "yalancı standart"tır. Bu başlığı kullanmayan bütün mail istemcileri önemsemeyecektir."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" md5="db89972c4ebb0b41ab691b6a7744a81d" state="uptodate">
<title>Mesaj Düzenlemesi: Ekleri Kaydet</title>
<para>
Düzenlemenizdeki eklerin mesajlarla birlikte gönderilmiş-posta klasörüne kaydedilip kaydedilmedigine karar verir."Evet" ise,ekli veri kaydedilecektir. "Hayır" ise, ekli veritüm alıcılara gönderildikten sonra mesajdan çıkartılır."Hayır" ı seçmek, kaydedilmiş mesajlardan ekli bilgileri (genelde büyük olur) kaldırarak disk alanınızdan tasarruf sağlar."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" md5="86b2ef57b1194890833d9dd49ebc9b32" state="changed">
- <title>Mesaj Düzenlemesi: Mesaj Arama</title>
- <heading>Arama Kriteri</heading>
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="30687ec475765ba4467d2ef6dcec40c3" state="changed">
+ <title>Klasör Yönetimi: Seçenekler</title>
+ <heading>Klasör Seçenekleri</heading>
<para>
- Farklı arama kriterleri kullanarak klasörlerinizde mesajlarınızı arayabilirsiniz
+Sol sütundaki butonları kullanarak bir klasör seçebilirsiniz.Bunu bir kez yaptıktan sonra,klasör üzerinde gerçekleştirmek istediğiniz tercihi soldaki seçenek kutusu ile seçiniz "
</para>
<para>
- Adım 1: Arama kriterinize eklemek istediğiniz alanlara metin giriniz.
+Sonraki seçenekler için uyarılacaksınız.Silme seçeneği konusunda dikkatli olunuz, yanlışlıkla silerek klasördeki tüm mesajlarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz!"
</para>
+<heading>mbox Dosyası Almak</heading>
<para>
- Adım 2: Arama kriterinize eklemek istediğiniz mesaj bayraklarını seçiniz.
+Bu seçenek seçtiğiniz bir klasöre mbox formatında dosya almanızı sağlar. Mesajları almak için 1(bir) klasör seçiniz ve daha sonra bu tercihi seçiniz.Daha sonra mbox dosyasını almak için uyaran bir sayfaya yönlendirileceksiniz. "
</para>
-<para>
- Adım 3: Mesaj aramak istediğiniz klasörü seçiniz.
+<!-- English entry:
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <para>
+ You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
</para>
-<para>
- Adım 4: "Ara" yı tıklayınız.
+ <heading>Create</heading>
+ <para>
+ Create a new folder, if possible. To create a folder in the base level, select 'Create' without selecting a folder in the left column. To create a subfolder in a currently existing folder, select the existing folder in the left column before selecting 'Create'.
</para>
-<para>
- Eğer herhangi bir mesaj arama kriterinize uyuyorsa, bu mesajların konuları "Arama Sonuçları" ekranında görüntülenecektir.
+ <heading>Rename</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rename a folder. To rename, select the folders in the left column to rename and click 'Rename'. When renaming, all subfolders will automatically be renamed.
</para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
+ <heading>Delete</heading>
<para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
+ <heading>Empty</heading>
<para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
+ To delete all messages inside a folder, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'.
</para>
+ <heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
+ <heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
+ Flags a folder as either subscribed or unsubscribed. When a folder is subscribed, it will appear in all drop down folder lists. These options only appear if using IMAP folder subscriptions.
</para>
<para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
+ To subscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Subscribe'. To unsubscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Unsubscribe'.
</para>
+ <heading>Check for New Mail/Do Not Check for New Mail</heading>
<para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
+ Flags a folder to be checked for new mail in the Folder Navigator and the sidebar (if activated).
</para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="30687ec475765ba4467d2ef6dcec40c3" state="changed">
- <title>Klasör Yönetimi: Seçenekler</title>
- <heading>Klasör Seçenekleri</heading>
<para>
-Sol sütundaki butonları kullanarak bir klasör seçebilirsiniz.Bunu bir kez yaptıktan sonra,klasör üzerinde gerçekleştirmek istediğiniz tercihi soldaki seçenek kutusu ile seçiniz "
- </para>
+ To set this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Check for New Mail'. To unset this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Do Not Check for New Mail'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Mark All Messages as Seen/Unseen</heading>
<para>
-Sonraki seçenekler için uyarılacaksınız.Silme seçeneği konusunda dikkatli olunuz, yanlışlıkla silerek klasördeki tüm mesajlarınızı kaybedebilirsiniz!"
- </para>
-<heading>mbox Dosyası Almak</heading>
+ To mark all messages in a folder as seen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Seen'. To mark all messages in a folder as unseen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Unseen'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Download</heading>
<para>
-Bu seçenek seçtiğiniz bir klasöre mbox formatında dosya almanızı sağlar. Mesajları almak için 1(bir) klasör seçiniz ve daha sonra bu tercihi seçiniz.Daha sonra mbox dosyasını almak için uyaran bir sayfaya yönlendirileceksiniz. "
+ To download all messages in a folder in a single file (mbox format), select the folder in the left column and click 'Download'. To download the file in ZIP compressed format, instead select 'Download [.zip format].
</para>
-<!-- English entry:
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder via the left column to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rebuild Folder Tree</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
+ </para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
<title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Delete</heading>
<para>
- Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Delete'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
<heading>Empty</heading>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Purge'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
<heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
<para>
Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
</para>
+
+ <heading>Show/Hide Unsubscribed</heading>
+ <para>
+ If using IMAP folder subscriptions, show/hide the unsubscribed folders. To subscribe/unsubscribe to a folder, select the checkbox next to the foldername and use the Subscribe/Unsubscribe action in the Folder Action drop-down menu.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Expand All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Expand all folder entries.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Collapse All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Collapse all folder entries.
+ </para>
</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
- <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
</para>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
<entry id="folder-options">
<title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtreler: Uygula</title>
<heading>Filtre Kurallarını Uygula</heading>
<para>
Tüm mesajlarınızı belirlenmiş kurallara göre filtrelemek için posta kutusu görünümündeyken GELEN KUTUSU adının yanındaki "Filtre Uygula" ikonunu tıklayınız."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtreler: Karalisteyi düzenle</title>
<heading>Karalistenizi düzenleyiniz</heading>
<para>
ASLA posta almak istemediğiniz e-posta adreslerini ekleyebileceğiniz, silebileceğiniz, düzenleyebileceginiz sayfaya yönlendirilmek için "Karalistenizi düzenleyiniz" i tıklayınız."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtreler: Beyazlisteyi düzenle</title>
<heading>Beyazlistenizi düzenleyiniz</heading>
<para>
HER ZAMAN posta almak istediğiniz e-posta adreslerini ekleyebileceğiniz, silebileceğiniz, düzenleyebileceginiz sayfaya yönlendirilmek için "Beyazlistenizi düzenleyiniz" i tıklayınız."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtreler: Oturum Açarken Filtrelemek</title>
<heading>Filtre Kurallarını Oturum Açarken Uygula</heading>
<para>
Her zaman IMP de ilk oturum açılırken filtreleri uygulamak için bu seçeneği işaretle.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291" state="uptodate">
<title>Fİltreler: Yenilerken filtrele</title>
<heading>GELEN KUTUSU'nu her görüntülemede filtreleri uygula</heading>
<para>
GELEN KUTUSU'nu her görüntülemede filtreleri uygulamak için bu seçeneği işaretle.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" md5="71c51e83909f9d0bd440d220772ee3c6" state="uptodate">
<title>Filtreler: Herhangi Bir Posta Kutusunu Fitrelemek</title>
<heading>Filtre kurallarını herhangi bir posta kutusuna uygulamak</heading>
<para>
Herhangi bir posta kutusu için filtre kurallarnı uygulayabilmek içim bu seçeneği işaretleyiniz.Aslında,filtre kuralları sadece GELEN KUTUNUZA gelen yeni postalara uygulanır. Eğer bu seçenek işaretliyse, tüm posta kutularınızın sayfalarında o kutudaki mesajlara filtre kurallarını uygulamanızı sağlayacak ikonlar yer alacaktır.NOT: GELEN KUTUSU dışındaki posta kutularında filtrelemek garip (örnek: Filtre mesajın bir kopyasının daha bu kutuya gelmesine sebep olabilir) ve/veya istenmeyen sonuçlar üretebilir(örnek: Mesaj bu kutuya geldikten sonra yeni filtre kuralları üretilirse mesajların silinmesine/taşınmasına sebep olabilir)."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="97446dbbb27616b4fa39be801e10df2d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Yerel Anahtar Ekle</title>
<heading>Yerel Anahtar Ekle</heading>
<para>
Eğer seçiliyse PGP yerel anahtarınızın bir kopyası, eğer mevcutsa, gönderilen mesaja eklenecektir. PGP Ayarları ekranından varsayılan hareketi ayarlayabilirsiniz.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="6baaada0d46dc1ab0941087f235f359b" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Metin gövdelerini tara</title>
<heading>Metin gövdelerini tara</heading>
<para>
yavaşlatabilir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="1012144f749f19f5a24cef38601daa71" state="changed">
<title>Oluştur: Şifreleme Seçenekleri</title>
<heading>Şifreleme yok</heading>
<para>
<para>
This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
+ <title>Message Composition: Encryption Options</title>
+ <heading>No Encryption</heading>
+ <para>
+ Send the message with no encryption (cleartext).
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and the recipients personal public key, and then send it. You MUST have the public key of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the public key for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the public key is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using PGP and your personal private key. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your private key during this session you will be prompted for it. The recipient must have a copy of your public key to digitally verify your signature.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "PGP Encrypt Message" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and a passphrase, and then send it. You will be prompted for the passphrase that should be used for the encryption. Give the passphrase to the recipient through a secure channel e.g. personally, by phone, etc. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output with a passphrase. See the "PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using S/MIME and the recipients certificate, and then send it. You MUST have the certificate of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the certificate for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the certificate is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using S/MIME and your certificate. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your certificate during this session you will be prompted for it.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Genel Bakış</title>
<heading>PGP nedir?</heading>
<para>
Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel PGP anahtarları yaratabilir/görüntüleyebilir, diğer bireylerden genel anahtarlar ekleyebilr/silebilir, şifreli postaları okuyabilir, dijital olarak imzalanmış mailleri doğrulayabilir, ve giden maillerinizi şifreleyebilir/imzalayabilirsiniz.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Seçenekler - Genel Anahtar Ekle</title>
<heading>Seçenekler - Genel Anahtar Ekle</heading>
<para>
Eğer seçilirse PGP genel anahtarınızın bir kopyası, eğer varsa, varsayılan olarak tüm giden postalarınıza eklenecektir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Genel Anahtarları Yönet</title>
<heading>Ganel Bakış</heading>
<para>
Adres defterinizden genel anahtarı siler.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="6ee1130b46e9ff1ca9ad3a3a47e7b382" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Genel Anahtarları Yönet - Dışalım</title>
<heading>Genel anahtarları al</heading>
<para>
Bu tuş manuel olarak PGP genel anahtarı alabileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Anahtar metin alanına kopyalanmış olabilir yada bilgisayarınızda bir dosyada ise, dışarıdan alım yapabilirsiniz. Anahtar geçerliyse adres defterinize girilcek ve pencere kapanacak; eğer geçerli değilse, nedenini açıklayan bir hata mesajı dönecektir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönet</title>
<heading>Genel Bakış</heading>
<para>
Özel anahtarınız genel şifrenizi kullanarak şifrelenmiş mesajları çözmek için gereklidir. Ek olarak, özel anahtarınız dijital olarak mesaj imzalamak istiyorsanız gereklidir. Özel anahtarınız anahtarlar oluşturulduğunda bir şifreyle korunacaktır. Bu yüzden özel anahtarınızı gerektirensbir aktivite olduğunda, IMP şifrenizi soracaktır. Her oturumda şifrenizi bir kere girmeniz gerekmektedir - IMP oturumu kapatana kadar şifrenizi saklar.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönet - Genel Anahtar</title>
<heading>Görüntüle</heading>
<para>
PGP genel anahtarı ile ilgili bazı ayrıntılar görüntüler.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtarları Yönetin - Sil</title>
<heading>Kişisel Anahtarları sil</heading>
<para>
Bu tuş kişisel genel/özel anahtar çiftinizi IMP seçeneklerinden siler.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - İsim</title>
<heading>İsim</heading>
<para>
Kişisel anahtarlarınıza eklemek istediğiniz isim. Gerekli bir alan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Yorum</title>
<heading>Yorum</heading>
<para>
Kişisel anahtarlarınıza eklemek istediğiniz karakter dizisi. Opsiyonel bir alan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - E-posta adresi</title>
<heading>E-posta adresi</heading>
<para>
Kişisel Anantarınızla eşleştirmek istediğiniz e-posta adresi. Gerekli bir alan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="24ca641c63fb5ff310a39ee0d3b1ee55" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Anahtar Uzunluğu</title>
<heading>Anahtar Uzunluğu</heading>
<para>
Üretilen anahtarınızın anahtar Uzunluğu (byte olarak). Değer ne kadar yüksekse koruma o kadar yüksektir (ve ayrıca yüksek üretim ve şifreleme süresi). Varsayılan 1024 byte - bu değer mükemmmel koruma sağlar.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Şifre</title>
<heading>Şifre</heading>
<para>
Kişisel özel anahtarınızı şifrelemek ve korumak için kullanılan şifre. Bu en az 6 karakter olmalı, oturum açma şifrenizle aynı olmamalı, anlamlı bir sözcük içermemeli, ayrıca hem numara hem harf içermeli. Onaylama süreci için bu şifreyi iki kez girmeniz gerekir. Gerekli bir alan.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="0f8234935b964c83533b4ec4c15eb712" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: Kişisel Anahtar yarat - Aksiyon</title>
<heading>Anahtarlar Yarat</heading>
<para>
Kişisel/özel anahtar çifti al. Bu tuş varolan PGP kişisel genel/özel anahtar çiftinizi almanız için bir pencere açar. Anahtarlar metin alanına yapıştırılmış veya lokal bilgisayarınızda bir dosyada olabilir, onları alabilirsiniz. Anahtarlar geçerli ise seçeneklerinize eklenir ve pencere kapanır; eğer geçersizse neden geçersiz olduğunu açıklayan bir mesaj döner."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="d3c752b1345fb2eccfe575c07461963f" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Genel Bakış</title>
<heading>S/MIME Nedir?</heading>
<para>
Eğer bu seçenek seçilirse, kişisel S/MIME anahtarlarınızı almaya, şifrelenmiş posta okumaya, dijital olarak imzalanmış postları doğrulamaya ve giden postalarınızı şifreleme/imzalamanıza olanak verir."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Kişisel Anahtarlar</title>
<heading>Genel Bakış</heading>
<para>Eğer mesajları dijital olarak imzalamak veya şifrelemek istiyorsanız, kendi kişisel genel/özel S/MIME anahtar çiftine sahip olmalısınız."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="uptodate" md5="cf0ed2e3e24d30dedf8cfef2c2645759">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" md5="018bb6b61a7e416892de288ad1c880f4" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Kişisel Sertifikaları Sil</title>
<heading>Kişisel Sertifikaları Sil</heading>
<para>Kişisel Sertifikalarınızı seçeneklerinizden silin. Bundan sonra S/MIME mesajlarınızı onaylayamaz veya size göderilen S/MIME ile şifrelenmiş postaları göremezsiniz."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" md5="8b6c63684d3d73b3d084025a78fe7e88" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: Genel Anahtarları Yönet</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Genel Anahtarları Yönet</heading>
<para>S/MIME genel anahtar listesini yönet.
<para>Seçili genel anahtarı kayıttan sil. Bir kullanıcı için genel anahtarı silmek, o kişiye şifrelenmiş posta göndermenizi engeller.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="uptodate" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="uptodate" md5="f233c11b6b4a6bedeb68f1d5a2a976db">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="18cdeac38027fe5c42bab693f2a4260a" state="uptodate">
<title>Sınıflandırma ve Gruplama</title>
<heading>Girişleri Sınıflandırma</heading>
<para>Bir mesaj listesi görüntülerken,mesajlarınızı uygun sütun başlığına tıklayarak her sütun için sınıflandırabilirsiniz. Sütunları azalan ve artan sıra arasında değiştirmek için sütun başlığıdaki ok simgesine tıklayın."
<para>Mesajları kendi cevaplarıyla birlikte konularına göre gruplamak için konu sütununun başındaki [Thread] bağlantısına tıklayın. Normal konu sıralamasına dönmek için konu sütununun başındaki [Subject] bağlantısına tıklayın."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
<title>Çokparçalı/Alternatif mesajlar</title>
<para>Kullanıcılar bazı mesajları çokparçalı/alternatif olarak yollayabilirler.Bu mesajlar,AYNI içeriği DEĞİŞİK formatlarda gösterirler.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="530fa20e0afbc25ffd40877948832899" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak yeniden adlandır</title>
<para>Bu seçeneği her ayın başında göderilmiş-postalar klasörünü yeniden adlandırmak istiyorsanız seçin. Klasör yeniden adlandırılacak ve yeni gönderilmiş-postalar klasörü yaratılacaktır."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="0beed16dfd68e2f25e0c66871fd546df" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak sil</title>
<para>Bu seçeneği her ayın başında göderilmiş-postalar klasörünü silmek istiyorsanız seçin. Bu kotanız varsa kullanışlı olabilir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Gönderilmiş-postalar klasörünü aylık olarak sil - saklanacak klasör sayısı</title>
<para>eğer eski-gönderilmiş postalar klasörünü her ay siliyorsanız, bu dosyaları kaç ay daha saklamak istiyorsunuz? Bu süreden daha eski klasörleriniz silinecektir."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" md5="373ea02ede6df5fc345caf632e19a75f" state="uptodate">
<title>"Seçenekler: Bakım: Bağlı eklentileri aylık olarak sil</title>
<para>Bu seçeneği her ay başında eski eklentilerinizi silmek istiyorsanız seçin. Bu kotanız varsa kullanışlı olabilir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizle</title>
<para>Çöp kutunuzu bu kadar sık temizlemek istiyor musunuz?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizleme aralığı</title>
<para>Çöp kutunuzu ne kadar sıklıkla temizliyorsunuz?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Bakım: Çöp kutusunu temizlerken tut</title>
<para>Çöp kutunuzu temizlerken kaç günlük mailler silinmelidir.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Mesaj Kompozisyonu : simgesel Metin</title>
<para>Burda postalara cevap verirken görünmesini istediğiniz sözcüğü yazın.
</para>
<para>%% : '%' karakteri
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Okundu bilgisi isteği</title>
<para>'Okundu Bilgisi İstegi' Alıcılardan mailin okunduğuna dair bilgi dönmesi. Her zaman desteklenmez.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" md5="1fe04e5dc3de68d172da284895973ea9" state="changed">
<title>Seçenekler: MDN yolla</title>
<para>'MDN yolla' Mesaj Ulaşım Uyarısı (Message Disposition Notification), bir mesaj okuduğunuzda yollanan mesajı okuduğunuza dair bir uyarı iletisi, mesajı yolayan kişiye, yollayan kişi okundu bilgisi almak istediyse, iletilir. Çoğu durumda bu işlem size bir uyarı verilmeden yapılır. Bazı özel durumlarda ise uyarı mailini bir linke tıklayarak yollamayı tercih edebilirsiniz."
</para>
-</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+<!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn">
+ <title>Preferences: Send Read Receipt</title>
+ <para>
+ "Send a MDN" sends a read receipt (also known as a Message Disposition Notification) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. By default, you will be prompted to send the notification. Other options include never sending these receipts or sending these receipts automatically without prompt if possible.
+ </para>
+</entry>--></entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: HTML Resim Engelleme</title>
<para>HTML olarak atılan mesajlardaki resimlerin görüntülenmesi, siz aksini belirtene kadar engellenir. Unutmayın ki eklenti olarak gönderilen HTML dosyalarındaki resimler herzaman görüntülenir."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Adres Defterinde Değilse HTML Resim Engelleme</title>
<para>Gönderen kişi adres defterinizde yer alıyorsa, HTML biçiminde gönderdiği mesajlardaki resimler görüntülensin mi?"
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" md5="3d1196f265d8b7cc465ebf21512acc05" state="changed">
<title>Seçenekler: Posta Kutusu Başlangıç Safyası</title>
<para>Posta kutunuza ilk eriştiğinizde görüntülenmesini istediğiniz sayfayı belirler. Unutmayın ki okunmamış mesaj seçeneği, konuya göre sıralama seçeneği ile birlikte çalışmaz."
</para>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start">
+ <title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
+ <para>
+ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80" state="uptodate">
<title>Seçenekler: Gönderilmiş Mesajlardaki Eklentileri Kaydet.</title>
<para>Eğer gönderdiğiniz mesajı kaydedecekseniz aşağıdaki seçenekleri kullanabilirsiniz:
</para>
<para>* 'Hiçbir zaman eklentileri kaydetme' - Asla mesaj gönderme ekranında sizden bilgi istenmez. Eklentiler hiçbir zaman mesajla birlikte kaydedilmez."
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
<heading>Actions</heading>
<para>
Cancel Message drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the INBOX or whatever folder you were viewing last.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: From</title>
<heading>"From"</heading>
<para>
Enter your correct email address. Your email address is automatically entered for you following "From:" in outgoing email.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: To</title>
<heading>"To"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "To:" in outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
<heading>"Cc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a carbon copy of your message. Separate each address with a comma. Your entry follows "Cc:" in outgoing mail. Carbon copies are usually sent to people other than the one(s) being written to directly but are important recipients of the email as well, usually someone indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All 'To:' recipients and 'Cc:' recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
<heading>"Bcc"</heading>
<para>
Enter the correct email address(es) of those to receive a blind carbon copy of your message. You must separate each address with a comma; other punctuation will result in an error. Your entry follows "Bcc:" in outgoing mail. Blind carbon copies are usually sent to people other than direct and indirect recipients ("To:" and "Cc:" recipients) who need to read what is being written as well WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus 'blind' means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email, and only you and they know they got a copy. You typically use this to tell an authority figure that you are telling someone something without alarming the person you are sending the actual email to.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
<heading>"Subject"</heading>
<para>
Enter the subject of your message. Your entry follows "Subject:" in outgoing mail. Keep it short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email and thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later. Also, when you 'Reply' or 'Forward' and email this subject line is copied over into the new message and so is a valuable way of telling what messages go together to form a "thread" of a conversation. However, if the 'Reply' or 'Forward' contains new ideas, you may want to add simple modifications to the 'Subject' line so the recipient(s) can follow the progression of the "thread."
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Options</title>
<heading>"Options"</heading>
<para>
Activate the check-button next to "Save copy" to save a copy of this message in your "Sent Mail" folder. Save copies of important emails you send so that you have something to refer back to later and to keep an accurate record of what was said. We do not recommend you save every email since then your disk storage quota will be used up quickly (especially when you send attachments) and your mailbox will be full and unable to receive new incoming email. You can, however, turn this feature 'on' as your default within your Identity, by going to Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities. Be careful when using this modified default as you will need to periodically purge your "Sent Mail" folder or it will eventually make your mailbox full and unuseable.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" state="unknown">
<title>Message Composition: Attachments</title>
<heading>"Attachments"</heading>
<para>
<para>Step 2: Click "Delete Attachment(s)".
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Priority</title>
<heading>"Priority"</heading>
<para>
This sets the "X-Priority" header on your outgoing message. The "X-Priority" tag is a sort of "pseudo standard" that Netscape, Mozilla, Opera, and Outlook mail clients appear to agree on. Any mail clients that do not handle this header will simply ignore it.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" state="unknown">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- Help text to be written.
- </para>
-<!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" state="unknown">
<title>Folder Management</title>
<heading>Folder Options</heading>
<para>
This option will import a mbox format file into the folder of your choice. Choose 1 (one) folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox file to import.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" state="unknown">
+
+<entry id="filters" state="unknown">
<title>Filters: Apply</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on the "Apply Filter" icon next to the INBOX name in the mailbox view to filter all undeleted messages according to the specified rules. Or, alternatevly, click on "Apply All Rules" in the filter menu. Note that filtering is not done automatically.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Filter Rules</title>
<heading>Edit Your Filter Rules</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your filter rules" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the currently active set of filter rules.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Blacklist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Blacklist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your blacklist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS refuse mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="new">
<title>Filters: Edit Whitelist</title>
<heading>Edit Your Whitelist</heading>
<para>
Click on "Edit your whitelist" to proceed to the page where you can add, delete, and edit the list of e-mail addresses you ALWAYS accept mail from.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Login</title>
<heading>Apply Filter Rules Upon Logon?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters when first logging onto IMP.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter on Refresh</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules whenever INBOX is displayed?</heading>
<para>
Check this option to always apply filters whenever your view the INBOX?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="new">
<title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
<heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" state="new">
<title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
<heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" state="new">
<title>Compose: Encryption Options</title>
<heading>No Encryption</heading>
<para>
TODO
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" state="new">
<title>PGP: Overview</title>
<heading>What is PGP?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to create/view your personal PGP keys, add/delete public keys from other individuals, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Options - Attach Public Key</title>
<heading>Options - Attach Public Key</heading>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will by default be attached to all outgoing messages.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Deletes the public key from your addressbook.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
<heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
Your private key is necessary to decrypt any message encrypted using your public key. Additionally, your private key is needed if you want to digitally sign a message. Your private key will be protected via a passphrase created when the keys are generated. Thus, to perform any activity that requires your private key, IMP will prompt you for your passphrase. You only need to insert your passphrase once per session - IMP will store your passphrase until you logout (So be sure to logout!).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Public Key</title>
<heading>View</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP public key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Private Key</title>
<heading>Enter Passphrase</heading>
<para>
Displays some details about the PGP private key.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" state="new">
<title>PGP: Manage Personal Keys - Delete</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Keys</heading>
<para>
This button will delete your personal public/private keypair from IMP's preferences.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Name</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The name you want embedded in your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Comment</title>
<heading>Comment</heading>
<para>
A comment string you want embedded in your personal keys. An optional field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - E-mail Address</title>
<heading>E-mail Address</heading>
<para>
The e-mail address you want associated with your personal keys. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
<heading>Keylength</heading>
<para>
The keylength, in bytes, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bytes is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Passphrase</title>
<heading>Name</heading>
<para>
The passphrase used to protect/encrypt your personal private key. This should be AT LEAST 6 characters, should NOT be the same as your login password, should NOT be based on a dictionary word, and should include both numbers and letters. You must enter this passphrase twice for verification purposes. A required field.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" state="new">
<title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
<heading>Create Keys</heading>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
<heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Personal Keys</title>
<heading>Overview</heading>
<para>
If you want to digitally sign or encrypt messages you must have your own personal public/private S/MIME keypair.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" state="new">
+
+<entry id="printing" state="new">
<title>Printing</title>
<heading>Print a message</heading>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="sorting" state="new">
+
+<entry id="sorting" state="new">
<title>Sorting and Threading</title>
<heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" state="new">
<title>Multipart/Alternative Messages</title>
<para>
Some message have been sent as a "multipart/alternative" type by the sender. These messages have several parts, all displaying the SAME CONTENT but in DIFFERENT FORMATS. The mail agent will display the last part in the list that can be successfully displayed inline in the browser, if any. All other formats will appear under the heading "Alternative parts for this section" and can be viewed or downloaded separately. It is important to note that these alternative parts contain the SAME CONTENTS as the part that is shown - they are simply in a different media format (e.g. text vs. HTML output).
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly - # of Folders to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old sent-mail folders every month, how many months of old folders do you want to keep? Any folders older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly - # of Months to Keep</title>
<para>
If you are deleting old linked attachments every month, how many months of old attachments do you want to keep? Any attachments older than this many months will be deleted.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your trash folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Trash Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your trash folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Message Composition: Attribution Text</title>
<para>
Here you can enter the phrase that you wish to appear before any quoted text in a reply that you send.
<para> %% : The '%' character</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Read Receipts</title>
<para>
"Request a Read Receipt" sends a request to the recipients of this message to notify you when this message is opened by the recipients. Not all clients support / honor this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Request Delivery Confirmation</title>
<para>
"Request Delivery Confirmation" sends a request to the recipient's e-mail server to notify you when it has delivered the message to the recipient's mailbox. It doesn't mean the message has been seen, just that it's sitting in a mailbox somewhere. Not all mail servers support this.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement</title>
<para>
For HTML messages displayed inline, should all image tags be blocked until you specifically decide to view those images? Note that, if viewing an HTML attachment, the images will always be displayed.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="new">
<title>Preferences: HTML Image Replacement/Addressbook Show</title>
<para>
If blocking images for inline HTML messages, should we automatically display them instead if the sender appears in your addressbook?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time. Note that the 'unseen' message options do not work with the 'Thread' sorting option - instead, you will be sent to the last page.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Save Attachments on Sent Messages</title>
<para>
If saving a composed message in a sent-mail folder, determine if all attachment data is saved. The following options are available:
<para>* "Prompt every time an attachment is sent; default to NO" - ALWAYS prompt to save attachments in the compose screen; the default is to not save attachments.</para>
<para>* "Never save attachments" - NEVER prompt to save attachments in compose screen; the attachments are NEVER saved with the message.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<help>
- <entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
+
+<entry id="keyboard-navigation" state="new">
<title>Keyboard: Navigation</title>
<para>You may use your keyboard to move between messages in the mailbox list, to the previous or next messages while viewing a message, and between pages of your mailbox list.</para>
<heading>Message List Keyboard Navigation</heading>
<heading>Message View: Previous/Next Message</heading>
<para>Use the Left and Right keys on your keyboard to go to the previous message or the next message, respectively.</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="message-forward" state="new">
- <title>Forwarding Email</title>
- <para>When forwarding an email, you have several choices.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Mailbox View</heading>
- <para>In the mailbox view, you can forward multiple messages at the same time. Each message that you select will be sent, in its entirety, to your recipients. You will see each message as an attachment in your compose window. On the receiving end, the recipient(s) will see each email as an embedded email.</para>
-
- <heading>Forwarding from the Message View</heading>
- <para>When forwarding individual messages in the message view, you can choose three different options:</para>
- <para><b>1. Entire Message</b>: This option will attach the entire message to your email. The compose area will not contain any text from the forwarded message. This is the same as forwading a single email from the mailbox view, except that the Subject: line will be set for you.</para>
- <para><b>2. Body Text Only</b>: If you only want to forward the body of the email, choose this option. Any attachments to the original email will not be included in your forward. The text will appear in the compose area, and you can edit it if you wish or add your own comments.</para>
- <para><b>3. Body Text with Attachments</b>: To forward the attachments of an email along, along with the body as described in #2 Body Text Only, use this option. The body text will be placed in the compose area for you to edit, and all attachments to the original message will be copied to your forward.</para>
+<!--
+<entry id="keyboard-shortcuts">
+ <title>Keyboard: Shortcuts</title>
+ <heading>Using Keyboard Shortcuts</heading>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-buttons" md5="301453c3a273ec0ba95b84aeb8661cca" state="changed">
+-->
+
+<entry id="compose-buttons" md5="301453c3a273ec0ba95b84aeb8661cca" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 作用方式</title>
<heading>作用方式</heading>
<para>
<para>
"Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-buttons">
+ <title>Message Composition: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ "Send Message" transmits your email message to the intended recipient(s). Make sure you do want to send your message as this action is final and cannot be reversed.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ "Save Draft" places an unfinished message in a folder called "Drafts" accessible through the folder drop-down box at the top-right of your screen. You can then finish the message later by switching to the "Drafts" folder, clicking on the saved message to open it, and then clicking on "Resume". Be sure to put a subject on the email before you save the draft so that you can easily identify which message you want within the Drafts folder.
+ </para>
+ <tip>
+ Depending on your installation, you can change in your preferences whether you are returned to the last folder you were viewing or back to the same message after saving a message as a draft.
+ </tip>
+ <para>
+ "Cancel Message" drops the message in progress and simply returns you to the last folder you were viewing.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-identity" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Identity</title>
<heading>Identity</heading>
<para>
Choose the identity to send email as from a drop-down list of identities that you entered under <qt>Options->Personal Information</qt>.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-from" md5="26bcca134b528a540e070ef96a4d5038" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-from" md5="26bcca134b528a540e070ef96a4d5038" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 寄件人</title>
<heading>"寄件人"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-from">
+ <title>Message Composition: From</title>
+ <heading>From</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the email address that you want to send this message as.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-to" md5="e1d101c96b942693818c7daf072f92c3" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-to" md5="e1d101c96b942693818c7daf072f92c3" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 收件人</title>
<heading>"收件人"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Enter the correct email address for the recipient of your message. To enter multiple recipients, separate the email addresses with commas. Use of any other punctuation to separate multiple email addresses will result in an error.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-to">
+ <title>Message Composition: To</title>
+ <heading>To</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the correct email address for the recipient of your message. To enter multiple recipients, separate the email addresses with commas. Use of any other punctuation to separate multiple email addresses will result in an error.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-cc" md5="7c40a96a23ce1fc3f93d026fd41d6289" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-cc" md5="7c40a96a23ce1fc3f93d026fd41d6289" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 副本</title>
<heading>"副本"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who need not be the direct recipients of the message, but may need to receive the message for their information, usually indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All "To:" recipients and "Cc:" recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-cc">
+ <title>Message Composition: Cc</title>
+ <heading>Cc</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the correct email address for the carbon copy recipient of your message. To enter multiple recipients, separate the email addresses with commas. Use of any other punctuation to separate multiple email addresses will result in an error.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who need not be the direct recipients of the message, but may need to receive the message for their information, usually indirectly concerned about the subject of the email. All "To:" recipients and "Cc:" recipients can see the entire list of both kinds of recipients.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-bcc" md5="01c60e854a0a6ace7f911ab77f3380f5" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-bcc" md5="01c60e854a0a6ace7f911ab77f3380f5" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 秘件副本</title>
<heading>"秘件副本"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Blind carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who may need to read what is being written WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus "blind" means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email. Only you the sender and the "Bcc" recipients will know that they received a copy.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-bcc">
+ <title>Message Composition: Bcc</title>
+ <heading>Bcc</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the correct email address for the blind carbon copy recipient of your message. To enter multiple recipients, separate the email addresses with commas. Use of any other punctuation to separate multiple email addresses will result in an error.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Blind carbon copies are usually sent to recipients who may need to read what is being written WITHOUT the other recipients knowing that they are receiving the email. Thus "blind" means that the identity of these recipients is hidden from all other recipients of the email. Only you the sender and the "Bcc" recipients will know that they received a copy.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-subject" md5="607b6415ea1f6d0cf25e3cf57a2584cc" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-subject" md5="607b6415ea1f6d0cf25e3cf57a2584cc" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 主旨</title>
<heading>"主旨"</heading>
<para>
<para>
Also, when you "Reply" or "Forward" an email, this subject line is copied over into the new message so that is becomes a valuable way of identifying which messages go together to form a "thread" to an email conversation. As a suggestion, if a replied or forwarded message contains new ideas, you may want to alter slightly the "Subject" line so that recipients can follow the progression of the "thread".
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-subject">
+ <title>Message Composition: Subject</title>
+ <heading>Subject</heading>
+ <para>
+ Enter the subject of your message. It is best to keep the subject short, simple and descriptive. The subject line is the easiest way for you and your correspondents to remember what was in the email, thus is very important in organizing your email and finding important ones later.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Also, when you "Reply" or "Forward" an email, this subject line is copied over into the new message so that is becomes a valuable way of identifying which messages go together to form a "thread" to an email conversation. As a suggestion, if a replied or forwarded message contains new ideas, you may want to alter slightly the "Subject" line so that recipients can follow the progression of the "thread".
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-charset" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Charset</title>
<heading>Character Set</heading>
<para>
Selects the character set to send the outgoing message with.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-options" md5="700a6844af3c7e6582da15929b5dd173" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-options" md5="700a6844af3c7e6582da15929b5dd173" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 選項</title>
<heading>"選項"</heading>
<para>
<warn>
You may not want to save every email since you could have problems with your disk storage quota being used up quickly, especially when you send large attachments. A mailbox with full storage quota will not be able to receive new incoming email.
</warn>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options">
+ <title>Message Composition: Options</title>
+ <heading>Options</heading>
+ <para>
+ These Options help you prepare your message.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Click "Spell Check" to check your spelling.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Click "Attachments" to go to the bottom of the page where you can attach files to this message.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ If saving of sent mail has been enabled by your administrator, you can activate the checkbox next to "Save a copy" to keep a copy your this message you send. The destination folder will be either the default or the one you selected for this purpose under "Options->Personal Information->Identities". If your addminstrator has activated the selection of a sent mail destination, you will be able to choose the folder from a drop-down list next to this option.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Saving copies of important emails you send could be useful for record keeping of what was discussed. You can, however, turn this feature "on" as your default within your Identity, by going to "Options->Personal Information->Edit your identities". In your options you can also setup maintenance tasks that empty or rename these folders periodically.
+ </para>
+ <warn>
+ You may not want to save every email since you could have problems with your disk storage quota being used up quickly, especially when you send large attachments. A mailbox with full storage quota will not be able to receive new incoming email.
+ </warn>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-attachments" md5="5b62669ca09fe858b091c2221947cb87" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="compose-attachments" md5="5b62669ca09fe858b091c2221947cb87" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 附件</title>
<heading>附件</heading>
<para>
<tip>
Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
</tip>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Adding Attachments</title>
+ <heading>Adding Attachments</heading>
+ <para>
+ You may attach files to your message if your browser supports uploading of files. More than 1 file can be uploaded at once.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 1: Either type the path and name of a file that you want attached to this message or click the "Browse" button and select the file to be attached. The path and name of that file now appears in the Attachment box. If your browser supports JavaScript, you will see an additional upload input now as well, for uploading other files at the same time.
+ </para>
+ <para>Step 2: Decide whether you want the file to be viewed as an attachment or inline with the rest of the message. The recipient's mail reading software must be able to handle the inline display of the file type, otherwise this part will be viewed as an attachment instead.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Unless you want to change an attachment's description or specify that it should be shown to the recipient inline, you are done. The attachments will be uploaded when you send your message. If you want to change the description or the attachment disposition, however, you can click the "Update" button to upload your attachments immediately and save any other changes you've made to existing attachments.
+ </para>
+
+ <tip>
+ Please note that for large files and/or slower Internet connections, the process of uploading and attaching your file to the email may take a while. Please be patient and do not click other links or buttons while you are waiting for a file to upload.
+ </tip>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-current-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Current Attachments</title>
<heading>Current Attachments</heading>
<para>
Step 2: Either click the "Update" button above the Current Attachments section to immediately view changes or the changes will automatically be performed when the message is sent.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="compose-priority" md5="b023367c36de3ce1567d27ccaa45640c" state="uptodate">
<title>郵件寫作: 優先順序</title>
<heading>"優先順序"</heading>
<para>
由於其他的郵件閱讀軟體並不支援這種表頭所以將會忽略郵件中的優先順序。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="changed" md5="5353905ce9ba89d4b8b7ca56e37b4678">
+
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments" state="changed" md5="5353905ce9ba89d4b8b7ca56e37b4678">
<title>郵件寫作: 儲存附件</title>
<para>
決定儲存寄件備份時，是否也要一併儲存寄件中的附加檔案。 如果"是"，附加檔案
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-save-attachments">
+ <title>Message Composition: Save Attachments</title>
+ <para>
+ Determines whether the attachments in your composition are saved with the message when stored in the sent-mail folder. If "Yes", the attachment data will be saved. If "No", the attachment data will be stripped from the message after it is sent to all recipients. Choosing "No" will help conserve disk space by removing (potentially large) attachment information from the saved messages.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
+
+<entry id="compose-link-attachments" state="new">
<title>Message Composition: Link Attachments</title>
<para>
Determines whether the attachments in your composition are sent as a part of the mail message or whether those attachments are kept on a local server. If attachments are linked, the recipient(s) of your message will be provided a weblink where they can download the attachment(s). Linking attachments has the advantage of tremendously reducing the size of outgoing messages. Linking attachments has the disadvantage that the content of the attachments can not be guaranteed to be available in the future since the attachment data is not located within the e-mail message.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="search" md5="21b917f954ab9af23d96a6ad60409fe1" state="changed">
- <title>郵件搜尋</title>
- <heading>搜尋條件</heading>
- <para>
- 藉由不同的搜尋條件你可以搜尋所有信件匣中的郵件。
- </para>
- <para>步驟 1: 於欲搜尋條件的欄位中輸入關鍵文字。
- </para>
- <para>步驟 2: 選擇郵件標識以加入到搜尋條件中。
- </para>
- <para>步驟 3: 選擇要搜尋的信件匣。
- </para>
- <para>步驟 4: 點選 "搜尋"。
- </para>
- <para>
- 如果有任何的郵件與你的搜尋條件相符，
- 該郵件的主旨將顯示於 "搜尋" 結果的畫面中。
- </para>
- <!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Enter text to the fields you want to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the message flag(s) to add to your search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="search">
- <title>Message Search</title>
- <heading>Search Criteria</heading>
- <para>
- You may search for messages from your folders using different search criteria.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 1: Select whether you want to match ALL queries (an AND search) or match ANY query (an OR search).
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 2: Choose the fields(s) to add to your search criteria and, if necessary, identify the search parameters for these fields.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 3: Choose the folder(s) from which to search for the messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- Step 4: Click "Search".
- </para>
- <para>
- If any messages matched your search criteria, then the subjects of these messages will be shown in the "Search Results" view.
- </para>
-</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="folder-options" md5="b45a4dedf0c4a684064cdf6ae98d1b54" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="folder-options" md5="b45a4dedf0c4a684064cdf6ae98d1b54" state="changed">
<title>信件匣管理</title>
<heading>信件匣選項</heading>
<para>
<title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
<heading>Folder Actions</heading>
<para>
- You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Folder Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <heading>Folder Actions</heading>
+ <para>
+ You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+<entry id="folder-options">
+ <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <para>
+ You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Create</heading>
+ <para>
+ Create a new folder, if possible. To create a folder in the base level, select 'Create' without selecting a folder in the left column. To create a subfolder in a currently existing folder, select the existing folder in the left column before selecting 'Create'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rename</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rename a folder. To rename, select the folders in the left column to rename and click 'Rename'. When renaming, all subfolders will automatically be renamed.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Delete</heading>
+ <para>
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
+ <heading>Empty</heading>
<para>
- You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ To delete all messages inside a folder, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'.
</para>
- <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="folder-options">
- <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
- <heading>Folder Actions</heading>
+ <heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
- You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ Flags a folder as either subscribed or unsubscribed. When a folder is subscribed, it will appear in all drop down folder lists. These options only appear if using IMAP folder subscriptions.
</para>
<para>
- You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ To subscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Subscribe'. To unsubscribe, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Unsubscribe'.
</para>
- <heading>Import Messages</heading>
+ <heading>Check for New Mail/Do Not Check for New Mail</heading>
<para>
- This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ Flags a folder to be checked for new mail in the Folder Navigator and the sidebar (if activated).
</para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
-<entry id="folder-options">
- <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
- <heading>Folder Actions</heading>
<para>
- You can select a folder by using the radio buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folder via the select box to the left.
+ To set this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Check for New Mail'. To unset this flag, select the folders in the left column to check and click 'Do Not Check for New Mail'.
</para>
+ <heading>Mark All Messages as Seen/Unseen</heading>
<para>
- You may be prompted for further options. Be careful with the delete option, as you can lose all the messages in a folder if you delete it by mistake!
+ To mark all messages in a folder as seen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Seen'. To mark all messages in a folder as unseen, select the folders in the left column and click 'Mark All Messages as Unseen'.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Download</heading>
+ <para>
+ To download all messages in a folder in a single file (mbox format), select the folder in the left column and click 'Download'. To download the file in ZIP compressed format, instead select 'Download [.zip format].
</para>
<heading>Import Messages</heading>
<para>
- This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ This option will import mbox format or .eml files into the folder of your choice. Choose one folder via the left column to import the messages into and then select this option. You will then be taken to a page that will prompt for the mbox or .eml file to import.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Rebuild Folder Tree</heading>
+ <para>
+ Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
</para>
</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
</para>
<heading>Delete</heading>
<para>
- Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Rename'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
+ Delete a folder and all messages inside the folder. To delete, select the folders in the left column to delete and click 'Delete'. When deleting a folder with children, these subfolders will not be automatically deleted. To remove these children, you must manually select all folders to delete using the left column.
</para>
<heading>Empty</heading>
<para>
</para>
<heading>Purge</heading>
<para>
- To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Empty'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
+ To delete all messages inside a folder marked as deleted, but not delete the folder itself, select the folders in the left column and click 'Purge'. This option only appears if not using a trash folder.
</para>
<heading>Subscribe/Unsubscribe</heading>
<para>
<para>
Rebuild the graphical representation of the folder tree by requerying the mail server. You should not normally need to do this unless you are simultaneously accessing the mail server with another mail client and that mail client has made changes to the folder structure.
</para>
+
+ <heading>Show/Hide Unsubscribed</heading>
+ <para>
+ If using IMAP folder subscriptions, show/hide the unsubscribed folders. To subscribe/unsubscribe to a folder, select the checkbox next to the foldername and use the Subscribe/Unsubscribe action in the Folder Action drop-down menu.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Expand All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Expand all folder entries.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Collapse All</heading>
+ <para>
+ Collapse all folder entries.
+ </para>
</entry>--><!-- English entry:
<entry id="folder-options">
- <title>Folder Navigator: Actions</title>
+ <title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
You can select folders by using the buttons along the left column. Once you have done this, select the action you wish to perform on the folders via the select box to the left.
</para>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
-</entry>--><!-- English entry:
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
<entry id="folder-options">
<title>Folders: Folder Actions</title>
<para>
Collapse all folder entries.
</para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="filters" md5="5ef60786767e638fbf5ba8fc5bd5d9d2" state="uptodate">
<title>郵件過濾: 套用</title>
<heading>套用所有規則</heading>
<para>
所有郵件上。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="uptodate" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-rules" state="uptodate" md5="5baa5708ac9449e797f967313a9e1a27">
<title>郵件過濾: 編輯過濾規則</title>
<heading>編輯你的過濾規則</heading>
<para>
點選"編輯你的過濾規則"讓你新增，刪除以及編輯目前已啟動的規則。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="uptodate" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-blacklist" state="uptodate" md5="80ff7803c66599c7035f7f8811d218cc">
<title>郵件過濾: 編輯黑名單</title>
<heading>編輯你的黑名單</heading>
<para>
點選"編輯你的黑名單"讓你新增，刪除以及編輯一份你永遠不想收信的電子郵件名單。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="uptodate" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f">
+
+<entry id="filter-edit-whitelist" state="uptodate" md5="330c3a8fad198c7afe855c101c63cd0f">
<title>郵件過濾: 編輯友善名單</title>
<heading>編輯你的友善名單</heading>
<para>
其他規則搶先套用造成遺失等後果，確保對方信件會被送達收件閘中。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-login" state="uptodate" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-login" state="uptodate" md5="37d9297d1cca46435e36b6e38e45dcdb">
<title>郵件過濾: 登入時套用</title>
<heading>於登入時套用所有過濾規則 ?</heading>
<para>
勾選這個選項，以便日後每次登入網路郵局時，套用所有規則。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-on-display" state="uptodate" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291">
+
+<entry id="filter-on-display" state="uptodate" md5="f5afc305402ef52bad108933f3f33291">
<title>郵件過濾: 重新整理時一併套用</title>
<heading>每次開啟收件閘時，一併將所有過濾規則套用其上。</heading>
<para>
勾選這個選項，以後每次開啟收件閘的同時，也將所有過濾規則套用於收件閘 ?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="changed" md5="db1e4261ffcfc6d33e2a8cf806683f12">
+
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox" state="changed" md5="db1e4261ffcfc6d33e2a8cf806683f12">
<title>郵件過濾: 套用於任一個信件閘</title>
<heading>將過濾規則套用於任一個信件閘 ?</heading>
<para>
<para>
Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="filter-any-mailbox">
+ <title>Filters: Filter any Mailbox</title>
+ <heading>Apply filter rules to any mailbox?</heading>
+ <para>
+ Check this option if you want to be allowed to apply filter rules to any mailbox. Normally, filtering rules are only applied to new mail that is delivered to your INBOX. If this option is checked, an icon will appear on all mailbox pagges that will allow you to apply filter rules to the messages in the current mailbox. NOTE: Filtering in mailboxes other than INBOX may produce strange (e.g. the filter may cause a copy of messages to be delivered to the same mailbox) and/or undesired results (e.g. it may cause messages to be moved/deleted if new filtering rules have been implemented since the message has been delivered to the current mailbox).
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="426b99481a5ab2dbe8c00f0e8597e296" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey" md5="426b99481a5ab2dbe8c00f0e8597e296" state="changed">
<title>PGP: 附上公開金鑰</title>
<heading>附上公開金鑰</heading>
<para>
<para>
If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-compose-attach-pubkey">
+ <title>PGP: Attach Public Key</title>
+ <heading>Attach Public Key</heading>
+ <para>
+ If selected then a copy of your PGP public key, if it exists, will be attached to the outgoing message. You can set the default behavior via the PGP Options screen.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="43cb3827064d451b64d42bdb06e034b8" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body" md5="43cb3827064d451b64d42bdb06e034b8" state="changed">
<title>PGP: 掃描郵件內容</title>
<heading>掃描郵件內容</heading>
<para>
<para>
If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-option-scan-body">
+ <title>PGP: Scan Text Bodies</title>
+ <heading>Scan Text Bodies</heading>
+ <para>
+ If selected then IMP will scan the body of all text messages for PGP data, and display the results if any data is found. Note that this may slow down the system as every text message must be scanned in its entirety for PGP data.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="d1473a3e8905d603ef33f9d58506aac5" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-reply-pubkey" state="new">
+ <title>PGP: Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</title>
+ <heading>Validate PGP Public Keys When Replying</heading>
+ <para>
+ If set, and PGP encryption is used by default for composing messages, IMP will verify that it can access all recipients' public keys when the reply is first created. This has the disadvantage that it may cause a delay in opening the reply window. However, it has the advantage of informing you immediately if you will be able to correctly send the encrypted message to all recipients immediately.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt" md5="d1473a3e8905d603ef33f9d58506aac5" state="changed">
<title>郵件寫作: 加密選項</title>
<heading>郵件不加密</heading>
<para>
<para>
This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="compose-options-encrypt">
+ <title>Message Composition: Encryption Options</title>
+ <heading>No Encryption</heading>
+ <para>
+ Send the message with no encryption (cleartext).
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and the recipients personal public key, and then send it. You MUST have the public key of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the public key for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the public key is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using PGP and your personal private key. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your private key during this session you will be prompted for it. The recipient must have a copy of your public key to digitally verify your signature.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "PGP Encrypt Message" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using PGP and a passphrase, and then send it. You will be prompted for the passphrase that should be used for the encryption. Give the passphrase to the recipient through a secure channel e.g. personally, by phone, etc. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>PGP Sign/Encrypt Message with passphrase</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output with a passphrase. See the "PGP Encrypt Message with passphrase" and "PGP Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will encrypt the current message, using S/MIME and the recipients certificate, and then send it. You MUST have the certificate of the recipient stored in your addressbook or else this option will fail. If you have the certificate for the recipient in your addressbook and are still receiving errors, verify that the e-mail address in the recipient field matches the e-mail address where the certificate is stored. The encrypted data will be attached to the outgoing message.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will digitally sign the current message using S/MIME and your certificate. If you have not already entered the passphrase for your certificate during this session you will be prompted for it.
+ </para>
+ <heading>S/MIME Sign/Encrypt Message</heading>
+ <para>
+ This option will first digitally sign your message and then will encrypt the resulting output. See the "S/MIME Encrypt Message" and "S/MIME Sign Message" entries for further information.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview" md5="24b5138b4b53f73b5f2f2739e4c1858d" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 概述</title>
<heading>什麼是 PGP?</heading>
<para>
加密/簽章的功能。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-option-attach-pubkey" md5="561ce43370ac4afbcc3f9818c8fbc2f6" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 選項 - 附上公開金鑰</title>
<heading>選項 - 附上公開金鑰</heading>
<para>
你的 PGP 公開金鑰。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-manage-pubkey" md5="b289ea5824b7f69f35c0751497f4e1c3" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 管理公開金鑰</title>
<heading>概述</heading>
<para>
自你的通訊錄中刪除此一公開金鑰。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="a0bb34a07de288201d27ba5e891257a9" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey" md5="a0bb34a07de288201d27ba5e891257a9" state="changed">
<title>PGP: 管理公開金鑰 - 匯入</title>
<heading>匯入公開金鑰</heading>
<para>
<para>
This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-import-pubkey">
+ <title>PGP: Manage Public Keys - Import</title>
+ <heading>Import Public Keys</heading>
+ <para>
+ This button will open a window where you can manually import a PGP public key. The key can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the key resides in a file on your local computer, you can import it. If the key is valid it will be inserted into your addressbook and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-overview-personalkey" md5="220af2b74a58f430efd72d6d6b1f993f" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 管理個人金鑰</title>
<heading>概述</heading>
<para>
(所以當不使用網路郵局的時候，記得要確實登出哦！)
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-public" md5="3c844d4ff8fdda3e0d446b47a63117e0" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 公開金鑰</title>
<heading>檢視</heading>
<para>
顯示關於此 PGP 公開金鑰的部分細節。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-private" md5="1851b67a1aeef1242fc3a2b94af75c03" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 私密金鑰</title>
<heading>輸入密碼</heading>
<para>
顯示關於此 PGP 私密金鑰的部分細節。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-delete" md5="dbd8cbe6bce71c4fb592dd1b3b27b7ce" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 管理個人金鑰 - 刪除</title>
<heading>刪除個人金鑰</heading>
<para>
通在外的公開金鑰將無法與新建的私密金鑰吻合。(除非你將新建的公開金鑰重新寄發)
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-name" md5="748cb124b7ff52820792e278037a8c27" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 名稱</title>
<heading>名稱</heading>
<para>
這個名稱將嵌入到你的個人金鑰中。這是必須欄位。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-comment" md5="e666eb9f0ee4b49fe04f74fc18db8640" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 註解</title>
<heading>註解</heading>
<para>
這是選擇性欄位。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-email" md5="c729f70fdb3a73cbb7ba5ef5888e3092" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 電子郵件地址</title>
<heading>電子郵件地址</heading>
<para>
你所希望與個人金鑰結合的電子郵件地址。這是必須欄位。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="546a087650cada2d1d4a01b478311bb9" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength" md5="546a087650cada2d1d4a01b478311bb9" state="changed">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 金鑰長度</title>
<heading>金鑰長度</heading>
<para>
<para>
The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-keylength">
+ <title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Keylength</title>
+ <heading>Keylength</heading>
+ <para>
+ The keylength, in bit, of your generated key. The greater the value, the greater the protection (and also greater generation time and encryption time). 1024 bit is the default - this value provides excellent protection.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-passphrase" md5="2fb9372970bf33f51e988ba39dbd7193" state="uptodate">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 密碼</title>
<heading>密碼</heading>
<para>
你必須輸入二次密碼，以確保你沒有誤設。這是必須欄位。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="8b34a7b76424db822724a60271a33096" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions" md5="8b34a7b76424db822724a60271a33096" state="changed">
<title>PGP: 建立個人金鑰 - 動作</title>
<heading>建立金鑰</heading>
<para>
<para>
Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="pgp-personalkey-create-actions">
+ <title>PGP: Create Personal Key - Actions</title>
+ <heading>Create Keys</heading>
+ <para>
+ Create and store your personal public/private keypair.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Import Keypair</heading>
+ <para>
+ Import a personal/private keypair. This button opens a window where you can manually import your existing PGP personal public/private keypair. The keys can either be pasted into a textfield or, if the keys reside in a file on your local computer, you can import them. If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview" md5="fe45458fac111d224aca9d96f49acd99" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview" md5="fe45458fac111d224aca9d96f49acd99" state="changed">
<title>S/MIME: 概述</title>
<heading>什麼是 S/MIME?</heading>
<para>
<para>
If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="smime-overview">
+ <title>S/MIME: Overview</title>
+ <heading>What is S/MIME?</heading>
+ <para>
+ S/MIME is a private/public key pair system which provides digital signatures, message privacy, and tamper detection in a open, interoperable way. S/MIME can provide message privacy by encrypting messages that only the sender and the intended recipients can decode. It allows you to identify the sender of a message via a digital signature. Together, this encryption and digital signing help provide tamper detection, allowing recipients to determine whether a message was altered after it was sent.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Enable S/MIME functionality?</heading>
+ <para>
+ If this option is selected, you will be able to import your personal S/MIME keys, read encrypted mail, verify digitally signed mail, and encrypt/sign your outgoing mail.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="smime-overview-personalkey" md5="9f4f36ae72cb4abc731067d338be3b98" state="uptodate">
<title>S/MIME: 個人金鑰</title>
<heading>概述</heading>
<para>
自己的公開/私密S/MIME金鑰對。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-import-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Import Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Import Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Import personal certificates from a PKCS #12 format file. PKCS #12 files is the file usually generated when exporting a key from a browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox) or from a certificate store maintained by an Operating System (e.g. Windows XP). If the keys are valid they will be inserted into your preferences and the window will close; if not valid, an error message will be returned explaining why.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-delete-personal-certs" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Delete Personal Certificates</title>
<heading>Delete Personal Certificates</heading>
<para>
Delete your personal certificates from your preferences. You will no longer be able to sign S/MIME messages or view any S/MIME encrypted messages addressed to you.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
+
+<entry id="smime-manage-pubkey" state="new">
<title>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</title>
<heading>S/MIME: Manage Public Keys</heading>
<para>
Deletes the selected public key from storage. Deleting a public key for a user will prevent your from encrypting a message to that user.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="printing" md5="d678fcc02ec59acaaa2ac24dff4123a8" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="printing" md5="d678fcc02ec59acaaa2ac24dff4123a8" state="changed">
<title>列印</title>
<heading>列印一封郵件</heading>
<para>
<para>
To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="printing">
+ <title>Printing</title>
+ <heading>Print a message</heading>
+ <para>
+ To print a message you are viewing, click on the "Print" link at either the top or bottom of the message. The message will open in a new window formated for printing. Depending on your web browser and operating system, the print dialog box may open for you. If it does not open, then pull down the web browser's "File" menu and choose "Print" to open the print dialog box.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="sorting" md5="149f1b5caf65e8b93bb3ef0491bfee26" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="sorting" md5="149f1b5caf65e8b93bb3ef0491bfee26" state="changed">
<title>排序與關聯</title>
<heading>排序</heading>
<para>
<para>
To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="sorting">
+ <title>Sorting and Threading</title>
+ <heading>Sorting Entries</heading>
+ <para>
+ When viewing a list of messages, you can sort the messages by any column by clicking on the appropriate column heading. To switch columns between ascending and descending order, click on the arrow icon in the column heading.
+ </para>
+ <heading>Threading</heading>
+ <para>
+ To group messages by threads (subject), so each message is grouped with all its replies, click the [Thread] link in the subject column heading. To return to normal subject sorting, click on the [Subject] link in the subject column heading.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="alternative-msg" md5="4978073f76977b6af6b69810e4d22a65" state="uptodate">
<title>多重組成/可替代 型郵件 (Multipart/Alternative Message)</title>
<para>
在網路上有一些郵件是以一種所謂的 "multipart/alternative" 型態被傳送，
請謹記在心，這些組成有著 "相同" 的內容 - 只是格式不同而已。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="c2db56352b30ffa27b0c8b876218c411" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly" md5="c2db56352b30ffa27b0c8b876218c411" state="changed">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初更改寄件備份閘的名稱</title>
<para>
如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初更改你的寄件備份閘名稱，請勾選。
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-rename_sentmail_monthly">
+ <title>Preferences: Maintenance: Rename Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
+ <para>
+ Turn this option on if you would like to rename your sent-mail folder at the beginning of every month. The folder will be renamed (to a name that contains the month and year) and a new sent-mail folder will be created.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="bd65c23ed7a137e2d5f6f17b50df4e8b" state="changed">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly" md5="bd65c23ed7a137e2d5f6f17b50df4e8b" state="changed">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘</title>
<para>
如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘，請勾選。
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly">
+ <title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Sent-mail Folder Monthly</title>
+ <para>
+ Turn this option on if you would like to delete old sent-mail folders at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_sentmail_monthly_keep" md5="71ed1c2eab48b91a25b5bcd4b14ccea9" state="uptodate">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 如果每月刪除一次，多少月份的舊寄件備份閘將被保存</title>
<para>
如果你已勾選 "於每月初刪除舊的寄件備份閘" 這個選項的話，你可以在此輸入一個
保留月份數值。保留月份數值之前所有舊的寄件備份閘將一律刪除。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your sent-mail folder(s) every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_sentmail_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Sent-Mail Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your sent-mail folder(s), message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="changed" md5="a9033d67e4a859740cc98092e022ae57">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly" state="changed" md5="a9033d67e4a859740cc98092e022ae57">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 於每月初刪除已轉存為網址的附件</title>
<para>
如果你希望網路郵局，於每個月初刪除已轉存為網址的舊附件，請勾選。
<para>
Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly">
+ <title>Preferences: Maintenance: Delete Linked Attachments Monthly</title>
+ <para>
+ Turn this option on if you would like to delete old linked attachments at the beginning of every month. This may be useful if you have a quota, for example.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_attachments_monthly_keep" state="uptodate" md5="1b340a60214dffd04aec02cc1127df5d">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 如果每月刪除一次，多少月份已轉存為網址的舊附件將被保存</title>
<para>
如果你已勾選 "於每月初刪除已轉存為網址的附件" 這個選項的話，你可以在此輸
入一個保留月份數值。保留月份數值之前所有轉存為網址的舊附件將一律刪除。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash" md5="dc71871146be3e46ade0087a8cf18273" state="uptodate">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件</title>
<para>
你是否希望經常清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_interval" md5="7be91fbeb05b2d87289d4c5602d5a32f" state="uptodate">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 垃圾箱多久清除一次</title>
<para>
如果你已勾選 "清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件" 這個選項的話，你希望多久清除一次？
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_trash_keep" md5="3cb5a2b5b80b7ac1179ae005f983970e" state="uptodate">
<title>偏好設定: 維護: 每次整理垃圾箱時，清除多少天數以前的郵件</title>
<para>
如果你已勾選 "清除垃圾箱中的舊郵件" 這個選項的話，你希望清除多少天數
以前的郵件？
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam</title>
<para>
Do you want to purge your spam folder every so often.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_interval" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Interval</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, how often should it be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-purge_spam_keep" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Maintenance: Purge Spam Keep</title>
<para>
If you are purging your spam folder, message older than how many days should be purged?
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="uptodate" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7">
+
+<entry id="prefs-attrib_text" state="uptodate" md5="721a09d7ca028c97e3bd2b38c597fff7">
<title>偏好設定: 郵件寫作: 文字屬性</title>
<para>
你可以在此定義回覆文件的引述列。
<para> %% : '%' 字元</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-default_msg_charset" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Default Message Character Set</title>
<para>
Define the default character set to use for text message parts that do not contain explicit character set information. Per RFC 2045, messages without a character set parameter are displayed using the 'US-ASCII' character set. However, certain badly broken mailers may send out text messages in other character sets without setting the proper parameters in the message header. Set this parameter to the default character set string to use locally. Select "Default" to use the MIME defaults.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="uptodate" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_read" state="uptodate" md5="89e92c4d68224b2345b59959878a7174">
<title>偏好設定: 請收件人傳送讀取回條</title>
<para>
"請收件人傳送讀取回條" 用來要求收件對象，開啟信件時
體都支援這項功能。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_send_mdn" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Send MDN</title>
<para>
"Send a MDN" sends a Message Disposition Notification (also known as a read receipt) when you view a message in which the user has requested that they receive notification that you have read the message. In most cases, this will happen automatically without prompting you. In certain isolated cases, you may have to manually decide to send the notification by clicking on a link.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="uptodate" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712">
+
+<entry id="prefs-disposition_request_delivery" state="uptodate" md5="26598e29af05a07de5e13644669be712">
<title>偏好設定: 請收件伺服器傳遞送達確認</title>
<para>
"請收件伺服器傳遞送達確認" 要求收件對象所屬的郵件
得而知。並非所有的郵件伺服器都有支援這項功能。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
+
+<entry id="prefs-delete_spam_after_report" state="new">
<title>Preferences: Delete Spam After Reporting</title>
<para>
You may elect to do one of three items after reporting a message as either spam or innocent.
Third, after reporting a message as spam the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your spam folder. Alternatively, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your INBOX.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="uptodate" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f">
+
+<entry id="prefs-move_ham_after_report" state="new">
+ <title>Preferences: Move Spam After Reporting As Innocent</title>
+ <para>
+ You may elect to do one of two items after reporting a message previously maked as spam as innocent.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ First, you can decide to do nothing - the message will be reported as innocent but will otherwise remain unchanged in your mailbox.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Second, if reporting a message as innocent the message will be deleted from the current mailbox and moved to your Inbox.
+ </para>
+</entry>
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_replacement" state="uptodate" md5="28e1cf08e328345a8e7274c853492d4f">
<title>偏好設定: 隱藏 HTML 郵件中的圖片</title>
<para>
HTML 郵件中，所有能直接顯示的圖片，是否應該隱藏並以紅色標示代替 ？
面的圖片了。
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="uptodate" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a">
+
+<entry id="prefs-html_image_addrbook" state="uptodate" md5="759fa3df24e0a3cd89f320102252f91a">
<title>偏好設定: 自動顯示 HTML 郵件中的所有圖片</title>
<para>
如果啟用"隱藏 HTML 郵件中的圖片"這項功能，而且寄件人出現在我的通訊錄中，
是否自動顯示該信件中的圖片？
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="changed" md5="dc8c87959cc7893669bf85c6c6834565">
+
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start" state="changed" md5="dc8c87959cc7893669bf85c6c6834565">
<title>偏好設定: 郵箱起始頁面</title>
<para>
當一個郵箱第一次被存取時，決定其檢視畫面要先顯示哪一個頁面。備註：未看過
<para>
Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
</para>
+</entry>--><!-- English entry (2010-08-16):
+<entry id="prefs-mailbox_start">
+ <title>Preferences: Mailbox Start Page</title>
+ <para>
+ Determines which page in the mailbox view will be displayed when you access a mailbox for the first time.
+ </para>
</entry>--></entry>
- <entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="uptodate" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80">
+
+<entry id="prefs-save_attachments" state="uptodate" md5="35b46334cdcc7fa416b9f9fca5874e80">
<title>偏好設定: 附件隨寄件一起備份</title>
<para>
如果儲存寄件備份時，決定是否也要一併儲存附加檔案。下列選項可供參考：
<para>* "永不儲存附加檔案" - 在郵件編寫畫面中永遠不要提示儲存附加檔案；
而且附加檔案永遠不會隨著信件一起備分。</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_inbox" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Inbox</title>
<para>
Virutal Inbox is a saved search that does away with the need to search every mailbox for messages marked as new. Instead, all currently subscribed mailboxes are searched for new messages and the results are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
- <entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
+
+<entry id="virtual_trash" state="new">
<title>Virtual Folders: Virtual Trash</title>
<para>
Virtual Trash is a saved search that does away with the need for a separate Trash folder. Instead of moving messages to a centralized trash folder, messages are simply marked as deleted in the current folder they live in. When 'show deleted messages' is turned off, this results in these messages not appearing in a mailbox view. When a user clicks on Virtual Trash, *all* mailboxes all searched for messages that are flagged deleted and these messages are displayed in a single mailbox.
</para>
</entry>
+
</help>
projects / horde.git / commitdiff